The URL can be used to link to this page

Report 1 Qre-i%..r:. .WY PROJECT MANUAL I JOB # - 511-4705-1903-0101 RECEIVEn JAN 3 0 2021.1 ell If TWARD BUILDING DIVISION Tigard 98th Reroof/ Partial Seismic / HVAC Tualatin OR Stake tBUR D2_o -0002 OFFICE COPY 15555 SW 98th Avenue Tigard OR 97224 January, 8th, 2020 PraN sr • 1 11{111,1 i [.�• I �1 1 • v l 461 OF 0y JOHN A. STARK ARCHITECT LLC 2607 SW Sunset Blvd. Portland OR 97239 I503.544.6840 - PHONE jsbellaopus@msn.com I I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PROJECT MANUAL ' JOB # - 511-4705-1903-0101 I Tigard 98th Reroof/ Partial Seismic / HVAC Tualatin OR Stake 15555 SW 98th Avenue Tigard OR 97224 I January, 8th, 2020 rani • • OF 0114. I JOHN A. STARK I ARCHITECT LLC 2607 SW Sunset Blvd. IPortland OR 97239 503.544.6840 - PHONE jsbellaopus(ymsn.com 1 Introductory Information 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1 1 1 BLANK PAGE 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Introductory Information 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' TABLE of CONTENTS t PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP DIVISION 00: PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP 001000 SOLICITATION 00 1116 INVITATION TO BID 002000 INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROCUREMENT 00 2113 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 004000 PROCUREMENT FORMS AND SUPPLEMENTS 00 4113 BID FORM 004334 EQUAL PRODUCT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM 00 4336 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIALS SUPPLIERS LIST 004500 REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS ' 004549 CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL ASBESTOS REPRESENTATION CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP 007000 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT ' 00 7213 GENERAL CONDITIONS: FIXED SUM (SINGLE-PRIME CONTRACT) 00 7301 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS GROUP GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBGROUP ' DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 01 1400 WORK RESTRICTIONS 012000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2200 UNIT PRICES 012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 3000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Table of Contents - 1 - Document 00 0110 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 01 3500 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014100 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 014200 REFERENCES 01 4301 QUALITY ASSURANCE-QUALIFICATIONS 01 4523 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5100 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5200 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 5400 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01 5600 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES 015700 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 5800 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6100 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6200 PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6600 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS I 017300 EXECUTION 01 7400 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP DIVISION 02: NOT USED I DIVISION 03: CONCRETE 030000 CONCRETE 1 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 1113 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMING 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 03 2100 REINFORCEMENT BARS 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3111 CAST-IN-PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 04& 05: NOT USED ' DIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY ' Table of Contents -2- Document 00 0110 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 06 1011 WOOD FASTENINGS 061100 WOOD FRAMING 06 1636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING 1 DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' 073000 STEEP SLOPE ROOFING 07 3113 ASPHALT SHINGLES 075000 MEMBRANE ROOFING 07 5323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER ROOFING:EPDM 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07 6210 GALVANIZED STEEL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6322 STEEL FASCIA 077000 ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07 7126 REGLETS 079000 JOINT PROTECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS 1 DIVISION 8: NOT USED DIVISION 09: FINISHES 099000 PAINTS AND COATINGS 09 9001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL 09 9115 EXTERIOR PAINTED WOOD DIVISIONS 10 -22: NOT USED DIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 0501 COMMON HVAC REQUIREMENTS 1 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 23 0933 ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC 232000 HVAC PIPING AND PUMPS 232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 2600 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING 233000 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION 23 3001 COMMON DUCT REQUIREMENTS Table of Contents - 3- Document 00 0110 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 23 3114 LOW-PRESSURE METAL DUCTS 23 3300 AIR DucT ACCESSORIES 23 5000 FURNACES 235417 GAS FURNACES 236000 CENTRAL COOLING EQUIPMENT 236214 COMPRESSOR UNITS: AIR CONDITIONING 238000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 8216 AIR COILS: DX DIVISIONS 24&25: NOT USED DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL I 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0523 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0613 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHT SCHEDULE 262000 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 262417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS 262726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS DIVISIONS 27-49: NOT USED I I END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I I 1 1 Table of Contents -4- Document 00 0110 I I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I BIDDING REQUIREMENTS SAMPLE FORMS, ETC I FIXED SUM PROJECT(U.S.) I I I I I I I 1 I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 1 of 18 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1 1 BLANK PAGE 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 2 of 18 1 1 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 INVITATION TO BID (u.s.) ' 1. GENERAL CONTRACTORS INVITED TO BID THE PROJECT: A. TBD B. I C 1 D. 1 2. PROJECT: Tigard 98th Reroof/Partial Seismic/ HVAC ' 3. LOCATION: 15555 SW 98th Ave. Tigard OR 97224 4. OWNER: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a Utah corporation sole c/o Scott Robison 14517 SW Cornerstone Lane Sherwood OR 97140 5. CONSULTANT: rJOHN A. STARK, ARCHITECT PO BOX 23215 PORTLAND, OR 97281 503.544.6840- PHONE 503.213.6181 - FAX jsbellaopus@msn.com 6. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: A. Remove existing roofing and install new Roofing System. Remove existing Gutters and Downspouts and install new Gutters and Downspouts. Partial Seismic upgrade to areas ' made accessible during roofing. Upgrade Mechanical System. B. Products or systems may be provided under a Value Managed Relationship (VMR)the ' Owner has negotiated with the supplier. VMR products and systems are indicated as such in the Specifications. 7. TYPE OF BID: Bids will be on a lump-sum basis. Segregated bids will not be accepted. ' 8. TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: The time limit for substantial completion of this work will be 120 calendar days and will be as noted in the Agreement. ' 9. PRE-BID CONFERENCE: A pre-bid conference will held at the project address, 281 Inset Road, Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 3 of 18 t 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC Woodland WA 98674 at 10:00 AM on June 5th, 2019. 10. BID OPENING: Sealed bids will be received and opened at the project address, 281 Inset Road, Woodland WA 98674 at 1:00 PM on June 21st, 2019. 11. BIDDING DOCUMENTS: A. Bidding Documents may be examined at the following plan room locations: I 1) Mountainlands Area Plan Room 583 West 3560 South Suite 4 Salt Lake City, UT 84115 801-288-1188 ph www.MAPRonline.com 2) Daily Journal of Commerce 921 SW Washington St., Ste. 210 Portland OR 97205 503-274-0624 ph plancenter@djcoregon.com 3) Oregon Contractor Plan Center 5468 SE International Way Milwaukie, OR 97222 503-650-0148 ph svea@contractorpla nce nter.com 4) Salem Contractor's Exchange 2256 Judson Street SE Salem, OR 97302 lori@sceonline.org B. Bidding Documents will be emailed to invited contractors and 2 sets of Bidding Documents will be made available at the Pre-Bid Conference. 11. BID BOND: Bid security in the amount of 5 percent (5%)of the bid will accompany each bid in accordance with the Instruction To Bidders. 12. BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS: Bidding by the General Contractors will be by invitation only. 13. OWNER'S RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS: The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularity therein. END OF DOCUMENT I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 4 of 18 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (U.S.) 1. DEFINITIONS: A. The definitions set forth in Section 1 of the General Conditions are applicable to the documents included under Bidding Requirements. B. Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract ' Documents. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the documents identified as Contract Documents in the Form of Agreement, except for Modifications. The Bidding Requirements are those documents identified as such in the proposed Project Manual. C. Addenda are written or graphic documents issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents. They become part of the Contract Documents as noted in the Form of Agreement upon execution of the Contract. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS: A. By submitting a bid, the bidder represents that ' 1) Bidder has carefully studied and compared the Bidding Documents with each other. Bidder understands the Bidding Documents and the bid is fully in accordance with the requirements of those documents, 2) Bidder has thoroughly examined the site and any building located thereon, has 1 become familiar with local conditions which might directly or indirectly affect the contract work, and has correlated its personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents, and 3) Bid is based on the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS: A. Copies 1) Bidding Documents may be obtained as set forth in the Invitation to Bid. 2) Partial sets of Bidding Documents will not be issued. ' 3) Bidders will use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing bids and make certain that those submitting sub-bids to them have access to all portions of the documents that pertain to the work covered by sub-bid, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Bidder assumes full responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from use of partial sets of Bidding Documents by itself or any sub-bidder. B. Interpretation or Correction Of Bidding Documents 1) Bidders will request interpretation or correction of any apparent errors, discrepancies and omissions in the Bidding Documents. 2) Corrections or changes to Bidding Documents will be made by written addenda. C. Substitutions and Equal Products 1) Generally speaking, substitutions for specified products and systems, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, are not acceptable. However, equal products may be approved upon compliance with Contract Document requirements. 2) The terms 'Acceptable Manufacturers', 'Approved Manufacturers 'Suppliers', Installers'and 'VMR(Value Managed Relationship) Manufacturers/Suppliers/ Installers'are used throughout the Project Manual to differentiate among the options available to Contractor regarding specified products, manufacturers, and suppliers. See Section 016000 for options available regarding acceptance of equal products. ' 3) Base bid only on materials, equipment, systems, suppliers or performance qualities specified in the Bidding Documents. Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 5 of 18 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 4) Architect is only authorized to consider requests for approval of equal products to replace specified products in Sections where the heading 'Acceptable Manufacturers' is used and statement, 'Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 016000'or 'Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 016000,' appears. In Sections where the afore-mentioned statements do not appear and a different heading is used, Architect is authorized as Owner's representative to decline consideration of requests for approval of equal products. Approvals of equal products in such Sections must be made by Owner and will generally be for subsequent Projects. D. Addenda - Addenda will be sent to bidders and to locations where Bidding Documents are on file no later than one week prior to bid opening or by fax no later than 48 hours prior to bid111 opening. 4. BIDDING PROCEDURES: A. Form and Style of Bids 1) Use Owner's Bid Form. 2) Fill in all blanks on Bid Form. Signatures will be in longhand and executed by representative of bidder duly authorized to make contracts. 3) Bids will bear no information other than that requested on bid form. Do not delete from or add to the information requested on the bid form. B. Bid Security 1) Each bid will be accompanied by a bid bond naming Owner, as listed in the Agreement, as obligee. If Bidder refuses to enter into a Contract or fails to provide bonds and insurance required by the General Conditions, amount of bid security will be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. 2) Bid bond will be issued by a surety company meeting requirements of the General Conditions for surety companies providing bonds and will be submitted on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond or AIA authorized equivalent provided by surety company. The attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety will affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. 3) Owner may retain bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until- a. Contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished, b. Specified time has elapsed so bids may be withdrawn, or c. All bids have been rejected. ' C. Submission of Bids 1) Submit bid in sealed opaque envelope containing only bid form and bid security. Envelopes will be sealed, bear bidder's name, and include the following: BID FOR Tigard 98th Reroof 1 Partial Seismic/HVAC ' 511-4705-1903-0101 If bid is sent by mail, enclose sealed envelope in separate mailing envelope with notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED' on face. 2) It is bidder's sole responsibility to see that its bid is received at specified time. Bids received after specified bid opening time will be returned to bidders unopened. 3) No oral, facsimile transmitted, telegraphic, or telephonic bids, modifications, or cancellations will be considered. D. Modification or Withdrawal of Bid 1) Bidder guarantees there will be no revisions or withdrawal of bid amount for 45 days after bid opening. 2) Prior to bid opening, bidders may withdraw bid by written request or by reclaiming bid envelope. I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 6 of 18 i I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3) Prior to bid opening, bidder may mark and sign on the sealed envelope that bidder acknowledges any or all Addenda. 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS: A. Opening of Bids - See Invitation to Bid. B. Rejection of Bids - Owner reserves right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularity therein. ' C. Acceptance of Bid 1) No bidder will consider itself under contract after opening and reading of bids until Agreement between Owner and Contractor is fully executed. 2) Bidder's past performance, organization, subcontractor selection, equipment, and ability to perform and complete its contract in manner and within time specified, together with amount of bid, will be elements considered in award of contract. 6. POST-BID INFORMATION: A. The conditionally accepted bidder submitting a bid involving subcontractors will submit its list of proposed subcontractors in a meeting to be held immediately after bid opening. 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND: A. Bond Requirements - Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment bond will be 1 required for this Project as specified in the General Conditions. B. Time of Delivery of Bonds - Bonds will be delivered to Owner with Agreement signed by I bidder. 8. FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR: ' A. Agreement form will be"Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Fixed Sum (U.S.)" provided by Owner. 9. MISCELLANEOUS: A. Pre-Bid Conference 1) A pre-bid conference will be held at a time and place to be announced. B. Liquidated Damages - Conditions governing liquidated damages are specified in the General Conditions and in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Examination Schedule for Existing Building and Site 1) TBD D. Exemption from local taxes - See Supplementary Conditions END OF DOCUMENT I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 7 of 18 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8t", 2020 Tigard 981"Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 8 of 18 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS (U.S.) 1 1. ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL(ACM) 1 A. The roofing material upon which work is being performed has been examined for asbestos- containing material. No asbestos containing material has been found, per report from Bullseye Environmental. 1 END OF DOCUMENT r 1 I 1 I 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 9 of 18 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC i 1 w BLANK PAGE I 1 1 I I i 1 1 r I I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 10 of 18 1 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SUBCONTRACTORS AND MAJOR MATERIALS SUPPLIERS LIST Project Name: Date: Stake: Project No: General Contractor: ' General Contractor is to provide the names of the following subcontractors and suppliers to the Owner's Project Manager immediately following the bid opening: ' VMR SUBCONTRACTORS Roofing Doors, Frames & Hardware Storefronts Wood Flooring Other Other SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS tGrading/Site work Site Utilities Demolition Paving 1 Termite Control Site Concrete Fencing ' Irrigation System Landscaping Building Concrete Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 11 of 18 I t 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC Masonry Structural Steel Framing Trusses I Insulation ' EIFS Soffit/ Fascia I Steeple I Millwork Drywall I Ceramic Tile I Acoustical Tile Painting Wall Coverings ' Elevators/ Lifts I Draperies Fire Sprinklers I Plumbing ' HVAC Electrical I Controls 1 Sound/Satellite , Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 12 of 18 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC EQUAL PRODUCT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM (u.s.) Project Name: Request Number: TO: FROM: BID DATE: ' A proposed product is not legally approved and cannot legally be included in a bid or used in the Work until it appears in an Addendum or other Contract Modification as defined in the General Conditions. See Instructions To Bidders Paragraph 3,C, General Conditions, and Section 016000. ' PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT: Specification Section: Specified Products: Proposed Product: The Undersigned certifies: 1 1. Proposed equal product has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified products. 2. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed equal product as for specified products. 3. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. ' 4. Proposed equal product will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. 5. Proposed equal product does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. ' ATTACHMENTS: Include the following attachments- 1. Copy of the Project Manual Section where the proposed equal product would be specified, rewritten or red-lined to include any changes necessary to correctly specify the proposed equal product. Identify completely changes necessary to the original Project Manual Section. 2. Copies of details, elevations, cross-sections, and other elements of the Project Drawings redone as necessary to show changes necessary to accommodate proposed equal product. Identify completely the changes from the original Drawings. 3. Complete product literature and technical data, installation and maintenance instructions, test results, and other information required to show complete conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. SIGNED: Printed Name Company ' Address City, State, Zip Code Telephone Fax Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 13 of 18 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC REVIEW COMMENTS: Accepted. See Addenda Number I Submission Not In Compliance With Instructions. Respond to attached comments and resubmit. Proposed Equal Product Not Acceptable. Use specified products. I Not Reviewed. Submission received too late. Use specified products. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: , 1 1 I I 1 i i i BY: DATE: I 1 Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 14 of 18 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8111, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC BID FORM FOR GENERAL CONTRACT WORK(U,S,) PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Tigard 9881 Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 511-4705-1903-0101 ' OWNER: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints,a Utah corporation sole("Owner") ' 14517 SW Cornerstone Lane Sherwood OR 97140 ARCHITECT: JOHN A. STARK,ARCHITECT PO BOX 23215 PORTLAND, OR 97281 503.544.6840-PHONE 503.213.6181 - FAX jsbellaopus@msn.com BID 1. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: a. If this Bid is accepted,Bidder will enter into an agreement with Owner to perform and furnish the Work described in the Bidding Documents for the Bid Price and within the Time of Substantial Completion indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. b. Bidder has carefully examined Set(s)Number of the Bidding Documents consisting of the Project Manual containing the Bidding Requirements,the Conditions of the Contract, and the Specifications,entitled ,the Drawings entitled and dated ,and including sheets numbered , and addenda numbers c. Bidder has examined the site of the work,existing conditions,and all other conditions affecting the work on the above-named Project. d. Bidder has carefully correlated the information known to Bidder and information and observations obtained from visits to the site with the Bidding Documents. e. Bidder is familiar with federal,State,and local laws and regulations applicable to Project. f. Bidder guarantees there will be no revisions or withdrawal of bid amount for forty-five(45)days after the bid opening. 2. Bidder hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, equipment,tools,transportations,services, licenses,fees, permits,etc., required by said documents to complete the Work described by the Contract Documents for the lump-sum of: Dollars($ ). 3. Bidder agrees to achieve substantial completion of the Work within the number of days indicated in the Invitation ' to Bid. 4. Enclosed is a Bid Bond for not less than five percent(5%)of the bid. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED! Signature Printed name Title Company name Business Address Date City,State,and Zip Code ' License No. Telephone Fax Contact Email Address Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 15 of 18 I I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC i I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 16 of 18 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL ASBESTOS STATEMENT (U.S.) Building Name: ' Building Plan Type: Building Address: Building Owner: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a Utah corporation sole 111 Project Number: Completion Date: As PROJECT CONSULTANT and principal in charge;based on my best knowledge,information, inspection,and belief; I certify that on the above referenced Project,no asbestos-containing building materials were specified in the construction documents or given approval in shop drawings or submittals. ' Project Consultant and Principal in Charge(signature) Date 1 Company Name As GENERAL CONTRACTOR in charge of construction;based on my best knowledge,information, inspection,and belief; I affirm that on the above-referenced Project,no asbestos-containing building materials were used in the construction. General Contractor(signature) Date Company Name I Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 17 018 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC , t I BLANK PAGE 1 I I 1 1 Bidding Requirements for a Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 18 of 18 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS For a Fixed Sum (U.S.) TABLE OF CONTENTS ' SECTION 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 OWNER SECTION 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION SECTION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND SECTION 3 CONTRACTOR PROPERTY ' SECTION 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE SECTION 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS CONTRACT SECTION 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION SECTION 5 SUBCONTRACTORS OF WORK SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR SECTION 13 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES ' BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS SECTION 14 TERMINATION SECTION 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK SECTION 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS SECTION 8 TIME SECTION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS ' A. Adverse Weather: weather conditions that are seasonally abnormal and could not have been reasonably anticipated. B. Agreement:the document entitled"Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for a Fixed Sum(U.S.), executed by Owner and Contractor for performance of the Work. ' C. Architect: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. D. Change In The Work: a modification to the requirements of the Contract Documents or a delay in Substantial Completion resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect to Contractor or from another event or circumstance. ' E. Change Order:a written instrument prepared by Architect and signed by Owner,Contractor,and Architect stating their agreement upon the following: (1)the occurrence of a Change in the Work;(2)the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum as a result of the Change in the Work;and(3)the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time as a result of the Change in the Work. fF. Construction Change Directive:a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Owner which:(1)orders a Change in the Work if the terms of a Change Order cannot be agreed upon prior to performance of a Change in the Work described in Section 7.1 or after occurrence of an event or circumstance described in Section 7.2;and(2)states a proposed ' basis for adjustment,if any, in the Contract Sum,the Contract Time,or both, resulting from the Change in the Work. G. Contract Documents: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. H. Contract Sum: the total amount set forth in the Agreement payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work. I. Contract Time: the period of time set forth in the Agreement for the Substantial Completion of the Work. J. Contractor: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. K. Day: calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. L. Direct Costs:actual costs for labor,materials,equipment,insurance,bonds,subcontract costs and onsite supervision relating to the Project. They do not include labor costs for project managers or other off-site administration. M. Drawings: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. N. Field Change: a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Contractor for a minor Change in the Work ' consistent with the general intent of the Contract Documents costing$1,000 or less,resulting in no time extension,and which is necessary to avoid delaying the Work. O. Modification: a written amendment to the Contract Documents in the form of a: 1. Change Order; ' 2. Construction Change Directive;or 3. Field Change. P. Owner: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. ' Q. Project: the total construction designed by Architect of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. General Conditions Fixed Sum U.S. Rev.T 27 August 2012 Page 1 of 17 i R. Product Data: standard illustrations,schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams,and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate details regarding materials or equipment to be used in the Work,or the manner of installation,operation,or maintenance of such materials or equipment. S. Project Manual: the document identified as such in the Agreement. T. Samples And Mock-ups: physical examples that illustrate materials,equipment,or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. U. Shoo Drawings: drawings,diagrams,illustrations,schedules, performance charts,fabrication and installation drawings,setting diagrams,patterns,templates,and other data which illustrate some portion of the Work and confirm dimensions and conformance to the Contract Documents specially prepared by Contractor or any Subcontractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor. V. Specifications: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. ' W. Subcontractor: any entity supplying labor,materials,equipment,construction or services for the Work under separate contract with Contractor or any other Subcontractor. X, Submittals: Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and Mock-ups and any other documents or items furnished by Contractor or its Subcontractors to Owner or Architect to demonstrate how any portion of the Work will be accomplished or the type of materials or products that will be used in the Work. Y. Substantial Completion:Completion of the Work to a point where Owner can use the Work for its intended purposes. The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified as such by Architect in accordance with the Contract Documents. Z. Work: all labor,materials,equipment,construction,and services required by the Contract Documents. AA. Written Notice: notice in writing given from one party to the other at the addresses or facsimile numbers listed in the Agreement, or at such other addresses or facsimile numbers as the parties will designate from time to time by Written Notice,and will be effective at the earliest of: 1. The date of personal delivery to the other party with signed acknowledgment of receipt;or 2. The date sent by facsimile transmission to the other party provided receipt of the facsimile is verified by an electronic confirmation report by the party sending the facsimile transmission and further provided that a confirmation copy is sent to the other party by courier or by registered or certified mail within twenty-four(24)hours after the time and date of the facsimile transmission;or 3. The date of receipt by the other party as stated on the return receipt if sent by registered or certified mail,or by courier. 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The intent of the Contract Documents is to require Contractor to provide all labor,materials,equipment,construction,and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary and what is required by any one will be as binding as if required by all. Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the requirements expressly set forth in or reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. B. The organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or to establish the extent of the Work to be performed by any trade. C. Words used in the Contract Documents that have well known technical or trade meanings are used therein in accordance with such recognized meanings. D. In the interest of brevity,the Contract Documents may omit modifying words such as"all"and"any"and articles such as"the" and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. 1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Drawings,the Project Manual,and copies thereof are the property of Owner.Contractor will not use these documents on any other project.Contractor may retain one copy of the Drawings and the Project Manual as a contract record set and will return or destroy all remaining copies following final completion of the Work. 1.4 PUBLIC STATEMENTS REGARDING PROJECT Contractor will not make any statements or provide any information to the media about the Project without the prior written consent of Owner. If Contractor receives any requests for information from media,Contractor will refer such requests to Owner. 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF RENDERINGS AND PHOTOGRAPHS Renderings representing the Work are the property of Owner.All photographs of the Work,whether taken during performance of the Work or at completion,are the property of the Owner. The Owner reserves all rights including copyrights to renderings and photographs of the Work.No renderings or photographs shall be used or distributed without written consent of the Owner General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 2 of 17 1.6 NO COMMERCIAL USE OF TRANSACTION OR RELATIONSHIP Without the prior written consent of Owner,which Owner may grant or withhold in its sole discretion,neither Contractor nor Contractor's affiliates,officers,directors,agents,representatives,shareholders,members,Subcontractors,Sub-subcontractors or employees shall make any private commercial use of their relationship to Owner or the Project,including,without limitation: A. By referring to this Agreement,Owner,or the Project verbally or in any sales,marketing or other literature,letters,client lists, press releases,brochures or other written materials except as may be necessary for Contractor to perform Contractor's obligations under the terms of this Agreement; B. By using or allowing the use of any photographs of the Project or any part thereof,or of any service marks,trademarks or trade names or other intellectual property now or which may hereafter be associated with,owned by or licensed by Owner in connection with any service or product;or C. By contracting with or receiving money or anything of value from any person or commercial entity to facilitate such person or entity obtaining any type of commercial identification,advertising or visibility in connection with the Project. Notwithstanding the foregoing,Contractor may include a reference to Owner and the services and equipment provided under this Agreement in a professional résumé or other similar listing of Contractor's references without seeking Owner's written consent in each instance;provided,that such reference to Owner,the services and equipment is included with at least several other similar references and is given no more prominence than such other references. 1.7 CONFIDENTIALITY/PROPERTY RIGHTS A. Owner will retain ownership and intellectual property rights in all plans,designs,drawings,documents,concepts,and materials provided by or on behalf of Owner to Contractor and to all work products of Contractor for or relative to Work performed under this Agreement,such products,services,and Work of Contractor constituting works made for hire. Contractor will not reuse any portions of such items provided by Owner or developed by Contractor for Owner pursuant to this Agreement,or disclose any such items to any third party without the prior written consent of Owner. Owner may withhold its consent in its'absolute discretion. B. In addition,Contractor shall ensure that Contractor,Subcontractors,and the employees,agents and representatives of Contractor and its Subcontractors maintain in strict confidence,and shall use and disclose only as authorized by Owner all Confidential Information of Owner that Contractor receives in connection with the performance of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,Contractor may use and disclose any information to the extent required by an order of any court or governmental authority,but only after it has notified Owner and Owner has had an opportunity to obtain reasonable protection for such information in connection with such disclosure. For purposes of this Agreement,"Confidential Information"means: 1. The name or address of any affiliate,customer or contractor of Owner or any information concerning the transactions of any such person with Owner; ' 2. Any information relating to contracts,agreements,business plans,budgets or other financial information of Owner to the extent such information has not been made available to the public by the Owner;and 3. Any other information that is marked or noted as confidential by the Owner at the time of its disclosure. 1.8 COMPLY WITH INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF OTHERS Contractor represents and warrants that no Work(with its means,methods,goods,and services attendant thereto),provided to Owner will infringe or violate any right of any third party and that Owner may use and exploit such Work,means,methods,goods, and services without liability or obligation to any person or entity(specifically and without limitation,such Work,means,methods, goods,and services will not violate rights under any patent,copyright,trademark,or other intellectual property right or application for the same). SECTION 2 - OWNER 2.1 OWNER'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE Owner will designate in writing a representative who will have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization. 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF OWNER A. Owner will be responsible for establishment of property lines and benchmarks for grading. B. Owner will furnish to Contractor any information or services it is required to furnish under the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the Work. C. Owner will furnish to Contractor a reasonable number of copies of the Drawings,the Project Manual,and the Addenda. 2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSPECT THE WORK Owner and its representatives will have the right to inspect any portion of the Work wherever located at any time. 2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If Contractor fails to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the Contract Documents in a timely manner,Owner may order Contractor in writing to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the cause for that order has been eliminated. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 3 of 17 SECTION 3 - CONTRACTOR 3.1 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR A. By executing the Agreement,Contractor represents that it has visited the Project site,familiarized itself with the local conditions under which the Work is to be performed,and correlated its own observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Contractor will carefully review and compare the Contract Documents and any other available information relating to the Project prior to commencing and during performance of each portion of the Work and will immediately report to Architect any errors, inconsistencies,and omissions it discovers. C. Should Contractor or any of its Subcontractors become aware of any question regarding the meaning or intent of any part of the Contract Documents prior to commencing that portion of the Work about which there is a question,Contractor will request an interpretation or clarification from Architect before proceeding. Contractor proceeds at its own risk if it proceeds with the Work without first making such a request and receiving an interpretation or clarification from Architect. If neither Contractor nor its Subcontractors become aware of the question until after work on the relevant portion of the Work has commenced,then the following precedence will govern for purposes of determining whether resolution of the question constitutes a Change in the Work: 1. The Agreement takes precedence over all other Contract Documents. 2. The Supplementary Conditions take precedence over the General Conditions. 3. The General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions take precedence over the Drawings and the Specifications. 4. An Addendum or a Modification takes precedence over the document(s)modified by the Addendum or Modification. 5. The Specifications take precedence over the Drawings. 6. Within the Drawings,larger scale drawings take precedence over smaller scale drawings,figured dimensions over scaled dimensions,and noted materials over graphic indications. D. Contractor will give Architect notice of any additional drawings,specifications,or instructions required to define the Work in greater detail,or to permit the proper progress of the Work,sufficiently in advance of the need for information so as not to delay the Work. E. It is not Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with requirements of applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,rules and regulations. However, if Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance with those requirements,Contractor will immediately notify Architect in writing. Contractor will not proceed unless Owner and/or Architect effects Modifications to the Contract Documents required for compliance with such requirements. Contractor will be fully responsible for any work knowingly performed contrary to such requirements and will fully indemnify Owner against loss and bear all costs and penalties arising therefrom. F. Contractor will take field measurements and verify field conditions and will compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to Contractor with the Contract Documents before ordering any materials or commencing construction activities. Contractor will immediately report errors,inconsistencies,and omissions that it discovers to Architect. If Contractor orders materials or commences construction activities before taking field measurements and verifying field conditions,Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for additional costs to Contractor resulting from field measurements or conditions different from those anticipated by Contractor which would have been avoided had Contractor taken field measurements and verified field conditions prior to ordering the materials or commencing construction activities. G. If site conditions indicated in the Contract Documents or other information provided by Owner or Architect to Contractor differ materially from those Contractor encounters in performance of the Work,Contractor will immediately notify Architect in writing of such differing site conditions. H. Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to provide professional services for architecture or engineering,the Contractor shall cause such services to be performed by appropriately licensed professionals. 3.2 SUPERVISION OF CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES A. Contractor will supervise and direct the Work. Contractor will be solely responsible for all construction means,methods, techniques,sequences,and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work. All loss,damage,liability,or cost of correcting defective work arising from the use of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures will be borne by Contractor,notwithstanding that such construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures are referred to,indicated or implied by the Contract Documents,unless Contractor has given timely notice to Owner and Architect in writing that such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures are not safe or suitable,and Owner has then instructed Contractor in writing to proceed at Owner's risk. B. Contractor will utilize its best skill,efforts,and judgment to provide efficient business administration and supervision,to furnish at all times an adequate supply of workers and materials,and to perform the Work in an expeditious and economical manner consistent with the interests of Owner. C. Contractor will be responsible for: 1. The proper observance of property lines and set back requirements as shown in the Contract Documents; 2. The location and layout of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents with respect to the position of the Work on the property and the elevation of the Work in relation to grade;and 3. Setting and maintaining construction stakes. D. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for the acts and omissions of its employees and Subcontractors as well as persons either directly or indirectly employed by Subcontractors. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 4 of 17 E. Contractor will not be relieved of its obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as a result of any tests,inspections,or approvals by Owner,Architect or their consultants. F. Contractor will be responsible for inspection of portions of the Work already completed to determine that such portions are in ' proper condition to receive subsequent portions of the Work. G. Contractor recognizes that the Project site and the surrounding area is frequently visited by the public and is important to Owner's image and function and will maintain the premises free from debris and waste materials resulting from Construction. At the completion of Construction,Contractor shall promptly remove construction equipment,tools,surplus materials,waste ' materials and debris. 3.3 LABOR AND MATERIALS ' A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,Contractor will provide and pay for all labor,materials,equipment,tools, water,heat,utilities,transportation,and other facilities and services necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. B. Contractor will at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among those performing the Work and will not permit employment of any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned to them. C. Contractor is fully responsible for the Project and all materials and work connected therewith until Owner has accepted the Work in writing. Contractor will replace or repair at its own expense any materials or work damaged or stolen,regardless of whether it has received payment for such work or materials from the Owner. ' D. Contractor will remedy all damage or loss to any property caused in whole or in part by Contractor,any Subcontractor,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. ' E. Contractor will be responsible for determining that all materials furnished for the Work meet all requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect may require Contractor to produce reasonable evidence that a material meets such requirements,such as certified reports of past tests by qualified testing laboratories,reports of studies by qualified experts,or other evidence which, in the opinion of Architect,would lead to a reasonable certainty that any material used,or proposed to be used,in the work meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. All such data will be furnished at Contractor's expense. This provision will ' not require Contractor to pay for periodic testing of different batches of the same material,unless such testing is specifically required by the Contract Documents to be performed at Contractor's expense. F. Contractor will coordinate and supervise the work performed by Subcontractors so that the Work is carried out without conflict ' between trades and so that no trade,at any time,causes delay to the general progress of the Work. Contractor and all Subcontractors will at all times afford each trade,any separate contractor,or Owner,reasonable opportunity for the installation of Work and the storage of materials. G. Contractor warrants to Owner that the materials and equipment fumished for the Work will be new unless otherwise specified by ' the Contract Documents,and that the Work will be free from defects,and will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective in the discretion of Owner. If required by Architect,Contractor will furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of the materials and equipment used in performing the Work. ' H. Owner may elect to purchase materials required for the Work.In that event,Contractor will comply with the procedures set forth in the Contract Documents relating to such materials. 3.4 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS ' Contractor will comply with all applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,and orders of any public authorities relating to performance of the Work. 3.5 TAXES A. Contractor will pay all sales,use,consumer,payroll,workers compensation,unemployment,old age pension,surtax,and similar taxes assessed in connection with the performance of the Work. ' B. Owner will pay all taxes and assessments on the real property comprising the Project site. 3.6 PERMITS AND FEES A. Owner will obtain and pay for all zoning and use permits and permanent easements necessary for completion of the Work. • B. Contractor will obtain and pay for the building permit,and all other permits,governmental fees,licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. C. Contractor will secure any certificates of inspection and of occupancy required by authorities having jurisdiction over the Work. Contractor will deliver these certificates to Architect prior to issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion by Architect. 3.7 CONTRACTOR'S ON-SITE REPRESENTATIVE Contractor will employ a competent representative acceptable to Owner to supervise the performance of the Work.This representative will be designated in writing by Contractor prior to commencement of work and will not be changed prior to final 1 General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 5 of 17 inspection of the Work without prior written consent of Owner.This representative will represent Contractor for all purposes,including communication with Owner. 3.8 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES A. Contractor will prepare and submit for Owner's and Architect's information Contractor's construction schedule for the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Contractor will prepare and maintain a Submittal schedule which is coordinated with Contractor's construction schedule and sets forth specified times for Architect to review Submittals. 3.9 DOCUMENTS AND SUBMITTALS AT THE SITE Contractor will keep at the Project site for use by Owner,Architect,or their representatives,a record copy of the Project Manual,the Drawings,all Addenda,and all Modifications. These documents will be maintained in good order and currently marked to record changes and selections made during construction. In addition,Contractor will keep at the Project site one copy of all Submittals. 3.10 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals are not Contract Documents and do not alter the requirements of the Contract Documents unless incorporated into the Contract Documents by a Modification. B. Contractor will review,approve,and submit to Architect Submittals in accordance with the Contract Documents. By approving Submittals,Contractor represents that it has determined and verified field measurements,field construction criteria,materials, catalog numbers,and similar data,and that it has checked and coordinated each Submittal with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents or will make such determination,verification,check,and coordination prior to commencing the relevant portion of the Work. In reviewing Submittals Architect will be entitled to rely upon Contractor's representation that such information is correct and accurate. C. Contractor will inform Architect in writing at the time of submission of any Submittal or portion thereof which deviates from the 111 requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor will provide Architect with documentation demonstrating to Architect that the Submittal is equal to or better than the specked product or work. Contractor will not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by Architect's acceptance of a Submittal unless Contractor has informed Architect in writing of the deviation and Architect has incorporated the deviation into the Contract Documents by a Modification. D. Contractor will not perform any portions of the Work requiring Submittals until the respective Submittal has been reviewed and accepted in writing by Architect. E. When professional certification of performance criteria of materials,systems or equipment is required by the Contract Documents,Owner will be entitled to rely upon such certifications,and neither Owner nor Architect will be expected to make any independent examination with respect thereto. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned to Contractor without action. 3.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING Contractor will be responsible for any cutting,fitting,and patching that may be required to complete the Work and make its parts fit together properly. 3.12 ACCESS TO WORN Contractor will permit Owner,Architect,their representatives and consultants,access to the Work wherever located at any time. 3.13 ROYALTIES AND PATENTS Contractor will pay all royalties and license fees required by the Work or by Contractor's chosen method of performing the Work. Contractor will defend and hold Owner harmless from all suits or claims for infringement of any patent,license or other intellectual property rights or any loss on account thereof. 3.14 INDEMNIFICATION , A. Contractor will indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Owner's representatives,employees,agents,architects,and consultants from and against any and all claims,damages,liability,demands,costs,judgments,awards,settlements,causes of action,losses and expenses(collectively"Claims"or"Claim"),including but not limited to attorney fees,consultant fees,expert fees,copy costs,and other expenses,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,attributable to bodily injury, sickness,disease,or death,or to injury to or destruction of real or personal property,including loss of use resulting therefrom, except to the extent that such liability arises out of the negligence of Owner,its representatives,agents,and employees.This indemnity includes,without limitation,indemnification of Owner from all losses or injury to Owner's property,except to the extent that such loss or injury arises out of the negligence of Owner,its representatives,agents,and employees.This indemnity applies,without limitation,to include Claims occurring both during performance of the Work and/or subsequent to completion of the Work. In the event that any Claim is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder,that party will bear the cost of such Claim to the extent it was the cause thereof.In the event that a claimant asserts a Claim for recovery against any party indemnified hereunder,the party indemnified hereunder may tender the defense of such Claim to Contractor.If Contractor rejects such tender of defense and it is later determined that the negligence of the party indemnified hereunder did not cause all General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 6 of 17 t of the Claim,Contractor will reimburse the party indemnified hereunder for all costs and expenses incurred by that party in defending against the Claim.Contractor will not be liable hereunder to indemnify any party for damages resulting from the sole negligence of that party. ' B. In addition to the foregoing,Contractor will be liable to defend Owner in any lawsuit filed by any Subcontractor relating to the Project. Where liens have been filed against Owner's property,Contractor(and/or its bonding company which has issued bonds for the Project)will obtain lien releases and record them in the appropriate county and/or local jurisdiction and provide Owner with a title free and clear from any liens of Subcontractors. In the event that Contractor and/or its bonding company are unable to obtain a lien release,Owner in its absolute discretion may require Contractor to provide a bond around the lien or a bond to discharge the lien,at Contractor's sole expense. C. In addition to the foregoing,Contractor will indemnify and hold Owner harmless from any claim of any other contractor resulting from the performance,nonperformance or delay in performance of the Work by Contractor. D. The indemnification obligation herein will not be limited by a limitation on the amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts,disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. ' 3.15 PROJECT MEETINGS Contractor will attend and participate in meetings as required by the Contract Documents. ' SECTION 4-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.1 ARCHITECT In the event that Owner terminates its contractual relationship with Architect,Owner will appoint in writing another architect,whose status under the Contract Documents will be that of the former Architect in all respects. 4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Architect will make periodic visits to the site to familiarize itself generally with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Although Architect is required to make periodic inspections,it is not required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections. On the basis of its observations while at the site,Architect will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work. Architect's failure to observe a defect or deficiency in the Work will not relieve Contractor of its duty to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Architect will review Contractor's payment requests and determine the amounts due Contractor in accordance with Section 9. C. Communications between Contractor and Owner relating to the Work will be through Architect. Communications between Owner or Contractor with Architect's consultants relating to the Work will be through Architect. Communications between Owner or Architect and subcontractors relating to the Work will be through Contractor. Communications between Contractor and any separate contractor will be through Architect,except as otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. ' D. Owner and/or Architect will have the right to reject and require removal of the following at Contractor's expense: 1. Any portion of the Work that does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Any portion of the Work damaged or rendered unsuitable during installation or resulting from failure to exercise proper protection. ' E. Architect will have authority to suspend the Work,with concurrence of Owner,whenever such suspension may be necessary in its reasonable opinion to insure the proper performance of the Work. F. Architect will review Contractor's Submittals and will accept or take other appropriate action regarding the Submittals. ' Architect's review of the Submittals will be for the limited purpose of checking for general conformance with the Contract Documents and will not be conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of Contractor. Architect's review of Submittals will not relieve Contractor of its obligations under the Contract Documents. Architect's review of Submittals will not constitute acceptance of safety precautions or construction ' means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures. Architect's acceptance of a specific item will not indicate acceptance of an assembly of which the item is a component. G. Architect has authority to order Construction Change Directives and Field Changes in accordance with Section 7. ' H. Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion,will receive and review written guarantees and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by Contractor,and will review and certify or reject Contractor's final payment request. I. Architect will be the interpreter of the performance and requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect's interpretations will be in writing or in the form of drawings. J. Architect's decisions in matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the Contract Documents and approved ' by Owner. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 7 of 17 SECTION 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK A. Contractor will enter into contracts with Subcontractors to perform all portions of the Work that Contractor does not customarily perform with its own employees. B. Contractor will not contract with any Subcontractor who has been rejected by Owner. Contractor will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor against whom it has a reasonable objection. C. If Owner rejects any Subcontractor proposed by Contractor,Contractor will propose an acceptable substitute to whom Owner has no reasonable objection. D. Contractor will not make any substitution for any Subcontractor that has been accepted by Owner and Architect without the prior written approval of Owner and Architect. 5.2 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS A. Contractor's responsibility for the Work includes the labor and materials of all Subcontractors,including those recommended or approved by Owner. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for proper completion and guarantee of all workmanship and materials under any subcontracts. Any warranties required for such work will be obtained by Contractor in favor of Owner and delivered to Architect. It is expressly understood and agreed that there is no contractual relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor,and under no circumstances will Owner be responsible for the non-performance or financial failure of any Subcontractor or any effects therefrom. B. Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractors promptly upon receipt of payment from Owner for that portion of the funds received which represents the Subcontractor's portion of the Work completed to Contractor's satisfaction for which Owner has made payment. C. Contractor will require each Subcontractor to: 1. Be licensed by the state in which the Project is located where such licensing is required by the governing authority; 2. Be bound by the terms of the Contract Documents as far as they are applicable to the Subcontractor's work; 3. Assume toward Contractor the same obligations Contractor has assumed toward Owner,including the prompt payment of its Subcontractors; 4. Submit its applications for payment to Contractor in time to permit Contractor to make timely application to Owner; 5. Execute claim or lien releases or lien waivers for payments made by Contractor;and 6. Make all claims for Changes in the Work to Contractor in the same manner as Contractor is required to make such claims to Owner. SECTION 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Owner reserves the right to perform work itself or to award separate contracts in connection with the Project. B. When separate contracts are awarded,"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case will mean the contractor who signs each separate contract. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY A. Contractor will afford other contractors reasonable opportunity to place and store their materials and equipment on site and to perform their work and will properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs where applicable. B. If any part of Contractor's Work depends upon the work of any separate contractor for proper performance or results,Contractor will inspect and promptly report to Architect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for proper performance and results. Failure of Contractor to so inspect and report will constitute an acceptance of the work of the separate contractor as fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work,except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. C. Contractor will promptly remedy damage caused by Contractor or any Subcontractor to the completed or partially completed work of other contractors or to the property of Owner or other contractors. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among Contractor and separate contractors as to the responsibility under their separate contracts for maintaining the Project free from waste materials and rubbish,Owner may clean the Project,allocate the cost among those responsible as Owner and Architect determine to be just,and withhold such cost from any amounts due or to become due to Contractor. SECTION 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK I 7.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO CONTRACTOR A. If Owner or Architect gives Contractor an instruction that modifies the requirements of the Contract Documents or delays Substantial Completion,Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract Time. If General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 8 of 17 I I compliance with the instruction affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work,the Contract Sum will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in cost subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1,Paragraphs B through G. If compliance with the instruction delays Substantial Completion,the Contract Time will be extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1,Paragraphs B through G and Section 7.3, Paragraph A and Contractor will be paid liquidated damages for the delay as set forth in Section 7.3,Paragraph B. IB. If Contractor receives an instruction from Owner or Architect that Contractor considers to be a Change in the Work,Contractor, before complying with the instruction,will notify Architect in writing that Contractor considers such instruction to constitute a Change in the Work. If Architect agrees that compliance with the instruction will constitute a Change in the Work,Contractor I will furnish a proposal for a Modification in accordance with Section 7.1,Paragraphs C.and D.within ten(10)days. C. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum(including without limitation costs related to a time extension)as a result of an instruction by Owner or Architect,Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change Order containing a price breakdown itemized as required by Owner. The breakdown will be in sufficient detail to allow Owner to determine any increase or decrease in Direct Costs as a result of compliance with the instruction. Any amount claimed for subcontracts will be supported by a similar price breakdown and will itemize the Subcontractor's profit and overhead charges. Profit and overhead will be subject to the following limitations: 1. The Subcontractor's profit and overhead will not exceed ten(10)percent of its Direct Costs on work performed. I Subcontractor's profit and overhead will not exceed five(5)percent on work performed by its sub-subcontractors. 2. Contractor's profit and overhead on work performed by its own crews will not exceed ten(10)percent of its Direct Costs. 3. Contractor's profit and overhead mark up on work performed by its Subcontractors will not exceed five(5)percent of the Subcontractors'charges for such work. 4. Amounts due Owner as a result of a credit change will be the actual net savings to Contractor from the Change in the Work I as confirmed by Architect. On credit changes,profit and overhead on the originally estimated work will not be credited back to Owner. If both additions and credits are involved in a single Change in the Work,overhead and profit will be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,related to that Change in the Work. I D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an instruction from Owner or Architect, Contractor will include in its proposal justification to support Contractor's claim that compliance with the instruction will delay Substantial Completion. E. Upon receipt of Contractor's proposal for Modification,Architect and Owner will determine whether to proceed with the Change I in the Work. If Architect and Owner determine to proceed with the Change in the Work,they will issue a Change Order,a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change as appropriate. F. Contractor agrees that if it complies with an instruction from Owner or Architect without first giving written notice to Architect as I provided in Section 7.1.,Paragraph B,and receiving a Change Order,Construction Change Directive or Field Change, Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time as a result of the instruction and waives any claim therefor. G. If Contractor is instructed to perform work which it claims constitutes a Change in the Work but which Owner and Architect do I not agree constitutes a Change in the Work,Contractor will comply with the instruction. Contractor may submit its claim for adjustment to the Contract Sum,the Contract Time,or both as a dispute pursuant to Section 13 within thirty(30)days after compliance with the instruction. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty(30)days after compliance with the instruction,then Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time as a result of the instruction and waives any claim therefor. IH. Contractor agrees that it is responsible for submitting accurate cost and pricing data to support its Change Order Proposals. Owner will have the right to examine the Contractor's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change order proposals. I7.2 CHANGE IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN EVENT OR CIRCUMSTANCE A. If an event or circumstance other than an instruction from Owner or Architect affects the cost to Contractor of performing the Work or delays Substantial Completion,Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum and/or the Contract I Time. If the circumstance or event affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work and is caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect,the Contract Sum will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in Contractor's cost to perform the Work resulting from the event or circumstance,subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.2, Paragraphs B through F. If the event or circumstance delays Substantial Completion and is described in Section 7.3,Paragraph I A,the Contract Time will be extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set forth in such section. If the circumstance or event delays Substantial Completion and is caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect,then Contractor will be compensated for costs incident to the delay in accordance with Section 7.3, Paragraph B. Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment to the Contract Sum or other damages from Owner as a result of any event or circumstance unless the event or circumstance results from a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or IArchitect. B. If a Change in the Work results from any event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect,Contractor will give Owner Written Notice of such event or circumstance within twenty-four(24)hours after I commencement of the event or circumstance so that Owner can take such action as is necessary to mitigate the effect of the event or circumstance. Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in either the Contract lime or the Contract Sum based on any damages or delays resulting from such event or circumstance during a period more than twenty-four(24)hours prior to Contractor giving such Written Notice to Owner. I C. Contractor will submit in writing any claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Contract Sum resulting from an event or circumstance within the time limits set forth below. In the event that Contractor fails to submit its claim in writing within ' General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 9 of 17 1 the time limits set forth below,then Contractor agrees it will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum or to any other damages from Owner due to the circumstance or event and waives any claim therefor. 1. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time due to Adverse Weather will be made by the tenth(10th)of the month following the month in which the delay occurred. 2. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Contract Sum due to any other circumstance or event will be submitted within seven(7)days after the occurrence of the circumstance or event. D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Sum(including without limitation costs related to a time extension)because of an event or circumstance resulting from the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change Order containing a price breakdown as described in Section 7.1,Paragraph C. Any amount claimed for increased labor costs as a result of the event or circumstance must be supported by a certified payroll. Any claim for rented equipment or additional material costs must be supported by invoices. E. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance,Contractor will include with its claim copies of daily logs,letters,shipping orders,delivery tickets,Project schedules,and other supporting information necessary to justify Contractor's claim that the event or circumstance delayed Substantial Completion. If Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance caused by the wilful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect,Contractor will be compensated for all costs related to the delay in accordance with Section 7.3, Paragraph B. F. Within thirty(30)days after receipt of Contractor's claim,Architect will either deny the claim or recommend approval to Owner. If Owner approves the claim,the adjustment in the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5 or a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section 7.6. If Owner or Architect denies Contractor's claim,Contractor may submit its claim as a dispute pursuant to Section 13 within thirty(30)days of receipt of the denial of the claim. If Contractor fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 within the thirty(30)day time period,then Contractor agrees it is not entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time and/or Contract Sum or any other damages as a result of the event or circumstance and waives any claim therefor. 7.3 EXTENSIONS OF TIME I A. If Substantial Completion of the Project is delayed because of any of the following causes,then the Contract Time will be extended by Change Order for a period of time equal to such delay: 1. Labor strikes or lock-outs; 2. Adverse weather; 3. Unusual delay in transportation; 4. Unforeseen governmental requests or requirements; 5. A Change in the Work resulting from an instruction by Owner or Architect to Contractor subject to the conditions set forth in Section 7.1.;or 6. Any other event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect. B. Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for delay described in Section 7.3,Paragraph A,subparagraphs 1,2,3 and 4. For each day of delay in Substantial Completion described in Section 7.3,Paragraph A,subparagraphs 5 and 6,Contractor will be paid liquidated damages in the amount per day set forth in the Supplementary Conditions to compensate Contractor for all damages resulting from any delay including but not limited to damages for general conditions costs,additional job site costs, additional home office overhead costs,disruption costs,acceleration costs,increase in labor costs,increase in subcontract costs,increase in materials costs,and any other costs incident to the delay. Contractor will be entitled to no other compensation relating to the delay. C. In no event will any time extension or cost adjustment be given on account of delay which reasonably should have been anticipated by the Contractor or in circumstances where performance of the Work is,was,or would have been,delayed by any other cause for which the Contractor is not entitled to an extension. 7.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK Every Change in the Work will be documented by a Change Order,a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change. If Owner, Architect and Contractor reach agreement regarding the adjustment in the Contract Sum,if any,and the adjustment in the Contract Time,if any,resulting from a Change in the Work,then the parties will execute a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5. If Owner, Architect and Contractor cannot reach agreement regarding the adjustment in Contract Sum or the adjustment in Contract Time resulting from a Change in the Work,then Owner and Architect will issue a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section 7.6. Field Changes require the agreement of Architect and Contractor only. 7.5 CHANGE ORDERS Contractor's signature upon a Change Order is Contractor's acknowledgment that it is not entitled to any additional adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or any other damages or compensation as a result of the Change in the Work other than that provided for in the Change Order,irrespective of whether a subsequent claim for additional compensation or time extensions relating to the Change in the Work is described as a change in the requirements of the Contract Documents,a delay,a disruption of the Work,an acceleration of the Work,an impact on the efficiency of performance of the Work,an equitable adjustment,or other claim and irrespective of whether the impact of the Change in the Work is considered singly or in conjunction with the impact of other Changes in the Work. 7.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES A. Contractor will promptly comply with all Construction Change Directives. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 10 of 17 ' B. Pending final resolution of any adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time relating to a Construction Change Directive,the amounts proposed by Owner in the Construction Change Directive may be included in Contractor's payment requests once the work relating thereto is completed. ' C. If after the work described in the Construction Change Directive is completed,Owner,Architect,and Contractor reach agreement on adjustments in the Contract Sum,Contract Time,or both,such agreement will be reflected in an appropriate Change Order. D. If the parties do not reach agreement regarding an adjustment to the Contract Sum,Contract Time,or both relating to the Construction Change Directive within thirty(30)days of the completion of the work described therein,then Contractor may submit its claim for an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 within thirty(30)days of the completion of such work. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 13 within thirty(30)days of completion of the work described in the Construction Change Directive,then it will not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Sum or Contract Time resulting from such work except as set forth in the Construction Change Directive and waives any claim therefor. 7.7 FIELD CHANGES Architect and Contractor will sign a Field Change order listing the Change In The Work and the Contract Sum including markups ' before Contractor proceeds with the Field Change. 7.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS ' Except as set forth in Section 7,Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time or for any damages of any kind whatsoever resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect,any event or circumstance,or any act or omission of Owner or Architect and Contractor expressly waives any and all claims therefor. SECTION 8 - TIME 8.1 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. By executing the Agreement,Contractor confirms that the ' Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. Contractor will proceed expeditiously with adequate resources and will achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 8.2 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK Contractor will not commence work on the Project site until the date set forth in the Written Notice to proceed. However,Contractor may enter into subcontracts and secure material for the Project after receipt of the Agreement with Owners authorized signature. Owner will issue the Written Notice to proceed within forty-five(45)days after Owner receives acceptable bonds and evidence of insurance pursuant to Section 11 unless Owner earlier terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 14. ' 8.3 DELAY IN COMPLETION OF THE WORK A. For each day after the expiration of the Contract Time that Contractor has not achieved Substantial Completion,Contractor will pay Owner the amount set forth in the Supplementary Conditions as liquidated damages for Owner's loss of use of the Project ' and the added administrative expense to Owner to administer the Project during the period of delay. In addition,Contractor will reimburse Owner for any additional Architect's fees,attorneys'fees,expert fees,consultant fees,copy costs,and other expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay. Owner may deduct any liquidated damages or reimbursable expenses from any money due or to become due to Contractor. If the amount of liquidated damages and reimbursable expenses exceeds any amounts due to Contractor,Contractor will pay the difference to Owner within ten(10)days after receipt of a written request ' from Owner for payment. B. At the time Architect certifies that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion,Architect will identify the remaining items to be completed for final completion of the Work and will establish with Contractor a reasonable time for completion of those items. ' Architect will set forth the items to be completed and the time established for their completion in a Certificate of Substantial Completion. For each day that Contractor exceeds the time allowed for completion of the items set forth in the Certificate of Substantial Completion,Contractor will pay to Owner as liquidated damages for additional administrative expenses the amount set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. In addition,Contractor will reimburse Owner for any additional Architect's fees, attorneys'fees,expert fees,consultant fees,copy costs,and other expenses incurred by Owner as a result of the delay in ' completing such items. SECTION 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ' 9.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor will submit to Architect a schedule of values which allocates the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work. The schedule of values will be supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as required by Architect. This schedule,when accepted by Owner and Architect,will be used as a basis for reviewing Contractor's payment requests. ' 9.2 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. Not more than once a month,Contractor will submit a payment request to Architect for Work completed,materials stored on the ' site,and for materials stored offsite as of the date of the payment request. The amount of the payment request will be based upon the schedule of values and will be equal to the value of the Work completed: 1. Less retention amounts specified in Supplementary Conditions: General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 11 of 17 2. Less all prior amounts paid by Owner to Contractor as part of the Contract Sum;and 3. Less allowable offsets. The payment request may include Changes in the Work that have been performed by Contractor and authorized by Owner and/or Architect pursuant to Section 7. If a payment request includes materials stored offsite,Contractor will include with the payment request a list of the materials,the location where they are stored and the written request of Contractor and its performance bond surety that payment be made for such materials. B. Contractor warrants and guarantees that upon the receipt of payment for materials and equipment,whether incorporated in the Project or not,title to such materials and equipment will pass to Owner free and clear of all liens,claims,security interests,or encumbrances. Notwithstanding this payment and passage of title,Contractor will remain responsible for all such materials and equipment until actual delivery to the project site,incorporation into the Work,and final acceptance by Owner. Contractor further warrants that no material or equipment covered by a payment request is subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or any other person or entity. 9.3 PAYMENT REQUEST CERTIFICATION A. Architect will,within seven(7)days after receipt of Contractor's payment request,forward to Owner the payment request certified for such amount as Architect determines is properly due. If Architect certifies less than the full amount of the payment request,Architect will notify Contractor and Owner of Architect's reasons for withholding certification of the full amount requested. B. The certification of the payment request will constitute a representation by Architect to Owner based upon Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the payment request,that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that,to the best of Architect's knowledge,information,and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to minor deviations from the Contract Documents correctable prior to completion,and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect. However,the certification of the payment request will not constitute a representation that Architect has: 1. Conducted exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quantity or quality of the Work; 2. Reviewed construction means,methods,techniques,sequences,or procedures; 3. Reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors or other data requested by Owner to substantiate Contractor's right to payment;or 4. Made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. C. In taking action on Contractor's payment request,Owner will be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by Contractor. 9.4 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION AND PAYMENT A. Architect may withhold certification of a payment request in whole or in part to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner if,in the opinion of Architect,the representations to Owner required by Section 9.3,Paragraph B cannot be accurately made. If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the payment request,Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.3,Paragraph A. If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,Architect will promptly certify a payment request for the amount for which Architect is able to make such representations to Owner. Architect may also decide not to certify payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations,may nullify the whole or a part of a payment request previously certified,to such extent as may be necessary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner from loss because of: 1. Defective work not remedied; 2. Third-party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; 3. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors for labor,materials,equipment,construction or services; 4. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5. Damage to Owner or another contractor for which Contractor is responsible; 6. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance will not be adequate to cover the cost of completing the Work and damages for the anticipated delay;or 7. Contractor's persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor,subsequent to Architect's certification of any payment request,in order to protect Owner from loss due to any condition described in Section 9.4,Paragraph A,Subparagraphs 1 through 7. Upon satisfactory resolution of any such conditions,payments so withheld will be made. 9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the parameters of Section 9.2 within fifteen(15)days after Owner receives the certified payment request from Architect. B. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the payments in the mail addressed to Contractor or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion. C. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner,Contractor will pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. D. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at the Project site for review by the Subcontractors. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 12 of 17 I 1 E. No payment made under the Contract Documents,either in whole or in part,will be construed to be an acceptance of defective or improper materials or workmanship. F. In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing,Owner will also withhold and retain 10%of payments made to Contractor. ' G. Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 9.4 within forty-five(45)days after Contractor achieves Substantial Completion,submits its payment request for retained funds,delivers to the Architect Owner's form entitled"Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety"fully executed by Contractor and its surety, obtains Waiver and Release documents executed by all subcontractors and suppliers having claim against the retained funds, and Owner receives a certificate of occupancy. 9.6 FINAL PAYMENT ' A. Owner will make full and final payment of the Contract Sum within thirty(30)days of the completion of all of the following requirements: 1. Contractor has submitted its final payment request; 2. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work is complete; 3. Contractor has obtained waiver and release upon final payment documents executed by all of the subcontractors performing 1 work and/or providing materials covered by the Contractor's final payment request;and 4. Contractor has collected and provided to Owner all manufacturers'and other guaranties and warranties,properly signed and endorsed to Owner,that are required by the Contract Documents that extend for a period beyond one year after substantial completion. (Delivery of such guaranties and warranties will not relieve Contractor for any obligation assumed under any other provision of the Contract Documents.). B. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcontractor will constitute a waiver of claims by the payee except for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to Section 7 and identified by Contractor in its affidavit as still pending. C. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner exceeds the amount due Contractor,Contractor will reimburse the difference to Owner. SECTION 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS Contractor will be responsible to Owner for initiating and supervising all safety programs in connection with the performance of the Work. 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent damage,injury,or loss to: 1. All persons on the site;' 2. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work;and 3. Other property at the site or adjacent to it. B. Contractor will give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances,rules,regulations,and other lawful requirements of ' public authorities bearing on the safety or protection of persons and property. No work will be performed that may pose an undue safety hazard to Contractor,Contractor's employees,or any other person. C. Contractor will designate a responsible member of its organization at the site whose duty will be the prevention of accidents. This person will be Contractor's onsite representative unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner and t Architect. 10.3 EMERGENCIES In case of an emergency endangering life or threatening the safety of any person or property,Contractor may,without waiting for specific authorization from Architect or Owner,act at its own discretion to safeguard persons or property. Contractor will immediately notify Architect of such emergency action and make a full written report to Architect within five(5)days after the event. 10.4 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ' In the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonably believed to be hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless,the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. The Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of hazardous materials,or when it has been rendered harmless,by written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. SECTION 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE ' A. Contractor will obtain the following insurance and provide evidence thereof as described below prior to commencement of the Work or within ten(10)days after signing the Agreement,whichever is earlier: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance. 2. Employers Liability Insurance with minimum limits of the greater of$500,000 E.L. each accident,$500,000 E.L.disease- each employee,$500,000 E.L.disease-policy limit or as required by the law of the state in which the Project is located. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 13 of 17 I 3. Commercial General Liability Insurance—ISO Form CG 00 01 (12/07)or equivalent Occurrence policy which will provide primary coverage to the additional insureds(the Owner and the Architect)in the event of any Occurrence,Claim,or Suit with: a. Limits of the greater of: Contractor's actual coverage amounts or the following: 1) $2,000,000 General Aggregate; 2) $2,000,000 Products-Comp/Ops Aggregate: 3) $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Liability: 4) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence; 5) $50,000 Fire Damage to Rented Premises(Each Occurrence). b. Endorsements attached to the General Liability policy including the following or their equivalent: 1) ISO Form CG 25 03(05/09),Amendment of Limits of Insurance(Designated Project or Premises),describing the Agreement and specifying limits as shown above. 2) ISO Form CG 20 10(07/04),Additional Insured--Owners, Lessees,Or Contractors(Form B),naming Owner and Architect as additional insureds. 4. Automobile Liability Insurance,with: a. Combined Single Limit each accident in the amount of$1,000,000 or Contractor's actual coverage,whichever is greater; and b. Coverage applying to"Any Auto." B. Contractor will provide evidence of such insurance to Owner as follows: 1. Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Liability Insurance,on ACORD 25(2010/05)Form,or equivalent: a. Listing Owner as the Certificate Holder and Additional Insured on the general liability and any excess liability policies; b. Attaching the ISO or equivalent endorsements set forth above to the Certificate of Liability Insurance; c. Identifying the Project; d. Listing the insurance companies providing coverage(All companies listed must be rated in A.M.Best Company Key Rating Guide-Property-Casualty and each company must have a rating of B+Class VII or higher.Companies which are not rated are not acceptable);and e. Bearing the name,address and telephone number of the producer and signed by an authorized representative of the producer. The signature may be original,stamped,or electronic. C. Contractor will maintain,from commencement of the Work,Insurance coverage required in Section 11.1 as follows: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance through expiration of warranty period specified in Section 12.2, Paragraph B. including completion of any warranty repairs;and 2. All other insurance through Final Payment. D. Owner reserves the right to reject any insurance company,policy,endorsement,or certificate of insurance with or without cause. E. Owner may,in writing and at its sole discretion,modify the insurance requirements. 1 F. The cost of insurance as required above will be the obligation of Contractor. Contractor will be responsible for payment of all deductible amounts under all insurance. G. Owner will provide builders risk insurance for the cost of the Project. The policy will be written on an all risk basis with coverage for perils of wind,flood,earthquake,and terrorism,with exclusions standard for the insurance industry. The policy will be subject to a$5,000 deductible per occurrence which will be the responsibility of Contractor and will not be a reimbursable expense. Owner will provide a copy of the terms and conditions of the builders risk policy to Contractor upon Contractor's request. Contractor will comply with terms,conditions,and deadlines of the builders risk policy. The terms,conditions,and deadlines of the builders risk policy shall govern coverage. In addition,when there is a loss which may be covered by the builders risk insurance policy,Contractor will comply with the following: 1. Contractor will report the loss immediately to builders risk commercial insurer by calling 1-866-537-7475 and shall make such further written submissions as required and otherwise comply with all requirements of the builders risk policy. 2. Contractor will report the loss immediately to the Owner. 3. Contractor will immediately notify its general liability insurance carrier of the loss. 4. Contractor will take all necessary and appropriate actions to protect the property and individuals from further loss,harm,and injury. In the event there are damages resulting from fire or water,restoration shall be performed only by a certified restoration contractor. 5. To the extent possible,Contractor will preserve and not disturb the evidence of the loss until after the builders risk commercial insurer and all interested parties and their insurance carriers have had the opportunity to view and investigate the site and loss. 6. Contractor will cooperate with Owner and the builders risk commercial insurer in the investigation,documentation,and settlement of loss claims,including without limitation promptly responding to all requests for information and documentation from the builders risk commercial insurer and/or Owner. 11.2 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A. Prior to commencement of the Work or within ten(10)days after signing the Agreement,whichever is earlier,Contractor will furnish to Owner a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%)of the Contract Sum as security for all obligations arising under the Contract Documents. Such bonds will: 1. Be written on Form AIA Document A312(1984). 2. Be issued by a surety company or companies licensed in the state in which the Project is located and holding valid certificates of authority under Sections 9304 to 9308,Title 31,of the United States Code as acceptable sureties or reinsurance companies on federal bonds. 3. Have a penal sum obligation not exceeding the authorization shown in the current revision of Circular#570 as issued by the United States Treasury Department,i.e."Treasury List". General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 14 of 17 1 ' 4. Be accompanied by a certified copy of the power of attorney stating the authority of the attorney-in-fact executing the bonds on behalf of the surety. B. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety company,performance bond,or labor and material payment bond with or without ' cause. C. The cost of the bonds as required above will be the obligation of Contractor. SECTION 12 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK Contractor will notify Architect at least twenty-four(24)hours in advance of performing work that would cover up work or otherwise make it difficult to perform inspections required by the Specifications or by applicable governing authorities. Should any such work be covered without proper notification having been given to Architect,Contractor will uncover that work for inspection at its own expense. 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK A. Contractor will promptly correct any portion of the Work that is rejected by Architect or which fails to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed,or completed. Contractor will bear the cost of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspection costs, compensation for Architect's services,and any other expenses made necessary thereby. B. Contractor will remedy any defects due to faulty materials,equipment,or workmanship which appear within a period of one(1) year from the date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. Contractor will pay all costs of correcting faulty work, including without limitation additional Architect's fees,attorneys'fees,expert fees,consultant fees,copy costs,and other expenses when incurred. C. Nothing in the Contract Documents will be construed to establish a period of limitation within which Owner may enforce the obligation of Contractor to comply with the Contract Documents. The one-year period specified above has no relationship to the time within which compliance with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to Contractor's obligations. 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. If Owner prefers to accept any portion of the Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents,Owner may do so instead of requiring removal and correction of the nonconforming Work. In that event,the Contract Sum will be reduced by an amount agreed upon by the parties that reflects the difference in value to Owner between the Work as specified and the nonconforming Work. Such adjustment may consider increased maintenance costs,early replacement costs,increased inefficiency of use,and the like and will be effective whether or not final payment has been made. Such adjustment will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant to Section 7.5. B. Temporary or trial usage by Owner or Architect of mechanical devices,machinery,apparatus,equipment,or other work or materials supplied under the Contract Documents prior to written acceptance by Architect,will not constitute Owner's acceptance. SECTION 13 -RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 13.1 SUBMITTAL OF DISPUTE In the event there is any dispute arising under this Agreement which cannot be resolved by agreement between the parties,either party may submit the dispute with all documentation upon which it relies to the Director of Architecture,Engineering,and Construction,Physical Facilities Department,50 East North Temple,Salt Lake City,Utah 84150,who will convene a dispute resolution conference within thirty(30)days. The dispute resolution conference will constitute settlement negotiations and any settlement proposal made pursuant to the conference will not be admissible as evidence of liability. In the event that the parties do not resolve their dispute pursuant to the dispute resolution conference,either party may commence legal action to resolve the dispute. Any such action must be commenced within six(6)months from the first day of the dispute resolution conference or be time ' barred. Submission of the dispute to the Director as outlined above is a condition precedent to the right to commence legal action to resolve any dispute. In the event that either party commences legal action to adjudicate any dispute without first submitting the dispute to the Director,the other party will be entitled to obtain an order dismissing the litigation without prejudice and awarding such other party any costs and attorneys fees incurred by that party in obtaining the dismissal,including without limitation copy costs,and expert and consultant fees and expenses. 13.2 CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH DILIGENCE Pending final resolution of a dispute hereunder,Contractor will proceed diligently with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. SECTION 14 - TERMINATION 14.1 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR ' In the event Owner materially breaches any term of the Contract Documents,Contractor will promptly give Written Notice of the breach to Owner. If Owner fails to cure the breach within ten(10)days of the Written Notice,Contractor may terminate the General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 15 of 17 Agreement by giving Written Notice to Owner and recover from Owner the percentage of the Contract Sum represented by the Work completed on the Project site as of the date of termination together with any out of pocket loss Contractor has sustained with respect to materials and equipment as a result of the termination prior to completion of the Work,less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensation or damages as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty,as built,inspection,and other close out documents as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation,Contractors indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 14.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE Should Contractor fail to provide Owner with the bonds and certificates of insurance required by Section 11 within the time specified therein,make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,fail to apply enough properly skilled workmen or specified materials to properly prosecute the Work in accordance with Contractor's schedule,or otherwise materially breach any provision of the Contract Documents,then Owner may,without any prejudice to any other right or remedy,give Contractor Written Notice thereof. If Contractor fails to cure its default within ten(10)days,Owner may terminate the Agreement by giving Written Notice to Contractor. In such case,Owner may,in Owner's sole discretion,take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor and/or take possession of the premises and all materials,tools,equipment,and appliances thereon,and finish the Work by whatever method Owner deems expedient. Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds the expense of finishing the Work,including compensation for additional administrative, architectural,consultant,and legal services(including without limitation attorneys fees,expert fees,copy costs,and other expenses), such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such expense exceeds the unpaid balance,Contractor will pay the difference to Owner. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty,as built,inspection,and other close out documents as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation,Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 14.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Contract Documents,Owner may,without cause and in its absolute discretion, terminate the Agreement at any time. In the event of such termination,Contractor will be entitled to recover from Owner the percentage of the Contract Sum equal to the percentage of the Work which Architect determines has been completed on the Project site as of the date of termination together with any out of pocket loss Contractor has sustained with respect to materials and equipment as a result of the termination prior to completion of the Work, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensation as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty,as built,inspection,and other close out documents as well as materials that Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Owner may,in Owner's sole discretion,take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor. Without limitation,Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. SECTION 15 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 15.1 GOVERNING LAW The parties acknowledge that the Contract Documents have substantial connections to the State of Utah. The Contract Documents will be deemed to have been made,executed,and delivered in Salt Lake City, Utah. To the maximum extent permitted by law,(i)the Contract Documents and all matters related to their creation and performance will be governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah,excluding conflicts of law rules;and(ii)all disputes arising from or related to the Contract Documents will be decided only in a state or federal court located in Salt Lake City,Utah and not in any other court or state. Toward that end,the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Salt Lake City,Utah and waive any other venue to which they might be entitled by virtue of domicile,habitual residence,place of business,or otherwise. 15.2 NO WAIVER No action or failure to act by Owner,Architect,or Contractor will constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents,nor will such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 15.3 RULE OF CONSTRUCTION Owner and Contractor agree that the Contract Documents will be deemed to have been drafted by both Owner and Contractor and will not be construed against either Owner or Contractor because of authorship. 15.4 ENFORCEMENT In the event either party commences legal action to enforce or rescind any term of the Contract Documents,the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its attorneys fees and costs,including without limitation all copy costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses,incurred in that action and on all appeals,from the other party. 15.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1 A. Owner and Architect have the right to have tests made when they deem it necessary. Tests conducted by Owner or Architect will be paid for by Owner. Should a test reveal a failure of the Work to meet Contract Document requirements,the cost of the test as well as subsequent tests related to the failure necessary to determine compliance with the Contract Documents will be paid for by Owner,with the cost thereof deducted from the Contract Sum by Modification. General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 16 of 17 i B. Tests will be made in accordance with recognized standards by a competent,independent testing laboratory. Materials found defective or not in conformity with Contract Document requirements will be promptly replaced or repaired at the expense of Contractor. C. Owner and Architect have the right to obtain samples of materials to be used in the Work and to test samples for determining whether they meet Contract Document requirements. Samples required for testing will be furnished by Contractor and selected as directed by Architect. Samples may be required from the sample's source,point of manufacture,point of delivery,or point of installation at Architect's discretion. Samples not required as a Submittal in the Specifications will be paid for by Owner. Should tests reveal a failure of the Sample to meet the Contract Document requirements,Contractor will provide other Samples that comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I i General Conditions Fixed Sum US 150527 Page 17 of 17 NIB Ole r Ms r Mil Or ON Mil MINI MI Mt MN — MINI INN r r a■O W CD a Z J CO 111 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FIXED SUM (U.S.) ITEM 1 - GENERAL 1. Conditions of the Contract apply to each Division of the Specifications. 2. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to all Divisions of the Specifications. ITEM 2 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNTS: 1. The amount of liquidated damages to the benefit of the Contractor for delays under General Conditions Section 7.3, Paragraph B is $500.00 per day. 2. The amount of liquidated damages to the benefit of the Owner for delays in Substantial Completion of the Work under General Conditions Section 8.3, Paragraph A is$500.00 per day. 3. The amount of liquidated damages to the benefit of the Owner for delays in completing work itemized on the Substantial Completion Certificate under General Conditions Section 8.3, Paragraph B is$250.00 per day. I ITEM 3 - PERMITS 1. Delete Section 3.6, Paragraph B of the General Conditions and replace with the following: B. Contractor will obtain and pay for the building permit, and all other permits, governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Owner will reimburse Contractor for direct cost of building permit by change order. ITEM 4 - MISCELLANEOUS CHANGES IN GENERAL CONDITIONS 1. FOR PROJECTS EXCEEDING $5 MILLION —CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE (AND NOT OWNER) Replace Section 11.1 Contractor's Liability Insurance of the General Conditions with the following: 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE 1 A. Contractor will obtain the following insurance and provide evidence thereof as described below prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10)days after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance. 2. Employers Liability Insurance with minimum limits of the greater of: $500,000 E.L. each accident, $500,000 E. L. disease-each employee, $500,000 E.L. disease-policy limit; or as required by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 3. Commercial General Liability Insurance—ISO Form CG 00 01 (12/07)or equivalent Occurrence policy which will provide primary coverage to the additional insureds (the Owner and the Architect) in the event of any Occurrence, Claim, or Suit with: a. Limits of the greater of: Contractor's actual coverage amounts or the following: 1) $2,000,000 General Aggregate; 2) $2,000,000 Products-Comp/Ops Aggregate: 3) $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury: ' 4) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence; and Supplementary Conditions for Fixed Sum US150527 Page 1 of 2 I 5) $50,000 Damage to Rented Premises. b. Endorsements attached to the General Liability policy including the following or their equivalent: 1) ISO Form CG 25 03 (05/09), Designated Construction Project(s) General Aggregate Limit, describing the project and specifying that limits apply to each project of the contractor. 2) ISO Form CG 20 10 (07/04),Additional Insured —Owners, Lessees or Contractors— Scheduled Person or Organization, naming Owner and Architect as additional insureds. , 4. Automobile Liability Insurance, with: a. Combined Single Limit each accident in the amount of$1,000,000 or Contractor's actual coverage, whichever is greater; and b. Coverage applying to"Any Auto" or equivalent to all owned autos, hired autos, and non-owned autos. 5. Builder's Risk Insurance Policy— ISO Form CP 00 20 (10/12), Builders Risk Coverage (or equivalent form)and ISO Form CP 10 30(10/12)Causes of Loss—Special Form, and ISO Form CP 11 20 (06/07) Builders Risk—Collapse During Construction (or equivalent form)with Limits of Insurance in the amount of the Guaranteed Maximum Price. a. Policy will cover materials stored at temporary storage locations and materials in transit. b. Include Owner and Subcontractors as additional insureds. c. Policy will be subject to a deductible of not less than $5,000 per occurrence which will be the responsibility of Contractor and will not be included in the Cost of the Work or be a reimbursable expense. B. Contractor will provide evidence of such insurance to Owner as follows: 1. Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Insurance on ACORD 25 (2010/05)or equivalent: a. Listing Owner as the Certificate Holder and listing Owner and Architect as Additional Insureds on general liability and any excess liability policies; b. Attaching the endorsements set forth above for additional insured on general liability (CG 20 10 07/04) and Designated Construction Project Aggregate Limit(CG 25 03 05/09). c. Identifying the Project. d. Listing the insurance companies providing coverage. All companies must be rated in A.M. Best Company's Key Rating Guide—Property-Casualty, current edition, at B+ Class VII or higher. Companies that are not rated are not acceptable. e. Bearing the name, address, and telephone number of the producer and signed by an authorized representative of the producer. The signature may be original, stamped, or electronic. A faxed or digital copy is also acceptable. 2. Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Insurance on ACORD 27, Evidence of Property Insurance,for the Builders Risk Insurance Policy attaching the endorsement giving evidence that the Owner and all Subcontractors are listed as additional insureds on the Builders Risk Policy. C. Contractor will maintain, from commencement of the Work, Insurance coverage required in Section 11.1 as follows: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance through expiration of warranty period specified in Section 12.2, Paragraph B. including completion of any warranty repairs; 2. Builders' Risk Insurance through Substantial Completion; and 3. All other insurance through final payment. D. In the event of a loss, or upon request by Owner, Contractor will provide Owner with a copy of I required insurance policies above. E. Owner reserves the right to reject any insurance company, policy, endorsement, or certificate of insurance with or without cause. F. Owner may, in writing and at its sole discretion, modify the insurance requirements. I r END OF DOCUMENT I Supplementary Conditions for Fixed Sum US150527 Page 2 of 2 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98"'Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC DIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 1 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1200 MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY 01 1400 WORK RESTRICTIONS 01 2000 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2200 UNIT PRICES 01 2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 013000 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3500 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014100 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 014200 REFERENCES 01 4301 QUALITY ASSURANCE-QUALIFICATIONS 01 4523 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5100 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01 5200 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 5400 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 01 5600 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES 01 5700 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 5800 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6100 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6200 PRODUCT OPTIONS 01 6600 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 017000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 017300 EXECUTION 01 7400 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 I I i Table of Contents - 1 - 01 0000 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I 1 BLANK PAGE r f I I I 1 1 1 1 I Table of Contents -2- 01 0000 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements Summary of Work requirements. ' 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to Sections of Divisions 02 through 49 of Specifications. Instructions contained in Specifications are directed to Contractor. Unless specifically provided otherwise, obligations set forth in Contract Documents are obligations of Contractor. B. Contractor shall furnish total labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to perform The Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 1.3 WORK BY OWNER 1 A. Owner will furnish and install some portions of The Work with its own forces. Contractor will be provided with schedule of when these items are to be performed. 1. General: a. Complete work necessary to accommodate work to be performed by Owner before scheduled date for performance of such work. Contractor will be back charged for actual expenses incurred by Owner for failure to timely complete such work. b. Store and protect completed work provided by Owner until date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I I I I Summary of Work - 1 - 01 1100 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 1200 ' MULTIPLE CONTRACT SUMMARY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Multiple Contracts. 1.2 SUMMARY OF CONTRACTS 1 A. Owner has issued or will issue separate contracts for operations scheduled to be completed between Notice to Proceed and Substantial Completion. 1. General: 111 a. Schedule performance of work covered by such separate contracts in Contractor's Construction Schedule so as to avoid delays in Substantial Completion. Give written notice to such contractors and to Owner of any revisions to scheduled delivery and work dates at least 90 days in advance. 111 b. Complete work necessary to accommodate items provided under such separate contracts before scheduled date for performance of such work. Contractor will be back charged for actual expenses incurred by Owner for failure to timely complete such work including, but not limited to, cost of crews during downtime or for call backs and costs to correct substrate deficiencies. c. Store and protect completed work provided under separate contracts until date of Substantial Completion. 2. Testing and Inspection. See Section 01 4523 "Testing and Inspection" for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods: a. Concrete. See Section 03 3111. b. Drill-In Mechanical Anchors/Adhesive Anchors/Screw Anchors. See Section 03 1511 and Section 04 0519. c. Headed Concrete Anchor Studs/ Deformed Bar Anchors. See Section 03 1511. d. Reinforcement Bars. See Section 03 2100 (Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement Bars. See Section 03 2116). e. Wood Panel Product Sheathing. See Section 06 1636. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I 1 Multiple Contract Summary - 1 - 01 1200 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 1400 WORK RESTRICTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Work Restrictions. 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS j A. During construction period, Contractor will have use of premises for construction operations. Contractor will ensure that Contractor, its employees, subcontractors, and their employees comply with following requirements: 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits shown on Drawings. Do not disturb portions of site beyond Contract limits. 2. Do not allow alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or persons under their influence on Project site. 3. Do not allow use of tobacco in any form on Project Site. 4. Do not allow pornographic or other indecent materials on site. 5. Do not allow work on Project site on Sundays except for emergency work. 6. Refrain from using profanity or being discourteous or uncivil to others on Project Site or while performing The Work. 7. Wear shirts with sleeves, wear shoes, and refrain from wearing immodest, offensive, or obnoxious clothing,while on Project Site. 8. Do not allow playing of obnoxious and loud music on Project Site. Do not allow playing of any music within existing facilities. 9. Do not build fires on Project Site. 10. Do not allow weapons on Project Site, except those carried by law enforcement officers or other uniformed security personnel who have been retained by Owner or Contractor to provide security services. 11. Reasonably accommodate use of existing facilities by Owner. B. Do not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight that will endanger its safety. Questions of structural loading as part of construction means and methods shall be addressed by a licensed structural engineer engaged by Contractor, subject to the review by Architect. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I I Work Restrictions - 1 - 01 1400 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I SECTION 01 2200 UNIT PRICES I PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Unit Prices. 1.2 UNIT PRICE MEASUREMENT A. Unit prices listed by Contractor on Bid Form will be used to price changes to Contract Sum. Such unit prices include all labor, material, equipment, overhead, profit, and taxes. B. Unit Price Measurement: 1. Keep daily log of each Unit Price item which includes: a. A description of Unit Price Item. b. Quantity. c. Date. d. Time of Day with place for AM and PM. e. Signature of person preparing log. 2. Submit copy of log to Architect with daily construction reports. 1.3 UNIT PRICE PAYMENT A. Contract Sum will be adjusted by change order to reflect variance, if any, of actual quantities from i amount included in base bid for each Unit Price. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I I Unit Prices - 1 - 01 2200 +' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/SeismiclHVAC SECTION 01 2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements to prepare and process Applications for Payments. 1.2 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. Use Payment Request forms provided by Owner. B. Each Payment Request will be consistent with previous requests and payments certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. C. Request Preparation: 1. Complete every entry on Payment Request form. 2. Entries will match data on approved schedule of values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. 3. Submit signed Payment Request to Architect with current Construction Schedule. D. Provide following submittals before or with submittal of Initial Payment Request: 1. List of Subcontractors. 2. Initial progress report. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 4. Submittal Schedule. E. Provide Affidavit of Contractor and Consent of Surety with Payment Request following Substantial Completion. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit schedule of values on Owner's standard form to Architect 20 days minimum before submission of Initial Payment Request as a necessary condition before payment will be processed. Coordinate preparation of schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. ' Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Payment Request form. ' 3. Schedule of Allowances. 4. Schedule of Alternates. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3- EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I Payment Procedures - 1 - 01 2900 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 3100 1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY I A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Project Management and Coordination on Projects. 1.2 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Project designation for this Project is LDS 502-9848-1506-0101, Oregon City Stake. B. This Project designation will be included on documents generated for Project by Contractor and Subcontractors, or be present on a cover letter accompanying such documents. 1.3 MULTIPLE CONTRACT COORDINATION A. Contractor shall be responsible for accurately maintaining and reporting schedule of The Work from Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial Completion. 111 B. Contractor shall be responsible for providing Temporary Facilities And Controls for those who perform work on Project from Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial Completion. C. Contractor shall be responsible for providing Construction Waste Management And Disposal services for those who perform work on Project from Notice to Proceed to date of Substantial Completion. I D. Contractor shall be responsible for Final Cleaning for entire Project. 1.4 PROJECT MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES A. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Attend preconstruction conference and organizational meeting scheduled by Architect at Project site or other convenient location. 2. Be prepared to discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including such topics as: a. Construction schedule. b. Critical Work sequencing. c. Current problems. d. Designation of responsible personnel. e. Distribution of Contract Documents. f. Equipment deliveries and priorities. g. General schedule of inspections by Architect and its consultants. h. General inspection of tests. i. Office,work, and storage areas. j. Preparation of record documents and 0& M manuals. k. Procedures for processing interpretations and Modifications. I. Procedures for processing Payment Requests. m. Project cleanup. n. Security. o. Status of permits. Project Management and Coordination - 1 - 01 3100 I 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC p. Submittal of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, Quality Assurance/Control submittals. q. Use of the premises. r. Work restrictions. s. Working hours. 3. Architect will record minutes of meetings and distribute copies to Owner and Contractor within three (3)working days. ' B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend progress meetings at Project site at regularly scheduled intervals determined by Architect, at least once a month. 2. Progress meetings will be open to Owner,Architect, Subcontractors, and anyone invited by Owner, Architect, and Contractor. 3. Be prepared to discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including following: a. Progress since last meeting. b. Whether Contractor is on schedule. c. Activities required to complete Project within Contract Time. d. Labor and materials provided under separate contracts. e. Off-site fabrication problems. I f. Access. g. Site use. h. Temporary facilities and services. i. Hours of work. j. Hazards and risks. k. Project cleanup. I. Quality and Work standards. m. Status of pending modifications. n. Documentation of information for Payment Requests. o. Maintenance of Project records. 4. Architect will prepare minutes of progress meetings and distribute copies of minutes to Owner and Contractor within three (3)working days. C. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Attend pre-installation conferences specified in Contract Document. a. If possible, schedule these conferences on same day as regularly scheduled Progress Meetings. If this is not possible, coordinate scheduling with Architect. b. Request input from attendees in preparing agenda. 2. Be prepared to discuss following items: a. Requirements of Contract Documents. b. Completed work necessary for installation of items or systems. c. Conditions not in compliance with installation requirements. d. Installation and inspection schedule. e. Coordination between trades. f. Space and access limitations. g. Testing. 3. Architect will prepare meeting minutes and distribute minutes to Owner and Contractor within three (3)working days. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used 111 PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I Project Management and Coordination - 2 - 01 3100 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 3200 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY r A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work. 1.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK A. Bar Chart Schedule: 1. Submit horizontal bar chart schedule before Preconstruction Conference. Provide separate time bar for each construction activity listed on Owner's payment request form. Within each time bar, show estimated completion percentage. Provide continuous vertical line to identify first working day of each week. Show each activity in chronological sequence. Show graphically sequences necessary for completion of related portions of The Work. As The Work progresses, place contrasting mark in each bar to indicate actual completion. 2. Provide copies of schedule for Architect and Owner and post copy in field office. 3. Revise schedule monthly. Send copy of revised schedule to Owner and Architect and post copy in field office. 4. Project Management Software Programs: a. Any software project management program capable of Bar Chart Scheduling for projects of equal size and complexity is approved by Contractor and approved by Owner's Project Manager. B. Daily Construction Reports: 1. Prepare daily reports of operations at Project including at least following information: a. List of Subcontractors at site. b. Approximate count of personnel at site by trade. c. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. d. Major items of equipment on site. e. Materials, equipment, or Owner-furnished items arriving at or leaving site. f. Accidents and unusual events. g. Site or structure damage by water, frost,wind, or other causes. h. Meetings, conferences, and significant decisions. i. Visitors to the job including meeting attendees. j. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses. k. Any tests made and their result if known. I. Meter readings and similar recordings. m. Emergency procedures. n. Orders and requests of governing authorities. o. Modifications received, carried out. p. Services connected, disconnected. q. Equipment or system tests and start-ups. r. Brief summary of work accomplished that day. s. Signature of person preparing report. 2. Submit daily reports to Architect at least weekly. 3. Maintain copies of daily reports at field office. I Construction Progress Documentation - 1 - 01 3200 i511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 r 1 I 1 i I 1 i 1 1 1 Construction Progress Documentation -2 - 01 3200 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Submittal Procedures. 1.2 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Furnish submittal schedule within 20 days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, listing items specified to ' be furnished for review to Architect including product data, shop drawings, samples, and Informational submittals. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Enclose the following information for each item: ' a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Related Section number. c. Submittal category. d. Name of Subcontractor. ' e. Description of part of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for resubmittal. g. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. B. Print and distribute copies to Architect and Owner and post copy in field office. When revisions are made, distribute to same parties and post in same location. C. Revise schedule monthly. Send copy of revised schedule to Owner and Architect and post copy in field office. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently before performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. a. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. b. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals required for related elements of The Work so processing will not be delayed by need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Architect reserves right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. 2. Processing Time: a. Allow sufficient review time so installation will not be delayed by time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 1) Allow 21 days for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to allow coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will promptly advise Contractor when submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2) If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process same as initial submittal. 3) Allow 10 days for reprocessing each submittal. r Submittal Procedures 1 01 3300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 4) No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to Architect in sufficient time before work is to be performed to allow processing. 3. Identification: a. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Include name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 1) Provide space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken. 2) Include following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a) Project name. b) Date. c) Name and address of Architect. d) Name and address of Contractor. e) Name and address of Subcontractor. f) Name and address of supplier. g) Name of manufacturer. h) Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 4. Transmittal: a. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using transmittal letter. On transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements, or, on form or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. b. Submittals received from sources other than Contractor or not marked with Contractor's approval will be returned without action. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: ' 1. Submit Product Data, as required by individual Sections of Specifications. 2. Mark each copy of each set of submittals to show choices and options used on Project. Where printed Product Data includes information on products that are not required for Project, mark copies to indicate information relating to Project. 3. Certify that proposed product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. List any deviations from those requirements on form or separate sheet. 4. Submit five copies of each required submittal unless otherwise required. Architect will return three copies marked with action taken and with corrections or modifications required. 5. Submit electronic files PDF: Architect will return a PDF copy marked with action taken and with corrections or modifications required. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit newly prepared graphic data to accurate scale. Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 E 2 by 1 hes (215 by 280 ter ) but no larger than 36 by 48 inches fi915 by 1 200 mml. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise show deviations from Contract Documents. Include following information as a minimum: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products and materials included. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. 111 2. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. Standard printed information prepared without specific reference to Project is not acceptable as Shop Drawings. 3. Review and designate (stamp)approval of shop drawings. Unless otherwise specified, submit to Architect six copies of shop drawings required by Contract Documents. Shop drawings not required by Contract Documents, but requested by Contractor or supplied by Subcontractor, need not be submitted to Architect for review. Submittal Procedures 2 01 3300 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' C. Samples: 1. Submit full-size,fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color,texture, and pattern. a. Mount, display, or package Samples so as to ease review of qualities specified. Prepare Samples to match samples provided by Architect, if applicable. Include following: 1) Generic description of Sample. 2) Sample source. 3) Product name or name of manufacturer. 4) Compliance with recognized standards. 5) Availability and delivery time. 2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between final 1 submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. Where variations in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in material or product represented, submit set of three samples minimum that show approximate limits of variations. b. Refer to other specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship,fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. ' c. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to Contractor for incorporation into The Work. Such Samples shall be undamaged at time of use. On transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. 3. Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range ' of standard choices, submit full set of choices for material or product. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with Architect's mark indicating selection and other action. 4. Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit three sets. One will be returned ' marked with action taken. 5. Samples, as accepted and returned by Architect, will be used for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, submittal may serve as final submittal. b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of construction associated with each set. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 A. Informational submittals are design data, test reports, certificates, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other documentary data affirming quality of products and installations. Submit five copies of each required submittal unless otherwise required.Architect will 1 return three copies marked with action taken and with corrections or modifications required. [or] Submit electronic files: PDF. Architect will return a PDF copy marked with action taken and with corrections or modifications required. 1. Certificates: Describe certificates intended to document affirmations by Contractor or others that the work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, but do not repeat provisions of Parts 2 or 3. 2. Delegated Design Submittals/ Design Data: Describe submittals intended to demonstrate design work prepared by Contractor's licensed professionals. 3. Test And Evaluation Reports: Describe submittal of test reports or evaluation service reports intended to document required tests. 4. Manufacturer Instructions: Describe submittals intended to document manufacturer instructions. ' 5. Source Quality Control Submittals: Describe submittal of source quality control documentation. 6. Field Quality Control Submittals: Describe submittal of field quality control documentation. 7. Manufacturer Reports: Describe submittal of Manufacturer reports as documentation of manufacturer activities. I Submittal Procedures 3 01 3300 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 8. Special Procedure Submittals: Describe submittals intended to document special procedures. An example would be construction staging or phasing for remodeling an existing facility while keeping it in operation. While the Contractor would normally be responsible for managing this, submittal of his plan as documentation could be specified. 9. Qualification Statements: Describe submittals intended to document qualifications of entities employed by Contractor. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. This title groups submittals that occur during project closeout. Coordinate with section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals. 1. Maintenance Contracts: Describe submittal of the maintenance contract. 2. Operations& Maintenance Data: Describe submittal of operation and maintenance data necessary for products of the Section. 3. Bonds: Describe submittals of bonds specific to this Section. 4. Warranty Documentation: Describe submittal of final executed warranty document. 5. Record Documentation: Describe submittal of record documentation specific to this Section. 6. Sustainable (LEED) Design Closeout Documentation: Describe submittal intended to document sustainable design requirements that cannot be submitted until closing or later. 7. Software: Describe submittal of extra copy operating system and other utility software necessary to operate and maintain software during life of product. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. This title groups maintenance material submittals required by Section. , 1. Spare Parts: Describe spare parts necessary for Owner's use in facility operation and maintenance. 'Parts' are generally understood to be items such as filters, motor drive belts, lamps, and other similar manufactured items that require only simple replacement. 2. Extra Stock Materials: Describe extra stock materials to be provided for Owner's use in facility operation and maintenance. Extra stock materials are generally understood to be items such as ceiling tiles, flooring, paint etc. 3. Tools and Software: a. Describe tools to be provided for Owner's use in facility operation and maintenance. Tools are generally understood to be wrenches, gauges, circuit setters, etc, required for proper operation or maintenance of a system. b. If necessary, describe submittal of an extra copy of operating system and other utility software necessary to operate and maintain the software during expected life of product. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3- EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I Submittal Procedures 4 01 3300 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 3500 SPECIAL PROCEDURES PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Special Procedures. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Association Publications: ' 1. U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration: a. 29 CFR 1926 OSHA, 'Construction Industry Regulations' (January 2014 or latest version). 1) 29 CFR 1926.20, 'General Safety And Health Provisions'. 2) 29 CFR 1926.64, 'Hot Work Permit'. 1 3) 29 CFR 1926.352, 'Fire Prevention'. 4) 29 CFR 1926.500, 'Fall Protection'. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Acceleration of Work: ' 1. Complete The Work in accordance with Construction Schedule. If Contractor falls behind schedule, take such actions as are necessary, at no additional expense to Owner, to bring progress of The Work back in accordance with schedule. 2. Owner may request proposal for completion of The Work at date earlier than expiration of Contract Time: a. Promptly provide requested proposal showing cost of such acceleration of The Work. Consult with Owner and Architect regarding possible options to decrease cost of such acceleration. ' b. If Owner determines to order acceleration of The Work, change in Contract Sum and Contract Time resulting from acceleration will be included in a Change Order. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Meet regulations of 29 CFR 1926 OSHA, 'Construction Industry Regulations'. 2. Owner's Safety Requirements: a. Personal Protection: 1) Contractor shall ensure: a) Positive means of fall protection, such as guardrails system, safety net system, personal fall arrest system, etc, is provided to employees whenever exposed to a fall 6 feet ?1.8C n;i or more above a lower level. ' b) Personnel working on Project shall wear hard hats and safety glasses as required by regulation and hazard. c) Personnel working on Project shall wear long or short sleeve shirts, long pants, and hard-toed boots or other sturdy shoes appropriate to type and phase of work ' being performed. b. Contractor Tools And Equipment: 1) Contractor shall ensure: Special Procedures - 1 - 01 3500 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a) Tools and equipment are in good working condition,well maintained, and have necessary guards in place. b) Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCI) is utilized on power cords and tools. c) Scaffolding and man lifts are in good working condition, erected and maintained as required by governmental regulations. d) Ladders are in good condition, well maintained, used as specified by Manufacturer, and secured as required. c. Miscellaneous: 1) Contractor shall ensure: a) Protection is provided on protruding rebar and other similar objects. b) General Contractor Superintendent has completed the OSHA 10-hour construction outreach training course or equivalent. c) Implementation and administration of safety program on Project. d) Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS)are provided for substances or materials for which an MSDS is required by governmental regulations before bringing on site. e) Consistent safety training is provided to employees on Project. f) Implement and coordinate Lockout/Tagout procedures with Owner's Representative as required. 2) Report accidents involving injury to employees on Project that require off-site medical treatment to Owner's designated representative. d. Hot Work Permit: 1) Permit shall document that fire prevention and protection requirements in 29 CFR 1926.352, 'Fire Prevention' have been implemented prior to beginning hot work operations. 2) Required for doing hot work involving open flames or producing heat or sparks such as: a) Brazing. b) Cutting. c) Grinding. d) Soldering. e) Thawing pipe. f) Torch applied roofing. g) Welding. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I Special Procedures -2- 01 3500 t ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 111 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are used to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document ' requirements. 1. Specific quality assurance and quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in Sections that specify those activities and Section 01 4523. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. ' 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality assurance and quality control services required by ' Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3100: 'Project Management and Coordination'for Pre-Installation Conferences for testing and inspection. 2. Section 01 3200: 'Construction Progress Documentation' for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 3. Section 01 3300: 'Submittal Procedures'. ' 4. Section 01 4301: 'Quality Assurance—Qualifications'establishes minimum qualification levels required. 5. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection, and testing ' laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. 6. Section 01 7300: 'Executions'for cutting and patching for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 7. Divisions 01 thru 49 establish responsibility for providing specific testing and inspections. ' 1.3 REFERENCES ' A. Association Publications: 1. Council of American Structural Engineers. CASE Form 101: Statement of Special Inspections. Washington, DC: CASE, 2001. (c/o American Council of Engineering Companies, 1015 15th St., ' NW, Washington, DC 20005; 202-347-7474; www.acec.org). 2. International Code Council (IBC): a. IBC Chapter 17, 'Structural Tests and Special Inspections'. 3. The American Institute of Architects. AIA Document A201, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction. Washington, DC. 2007. 4. The Construction Specifications Institute. Project Resource Manual/CSI Manual of Practice, 5th Edition. New York, McGraw-Hill, 2005. Quality Requirements - 1 - 01 4000 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Definitions: 1. Accreditation: Process in which certification of competency, authority, or credibility is presented. Verify that laboratories have an appropriate quality management system and can properly perform certain test methods (e.g., ANSI,ASTM, and ISO test methods)and calibration parameters according to their scopes of accreditation. 2. Approved: To authorize, endorse, validate, confirm, or agree to. 3. Contract Documents: Engineering and Architectural Drawings and Specifications issued for construction, plus clarification drawings, addenda, approved change orders and contractor designed elements. 4. Experienced: When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Field Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections to assure compliance to Contract Documents. 6. Inspection/Special Inspection: Inspection of materials, installation, fabrication, erection or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance with approved construction documents and referenced standards: a. Inspection: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Inspection: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. c. Inspection-Continuous: Full-time observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work is being performed. d. Inspection-Periodic: Part-time or intermittent observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work has been or is being performed ' and at completion of the Work. 7. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. a. Using a term such as "carpentry"does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to trades people of corresponding generic name. 8. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Approved mockups establish standard by which the Work will be judged. 9. Observation: Visual observation of building I site elements or structural system by registered design professional for general conformance to approved construction documents at significant construction stages and at completion. Observation does not include or waive responsibility for performing inspections or special inspections. 10. Owner's Representative: Owner's Designated Representative (Project Manager or Facilities Manager)who will have express authority to bind Owner with respect to all matters requiring Owner's approval or authorization. 11. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. 12. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with industry standards. 13. Quality Assurance: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Owner. 14. Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Contractor. 15. Service Provider: Agency or firm qualified to perform required tests and inspections. 16. Source Quality Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. 17. Special Inspection: See Inspection. 18. Special Inspector: Certified individual or firm that implements special inspection program for project. , Quality Requirements -2- 01 4000 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/SeismiclHVAC ' 19. Special Test: See Test. 20. Test/Special Test: Field or laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of building materials and workmanship. a. Test: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Test: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. 21. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. 22. Testing Agency Laboratory: Agency or firm qualified to perform field and laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of materials and workmanship. 23. Verification: Act of reviewing, inspecting, testing, etc. to establish and document that product, service, or system meets regulatory, standard, or specification requirements. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ' A. General: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. ' B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: Quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be minimum provided or performed. Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quantity or quality ' specified, or it may exceed minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for decision before proceeding. 1.5 SUBMITTALS ' A. Qualification Data: Testing Agency to demonstrate their capabilities and experience per Article 1.7 "Quality Assurance". B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include following: ' 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. t 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. ' 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. C. Certified written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service will include, but not be limited: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of Testing Agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. ' 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. ' 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with Contract ' Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. Quality Requirements - 3- 01 4000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Quality Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to verify compliance and guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Activities performed by Owner's Quality Assurance Testing Agency include, but are not limited to following: 1. Preconstruction: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review concrete mix design submittals. d. Review other material submittals. e. Review contractor's welding certificates. f. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. g. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. 2. Excavation Support and Protection: a. Anchor tie-back System: 1) Observe and record proof tests. b. Soil Nail Systems: 1) Observe and record proof tests. 2) Observe drilling for changes in soil type, hole diameter, length, and cleanliness. 3) Periodically observe placement of drainage materials, reinforcing, and shotcrete. 4) Review compressive strength test results of grout and shotcrete. 3. Fill/ Engineered Fill, Aggregate Base: a. Review Quality Assurance coverage of earthwork required observation and testing. b. Provide periodic Quality Assurance testing to confirm accuracy of Quality Assurance test reports. c. Review Quality Assurance testing and observation reports. d. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. 4. Reinforced Concrete: a. Set up concrete placement pour card system and verify that all relevant trades have signed off prior to concrete placement. b. Obtaining trade sign-offs on each pour card will be responsibility of General Contactor's foreman or whoever is in charge of ordering concrete. c. Pour cards will be turned in to Quality Assurance representative after the work has been completed so that they can be reviewed and filed. d. Verify Quality Assurance coverage of reinforced concrete testing or inspections. e. Provide periodic Quality Assurance testing or inspections of concrete elements. f. Review Quality Assurance reports from previous day. g. Review laboratory test results. h. Obtain Contractor placement schedules. i. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. 5. Structural Masonry Units, Reinforcing, Mortar, and Grout: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review masonry design material submittals. d. Review other material submittals. e. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. f. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. 6. Steel: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review contractor's welding certificates. d. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. e. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. 7. Asphalt Paving: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. Quality Requirements -4- 01 4000 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC c. Review design material submittals. d. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. e. Review Quality Assurance personnel qualifications. ' 8. Weekly Activities: a. Summarize and track any non-compliance issues. b. Provide summary report of previous week's performed Work. c. Visit contractors periodically to find out if they have any concerns with Quality Assurance inspectors and check on any schedule changes. d. Visit Owner's representatives periodically to find out if they have any concerns with how project is progressing. 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Quality Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements performed by Contractor. They do not include inspections, tests or related actions performed by Architect, Owner, governing authorities or independent agencies ' hired by Owner or Architect. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified Testing Agency to perform these quality control services. ' a. Contractor shall not employ same testing entity engaged by Owner, without Owner's written approval. B. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of ' construction and finish required to comply with following requirements, using materials indicated for completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. ' 3. Demonstrate proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. ' 5. Maintain mockups during construction in undisturbed condition as standard for judging completed Work. a. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated. ' C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300: "Submittal Procedures." ' D. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality assurance and quality control services with minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. ' 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify Testing ' Agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist Testing Agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. ' 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require quality control by Testing Agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. Quality Requirements -5- 01 4000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Structural Masonry Units, Reinforcing, Mortar, and Grout: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review masonry design material submittals. d. Review other material submittals. e. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. 2. Reinforced Concrete: a. Obtain daily concrete placement schedule from Contractor. b. Verify that reinforcing has been placed as per Contract Documents. c. Sign concrete placement pour card prior to concrete placement. d. Monitor concrete placement to ensure that concrete is properly consolidated and reinforcing steel is not displaced. e. Sample and place concrete according to required frequency stated in project specifications. f. Sample at point of placement. g. Test slump, air content, air temperature, concrete temperature, unit weight (if required), and cast required number of test cylinders. h. Record test results and communicate to designated parties. i. Report non-compliant tests or inspections to contractor, Quality Assurance Manager, and other designated parties. 1) Transport test cylinders to laboratory for curing and compressive strength testing 3. Aggregate Base: a. Provide required observation and testing of placed fill. b. Become familiar with geotechnical report recommendations. c. Verify material compaction requirements. , d. Verify that materials used for fill meet qualifications. e. Obtain representative samples of fill materials for proctor value determination and classification. f. Provide density testing of placed fill at specified frequency. g. Obtain occasional samples of fill to verify that correct proctor value is being used. h. Document every test performed. i. Report test locations with building gridlines (if possible). j. Document failing tests and report retests when performed. k. Provide copy of daily report and test results to Quality Assurance manager. I. Distribute daily reports and test results to designated parties. 4. Steel: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review welding certificates. d. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. 5. Asphalt Paving: a. Review inspection requirements. b. Review inspection frequency. c. Review design material submittals. d. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. 6. Weekly Activities: a. Ensure that non-compliance log is current. b. Provide summary reports of performed Work. 1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS I A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified Testing Agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as responsibility of Owner, and as follows: 1. Requirements of Section 01 4523: "Testing and Inspecting Services" apply. Quality Requirements -6- 01 4000 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION I A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification' Sections. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. 2. Comply with Contract Document requirements for Section 01 7300"Execution"for Cutting and IPatching. B. Protect construction exposed by or for Quality Assurance and Quality Control activities. ' C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of assignment of responsibility for Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 I 1 I I I 1 Quality Requirements -7 - 01 4000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 4100 ' REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY 1 A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Regulatory Requirements. 1.2 ASBESTOS ' A. Contract Documents for this Project have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted professional architectural and engineering practices. Accordingly, no asbestos or products containing asbestos have been knowingly specified for this Project. Notify Architect immediately for instructions if materials containing asbestos are brought to site for inclusion in the Work. B. At Architect's direction and with Owner's approval, a certified asbestos inspector will collect samples and an independent testing laboratory will perform testing procedures on suspect materials. C. Certify that based upon best knowledge, information, inspection, and belief no building materials containing asbestos were used in construction of Project. Submit certification on form provided by Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used ' PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 t r Regulatory Requirements - 1 - 01 4100 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 4200 REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Reference standards, definitions, specification format, and industry standards. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Approved: The term"approved,"when used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. 2. Directed: The term"directed"is a command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including ' "requested,""authorized,""selected," "approved,"and "permitted"have the same meaning as "directed." 3. Experienced: The term"experienced,"when used with an entity, means having successfully completed a minimum often previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being ' familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of authority having jurisdiction. 4. Furnish: The term "furnish"means supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. 5. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. 6. Indicated: The term"indicated"refers to requirements expressed by graphic representations, or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown,""noted,""scheduled,"and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference. 7. Install: The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading,temporary storage, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. ' 8. Installer: An "Installer"is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor,to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. ' 9. Project Site: The term"Project site"means the space available for performing construction activities.The extent of the Project site is shown on the Drawings and mayor may not be identical with the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. 10. Provide: The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended t use. 11. Regulations: The term"regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. 12. Submitted: The terms"submitted,""reported,""satisfactory"and similar words and phrases means submitted to Architect, reported to Architect and similar phrases. 13. Testing Agencies: A"testing agency" is an independent entity engaged to perform specific ' inspections or tests, either at the Project site or elsewhere, or to report on and, if required,to interpret results of those inspections or tests. 14. Trades: Using terms such as "carpentry"does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. B. References Standards: References - 1 - 01 4200 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Specification Format: Specifications will follow MasterFormatTM 2004 for organizing numbers and titles. (The Construction Specifications Institute, Project Resource Manual/CSI Manual of Practice, 5th Edition. New York, McGraw-Hill, 2005). a. Specification Identifications: 1) The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross referencing in the Contract Documents. 2) Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. b. Specification Language: 1) Specifications should be prepared,with concern and respect for their legal status. Specifications should be Clear, Concise, Correct and Complete. 2) Streamlining: Streamlining is used to list products, materials, reference standards, and other itemized specifications. This technique places the subject first and provides keywords for quick reference c. Sentence Structure: 1) Specifications to be written in the"Imperative Mood". a) The verb that clearly defines the action becomes the first word in the sentence. b) The imperative sentence is concise and readily understandable. 2) Streamlining is used to list products, materials, reference standards, and other itemized specifications. This technique places the subject first and provides keywords for quick reference. d. Abbreviated Language: 1) Abbreviations should be used only on drawings and schedules where space is limited. 2) Abbreviations with multiple meanings should be avoided, unless used in different disciplines where their meaning is clear from the context in which they are used. 3) Abbreviations should be limited to five or fewer letters a) The verb that clearly defines the action becomes the first word in the sentence. e. Symbols: 1) Caution should apply to symbols substituted for words or terms. f. Numbers: 1) The use of Arabic numerals rather that words for numbers is recommended. C. Industry Standards: 1. Except where Contract Documents specify otherwise, construction industry standards will apply and are made a part of Contract Documents by reference. 2. Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and standards apparently establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer to Architect for decision before proceeding. Quantity or quality level shown or specified will be minimum provided or performed. Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for decision before proceeding. 3. Each entity engaged in construction on Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity, Contractor will obtain copies directly from publication source. 4. Trade Association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations, as referenced in Contract Documents, are defined to mean association names. Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed to be, but are not assured to be, accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents. AABC Associated Air Balance Washington DC (202)737-0202 www.aabchq.com Council AAMA American Architectural Man- Schaumburg IL (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org ufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of Washington DC (202)624-5800 www.aashto.org State Highway &Transporta- References -2- 01 4200 1 I511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I tion Officials AAMA American Architectural Man- Schamumburg IL (847)303-5774 www.aamanet.org ufacturers Association I AASHTO American association of Washington DC www.transportation.org State Highways and Trans- www.aashto.org portation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute Farmington MI (248)848-3700 www.aci-int.org I AGA International Hills American Gas Association Washington DC (202)824-7000 www.aga.org AHRI Air Conditioning Heating & Arlington VA (703)524-8800 www.ari.org I AIA Refrigeration Institute American Institution of Archi- Washington DC (202)626-7300 www.aia.org tects AISC American Institute of Steel Chicago IL (312)670-2400 www.aisc.org I AISI Construction American Iron & Steel Insti- Washington DC (202)452-7100 www.steel.org tute I AITC American Institution of Tim- Englewood CO (303)792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ber Construction AMCA Air Movement&Control As- Arlington IL (847)394-0150 www.amca.org sociation International Heights 111 ANSI American National Stand- New York NY (212)642-4900 www.ansi.org ards Institute APA APA-Engineered Wood As- Tacoma WA (253)565-6600 www.apawood.org sociation I API American Petroleum Institute Washington DC (202)682-8000 www.api.org AQMD South Coast Air Quality Diamond Bar CA (909)396-2000 www.aqmd.gov Management District I ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Atlanta GA (404)636-8400 www.ashrae.org Refrigerating, &Air- Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Me- New York NY (800)843-2763 www.asme.org I chanical Engineers Interna- tional ASTM ASTM International West Con- PA (610)832-9500 www.astm.org I shohocken AWI Architectural Woodwork In- Potomac Falls VA (571)323-3636 www.awinet.org stitute AWPA American Wood Protection Birmingham AL (205) 733-4077 www.awpa.com I AWS Association American Welding Society Miami FL (800)443-9353 www.aws.org AWWA American Water Works As- Denver CO (303)794-7711 www.awwa.org soc I BHMA Builders Hardware Manufac- New York NY (212)297-2122 www.buildershardware.com Curers Association BIA Brick Industry Association Reston VA (703)620-0010 www.bia.org I CFI International Certified Floor- Kansas City MO (816)231-4646 www.cfi-installers.org covering Installers, Inc. CRI Carpet& Rug Institution Dalton GA (706)278-3176 www.carpet-rug.com I CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Schaumburg IL (847)517-1200 www.crsi.org Institute CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Chattanooga TN (423)892-0137 www.cispi.org DHI Door& Hardware Institute Chantilly VA (703)222-2010 www.dhi.org I DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Birmingham AL (205)402-8700 www.dipra.org Association. EIMA EIFS Industry Members As- Morrow GA (800)294-3462 www.eima.com sociation I References -3- 01 4200 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98t'Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC FM FM Global Johnston RI (401)275-3000 www.fmglobal.com ' FSC Forest Stewardship Council Bonn, Gemia- +49(0)228 367 www.fsc.org ny 66 0 GA Gypsum Association Hyattsville MD (301)277-8686 www.gypsum.org , GS Green Seal Washington DC (202)872-6400 www.greenseal.org HPVA Hardwood Plywood &Ve- Reston VA (703)435-2900 www.hpva.org neer Association ICC International Code Council Washington DC (888)422-7233 www.iccsafe.org ' ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service Whittier CA (562)699-0543 www.icc-es.org ICBO International Conference of (See ICC) Building Officials ' ISO International Organization Geneva, Swit- www.iso.org for Standardization zerland ISSA International Slurry Surfac- Annapolis MD (410)267-0023 www.slurry.org ing Association ' KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufac- Reston VA (703)264-1690 www.kcma.org tures Association LPI Lightning Protection Institute Maryville MO (800)488-6864 www.lightning.org ' MFMA Maple Flooring Manufactur- Deerfield IL (888)480-9138 www.maplefloor.org ers'Association MSS Manufacturer's Standardiza- Vienna VA (703)281-6613 www.mss-hq.com tion Society of The Valve ' and Fittings Industry NAAMM National Association of Ar- Glen Ellyn IL (630)942-6591 www.naamm.org chitectural Metal Manufac- turers ' NEC National Electric Code (from NFPA). NEMA National Electrical Manufac- Rosslyn VA (703)841-3200 www.nema.org turer's Association t NFPA National Fire Protection As- Quincy MA (800)344-3555 www.nfpa.org sociation NFRC National Fenestration Rating Greenbelt MD (301)589-1776 www.nfrc.org Council , NSF NSF International Ann Arbor MI (734)769-8010 www.nsf.org PCA Portland Cement Associa- Skokie IL (847)966-6200 www.cement.org tion t PCI Precast/Prestressed Con- Chicago IL (312)786-0300 www.pci.org crete Institute PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute Norcross GA (770)676-9366 www.porcelainenamel.com RFC! Resilient Floor Covering Ins- LaGrange GA (706)882-3833 www.rfci.com titute SCTE Society of Cable Telecom- Exton PA (800) 542-5040 www.scte.org munications Engineers SDI Steel Deck Institute Fox River IL (847)458-4647 www.sdi.org Grove SDI Steel Door Institute Westlake OH (440)899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Chicago IL (312)644-6610 www.arcat.com Manufacturer's Association SJI Steel Joist Institute Myrtle Beach SC (843)293-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMACNA Sheet Metal&Air Condition- Chantilly VA (703)803-2980 www.smacna.org ' ing Contractors National As- sociation SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Pensacola FL (850)434-2611 www.spib.org Bureau , SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturer's Glen Ellyn IL (630) 942-6592 www.ssma.com Association TCNA Tile Council of North Ameri- Anderson SC (864)646-8453 www.tileusa.com 111 References -4- 01 4200 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I ca TPI Truss Plate Institute Alexandria VA (703)683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers Interna- East Dundee IL (847)649-5555 www.turfgrasssod.org I tional (formally American Sod Producers Association) UL Underwriters Laboratories Camas WA (877)854-3577 www.ul.com WDMA Window and Door Manufac- Chicago IL (312) 321-6802 www.nwwda.org I turer's Association WWPA Western Wood Products Portland OR (503)224-3930 www.wwpa.org Association ID. Federal Government Agencies: 1. Names and titles of federal government standard or specification producing agencies are often abbreviated. Following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in Contract Documents represent I names of standard or specification producing agencies of federal government. Names and addresses are subject to change but are believed to be, but are not assured to be, accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents. CS Commercial Standard (U S Washington DC (202)512-0000 www.doc.gov I Department of Commerce) EPA Environmental Protection Washington DC (202)272-0167 www.epa.gov Agency I FCC Federal Communications Washington DC (888)225-5322 www.fcc.gov Commission FS Federal Specifications Unit Washington DC (202)619-8925 www.gsa.gov (Available from GSA) I MIL Military Standardization Philadelphia PA (215) 697-2179 www.dod.gov Documents (U S Department of Defense) I NIST National Institute of Stand- ards and Technology, tech- nology Administration (US Department of Commerce) I OSHA Occupational Safety& Washington DC 202)219-8148 www.osha.gov Health Administration (U S Department of Labor) PS Product Standard of NBS (U Washington DC (202)512-1800 www.doc.gov I S Department of Commerce) E. Governing Regulations/Authorities: I 1. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having a bearing on the Work. 2. Obtain copies of regulations required to be retained at Project Site, available for reference by ' parties who have a reasonable need for such reference. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used ' PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used 1 END OF SECTION I I References - 5- 01 4200 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 4301 QUALITY ASSURANCE -QUALIFICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4000: 'Quality Requirements' includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. 2. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services'for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Accreditation: Process in which certification of competency, authority, or credibility is presented. Verify that laboratories have an appropriate quality management system and can properly perform certain test methods (e.g., ANSI, ASTM, and ISO test methods)and calibration parameters according to their scopes of accreditation. 2. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. 3. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. 4. Testing Agency Laboratory: Agency or firm qualified to perform field and laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of materials and workmanship. B. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM E329-18, 'Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing.' 1.3 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualifications: Qualifications paragraphs in this Article establish minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements: 1. Manufacturers/Distributors/ Fabricator/Suppliers/ Installers Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. a. Owner established Relationships: 1) Where heading 'Category One, Two, or Three Approved' Manufacturers/Suppliers/ i Distributors/Installers' is used to identify list Owner established Relationships, Owner has established relationships that extend beyond requirements of this Project. 2) No other Manufacturers/Suppliers/Distributors/Installers will be acceptable. 3) Follow specified procedures to preserve relationships between Owner and specified Manufacturers/Suppliers/Distributors/Installers and advantages that accrue to Owner from those relationships. 4) Following areas of the Work have restrictions on sub-bids by Contractor: Quality Assurance-Qualifications - 1 - 01 4301 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a) Asphalt Shingles, Section 07 3113: Category Three Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. b) Common Finish Hardware Requirements, Section 08 7101: Category Three Approved, no other Supplier accepted: (1) Accessories, Section 08 7109. (2) Accessories for Pairs of Doors, Section 08 7105. (3) Closing Devices, Section 08 7106. (4) Hanging Devices, Section 08 7102. (5) Operating Trim, Section 08 7104. (6) Protective Plates and Trim, Section 08 7107. (7) Securing Devices, Section 08 7103. (8) Stops and Holders, Section 08 7108. c) Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing: EPDM, Section 07 5323: Category Three Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. d) Flush Wood Doors: Factory Finished, Clear, Section 08 1429: Category Three Approved, no other Supplier accepted. e) Hollow Metal Frames, Section 08 1213: Category Three Approved, no other Supplier accepted. f) Hollow Metal Doors, Section 08 1313: Category Three Approved, no other Supplier accepted. g) Pews, Section 12 6713: Category One Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. h) Polyvinyl-Chloride Roofing: PVC, Section 07 5419: Category Three Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. i) Sheet Carpeting, Section 09 6816: Category One Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. j) Thermoplastic Polyolefin Roofing: TPO, Section 07 5423: Category Three Approved, no other Manufacturer/ Installers accepted. k) Tile Carpeting, Section 09 6813: Category One Approved, no other Manufacturer /Installers accepted. b. Approved: 1) Where heading 'Approved Suppliers/Distributors/Installers/Applicators/Fabricators' is used to identify list of specified suppliers/distributors/ installers/applicators/ fabricators, use only listed suppliers/ installers/fabricators. 2) No substitutions will be allowed. a) Electric And Electronic Control System for HVAC, Section 23 0933, No other Distributors accepted. b) Rough Carpentry, Sections 06 1100, 06 1636, 06 1712, 06 1733, and 06 1800: Alternate Supplier approved by Architect before bidding. c) Sound, Division 27: Installers approved by Architect before bidding. d) Video Systems, Section 27 4117: Alternate Installers approved by Owner before bidding. c. Acceptable Suppliers/Installers: 1) Where heading 'Acceptable Suppliers/Installers/Fabricators' is used, qualifications as specified in Quality Assurance in Part 1 of individual sections will be used to determine requirements of those that will be acceptable to be used on Project. Lists for acceptable installers can include additional installers that may be approved before bidding or by addendum. a) Underground Sprinklers, Section 32 8423: Acceptable Landscape Installers approved by Landscape Architect before bidding. Equal Landscape Installers to be approved by Architect before bidding. 2. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: a. Authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. 3. Installer Qualifications: a. Firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Quality Assurance - Qualifications -2- 01 4301 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/SeismiclHVAC 4. Manufacturer Qualifications: a. Firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient ' production capacity to produce required units. 5. Manufacturer's Field Services Qualifications: a. Experienced authorized representative of manufacturer to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. ' 6. Professional Engineer Qualifications: a. Professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of system, assembly, I or products that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. 7. Specialists: a. Certain sections of Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. b. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for activities indicated. c. Requirement for specialists shall not supersede building codes and regulations governing the Work. 8. Testing Agency Qualifications: a. Independent Testing Agency with experience and capability to conduct testing and ' inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1) Testing Laboratory: a) AASHTO Materials Reference Laboratory (AMRL)Accreditation Program. b) Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory (CCRL). c) Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL): Nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. d) National Voluntary Laboratory(NVLAP): Testing Agency accredited according to National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)Technology Administration, U. S. Department of Commerce Accreditation Program. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I I I Quality Assurance-Qualifications -3- 01 4301 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 4523 TESTING AND INSPECTING SERVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS ' A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes testing, inspections, special testing, special inspections, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods as specified hereafter for the Work. B. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality control procedures to fully comply with Contract Document requirements in all regards. C. Costs: Costs of initial services for testing and inspection personnel will be paid by Owner unless otherwise noted. 1. If initial tests indicate non-compliance with contract document requirements, any subsequent testing will be performed by same personnel and paid for by Contractor. D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4000: 'Quality Requirements' includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. 2. Section 01 4301: 'Quality Assurance—Qualifications' establishes minimum qualification levels required. 3. Division 01 through Division 49 establish responsibility for providing specific testing and inspections and Field Tests and Inspections. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Association Publications: 1. Council of American Structural Engineers. CASE Form 101: Statement of Special Inspections. Washington, DC: CASE, 2001. (c/o American Council of Engineering Companies, 1015 15'h St., NW, Washington, DC 20005; 202-347-7474; www.acec.org). 2. International Code Council (IBC): 1 a. IBC Chapter 17, 'Structural Tests and Special Inspections'. B. Definitions: 1 1. Accreditation: Process in which certification of competency, authority, or credibility is presented. Verify that laboratories have an appropriate quality management system and can properly perform certain test methods (e.g.,ANSI, ASTM, and ISO test methods)and calibration parameters according to their scopes of accreditation. 2. Approved: To authorize, endorse, validate, confirm, or agree to. 3. Field Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections to assure compliance to Contract Documents. 4. Inspection/Special Inspection: a. Inspection: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Inspection: Inspection required of materials, installation, fabrication, erection or placement of components and connections requiring special expertise to ensure compliance I Testing and Inspection Services - 1 - 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC with approved construction documents and reference standards (required by code provisions and by Contract Documents). c. Special Inspection-Continuous: Full-time observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work is being performed. d. Special Inspection-Periodic: Part-time or intermittent observation of the Work requiring inspection by approved inspector who is present in area where the Work has been or is being performed and at completion of the Work. 5. Mockups: Full-size, physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are used to verify selections made under sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation. They are not samples. Approved mockups establish standard by which the Work will be judged. 6. Observation: Visual observation of building/site elements or structural system by registered design professional for general conformance to approved construction documents at significant construction stages and at completion. Observation does not include or waive responsibility for performing inspections or special inspections. 7. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. 8. Quality Assurance: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Owner. 9. Quality Control: Testing, Inspections, Special Testing and Special Inspections provided for by Contractor. 10. Special Inspection: See Inspection. 11. Special Inspector: Certified individual or firm that implements special inspection program for project. 12. Special Test: See Test. 13. Test/Special Test: Field or laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of building materials and workmanship: a. Test: Not required by code provisions but may be required by Contract Documents. b. Special Test: Required by code provisions and by Contract Documents. 14. Testing Agency: Entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. 15. Testing Agency Laboratory: Agency or firm qualified to perform field and laboratory tests to determine characteristics and quality of materials and workmanship. 16. Verification: Act of reviewing, inspecting, testing, etc. to establish and document that product, service, or system meets regulatory, standard, or specification requirements. C. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM A898/A898M-07(2012), 'Standard Specification for Straight Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Rolled Steel Structural Shapes'. b. ASTM C42/C42M-13, 'Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete'. c. ASTM C138/C138M-14, 'Standard Test Method for Density(Unit Weight), Yield, and Air Content(Gravimetric)of Concrete'. d. ASTM C597-09, 'Standard Test Method for Pulse Velocity Through Concrete'. e. ASTM C803/C803M-03(2010), 'Standard Test Method for Penetration Resistance of Hardened Concrete'. f. ASTM C805/C805M-13a, 'Standard Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete'. g. ASTM C1019-16, 'Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout'. h. ASTM C1021-08(2014), 'Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants'. i. ASTM C1077-16, 'Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation'. j. ASTM C1093-13a, 'Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Masonry. k. ASTM D3666-13, 'Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials'. Testing and Inspection Services -2 - 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'", 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' I. ASTM D3740-12a, `Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction'. m. ASTM E114-15, 'Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Pulse-Echo Straight-Beam Examination by the Contact Method'. n. ASTM El 64-13, 'Standard Practice for Contact Ultrasonic Testing of Weldments'. o. ASTM E329-14a: 'Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection ' and/or Testing'. p. ASTM E488-10, 'Standard Test Methods for Strength of Anchors in Concrete Elements'. q. ASTM E543-15, 'Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing'. 1 r. ASTM E587-15, `Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination by the Contact Method'. s. ASTM E709-14, 'Standard Guide for Magnetic Particle Testing'. t. ASTM E1212-12, 'Standard Practice for Quality Management Systems for Nondestructive Testing Agencies'. u. ASTM F710-11, 'Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. v. ASTM F2170-11, 'Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ Probes'. 2. Code of Federal Regulations: a. 29 CFR 1910, Subpart A, Section 1910.7, 'Definition and Requirements for a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory'. ' 3. International Code Council (IBC) (2012): a. IBC Chapter 17, 'Special Inspections And Tests'. 1) Section 1704, 'Special Inspections, Contractor Responsibility And Structural Observations'. 2) Section 1705, 'Required Verification And Inspection'. a) Section 1705.2, 'Steel Construction'. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. General: Additional submittal requirements are specified in Individual Sections in Division 01 through Division 50. 2. Certificates: a. Testing Agency will submit certified written report of each inspection,test, or similar service. 3. Tests and Evaluation Reports: a. Testing Agency or Agencies will prepare logs, test reports, and certificates applicable to specific tests and inspections and deliver copies(or electronic record)distributed as follows: 1) 1 copy to Owner's Representative. 2) 1 copy to Architect. 3) 1 copy to Consulting Engineers (Engineer of Record). 4) 1 copy to General Contractor. 5) 1 copy to Authorities Having Jurisdiction (if required). b. Other tests, certificates, and similar documents will be obtained by Contractor and delivered to Owner's Representative and Architect in such time as not to delay progress of the Work or final payment therefore. c. Submittal Format: 1) Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include following: a) Specification Section number and title. b) Description of test and inspection. c) Identification of applicable standards. d) Identification of test and inspection methods. e) Number of tests and inspections required. f) Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. g) Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. h) Requirements for obtaining samples. S Testing and Inspection Services - 3- 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2) Certified written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service will include, but not be limited: a) Date of issue. b) Project title and number. c) Name, address, and telephone number of Testing Agency. 111 d) Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e) Names of individuals making tests and inspections. f) Description of the Work and test and inspection method. g) Identification of product and Specification Section. h) Complete test or inspection data. i) Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. j) Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. k) Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with Contract Document requirements. I) Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m) Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting. 4. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Testing Agency will submit following prior to commencing the Work: 1) Qualifications of Testing Agency management and personnel designated to project. 2) Testing Agency 'Written Practice for Quality Assurance'. 3) Qualification records for Inspector and non-destructive testing technicians designated for project. 4) Testing Agency non-destructive testing procedures, equipment calibration records, and personnel training records. 5) Testing Agency Quality Control Plan for monitoring and control of testing operations. 6) Welding Inspection Procedures (Structural Steel testing). 7) Bolting Inspection Procedures (Structural Steel testing). 8) Shear Connector Stud Inspection Procedures(Structural Steel testing). 9) Seismic Connections Inspection Procedures(Structural Steel testing). 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Owner or Owner's designated representative(s)will perform quality assurance. Owner's quality assurance procedures may include observations, inspections, testing, verification, monitoring and any other procedures deemed necessary by Owner to verify compliance with Contract Documents. B. Owner will employ independent Testing Agencies to perform certain specified testing, as Owner deems necessary. C. Certification: I 1. Product producers and associations,which have instituted approved systems of quality control and which have been approved by document approval agencies, are not required to have further testing. 2. Concrete mixing plants, plants producing fabricated concrete and wood or plywood products certified by agency, lumber, plywood grade marked by approved associates, and materials or equipment bearing underwriters' laboratory labels require no further testing and inspection. D. Written Practice for Quality Assurance: 1. Testing Agency will maintain written practice for selection and administration of inspection personnel, describing training, experience, and examination requirements for qualification and certification of inspection personnel. 2. Written practice will describe testing agency procedures for determining acceptability of structure in accordance with applicable codes, standards, and specifications. 3. Written practice will describe Testing Agency inspection procedures, including general inspection, material controls, visual welding inspection, and bolting inspection. I Testing and Inspection Services -4- 01 4523 i511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I1.6 QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control will be sole responsibility of Contractor. Contractor will be responsible for testing and 1 inspections, coordination, start-up, operational checkout, and commissioning of all items of the Work included in Project. All costs for these services will be included in Contractor's cost of the Work. B. Contractor will assign one (1)employee to be responsible for Quality Control. This individual may I have other responsibilities and may be Contractor's Project superintendent or Contractor's Project Manager. C. Notify results of all Testing and Inspection performed by Contractor's independent Testing Agencies to 1 Architect and Owner's Representative within twenty four(24) hours of test or inspection having been performed. 1. Testing and Inspection Reports will be distributed as follows: I a. 1 copy to Owner's Representative. b. 1 copy to Architect. c. 1 copy to Consulting Engineer(s) (Engineer of Record). d. 1 copy to Authorities Having Jurisdiction (if required). ID. Contractor's Responsibility: 1. Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in strict accordance with requirements of Contract I Documents. 2. Tests and inspections that are not explicitly assigned to Owner are responsibility of Contractor. 3. Cooperate with Testing Agency(s) performing required inspections, tests, and similar services I and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify Testing Agency before operations to allow assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: a. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor, equipment, and facilities deemed necessary by Testing Agency to facilitate inspections and tests at no additional cost I to Owner. b. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or helping Testing Agency in taking samples. I c. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. d. Providing Testing Agency with preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by Testing Agency. I 4. Contractor will integrate Owner's independent Testing Agency services within Baseline Project Schedule and with other Project activities. 5. For any requested inspection, Contractor will complete prior inspections to ensure that items are ready for inspection. . 6. All Work is subject to testing and inspection and verification of correct operation prior to 100% payment to Contractor of line item(s)pertaining to that aspect of the Work. 7. For Mechanical Equipment, inspection and documented approval of individual equipment and/or I system(s)must be accomplished prior to requesting Substantial Completion Inspection for any area affected by said equipment and/or system: a. Contractor will perform thorough checkout of operations with manufacturer's representatives prior to requesting formal inspection by Owner. I b. Contractor must notify Owner's Representative, in advance, as to when manufacturer's representative is scheduled to arrive at Site. 8. Comply: a. Upon completion of Testing Agency's inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar I services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. b. Comply with Contract Documents in making such repairs. I 9. Data: Furnish records, drawings, certificates, and similar data as may be required by testing and inspection personnel to assure compliance with Contract Documents. 10. Defective Work (Non-Conforming Work): Non-conforming Work as covered in General Conditions applies, but is not limited to following requirements: I Testing and Inspection Services - 5- 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Where results of inspections, tests, or similar services show that the Work does not comply 111 with Contract Document requirements, correct deficiencies in the Work promptly to avoid Work delays. b. Where testing personnel take cores or cut-outs to verify compliance, repair prior to acceptance. 111 c. Contractor responsible for any and all costs incurred resulting from inspection that was scheduled prematurely or retesting due to failed tests. d. Remove and replace any Work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no additional cost to Owner. e. Should test return unacceptable results, Contractor will bear all costs of retesting and re- inspection as well as cost of all material consumed by testing, and replacement of unsatisfactory material and/or workmanship. 11. Protection: a. Protect construction exposed by or for quality assurance and quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. 12. Scheduling: Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections,tests, taking samples, and similar activities: a. Schedule testing and inspections in advance so as not to delay the Work and to eliminate any need to uncover Work for testing or inspection. b. Notify Testing Agency and Architect as noted in Sections in Division 01 through Division 50 prior to any time required for such services. c. Incorporate adequate time for performance of all inspections and correction of noted deficiencies. d. Schedule sequence of activities to accommodate required services with minimum of delay. e. Schedule sequence of activities to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspections 13. Test and Inspection Log: a. Provide system of tracking all field reports, describing items noted, and resolution of each item. Prepare record of tests and inspections. Include following: 1) Date test or inspection was conducted. 2) Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3) Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4) Identification of Testing Agency or inspector conducting test or inspection. b. Maintain log at Project site: 1) Post changes and modifications as they occur. 2) Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS -GENERAL A. Testing specifically identified to be conducted by Owner, will be performed by an independent entity I and will be arranged and paid for by Owner. B. Individual Sections in Division 01 through Division 49 indicate if Owner will provide testing and inspection of the Work of that Section. C. Tests include but not limited to those described in detail in 'Field Quality Control' in Part 3 of Individual Sections in Divisions 01 through Division 49. D. Owner may engage additional consultants for testing, air balancing, commissioning, or other special services: 111 1. Activities of any such Owner consultants are in addition to Contractor testing of materials or systems necessary to prove that performance is in compliance with Contract requirements. 2. Contractor must cooperate with persons and firms engaged in these activities. E. Taking Specimens: Testing and Inspection Services -6- 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Except as may be specifically otherwise approved by Architect, only testing laboratory shall secure, handle, transport, or store any samples and specimens for testing. F. Scheduling Testing Agency: 1. Contractor will coordinate the Work and facilitate timeliness of such testing and inspecting services so as not to delay the Work. 2. Contractor will notify Testing Agency and Architect to schedule tests and /or inspections. G. For'building-wide' and/or life safety systems, such as emergency lighting, emergency power uninterruptible power supply systems, fire alarm, fire sprinkler systems, smoke evacuation systems, toxic gas monitoring, capturer exhaust systems, etc. formal start-up inspection will be completed prior to requesting Substantial Completion Inspection for any area of Project: 1. Manufacturer's representatives and installing contractor will demonstrate both operation and compliance to Owner's agents and consultants. If coordinated and scheduled appropriately by ' Contractor, these equipment and/or systems inspections may also serve to provide required Owner training, if approved in advance by Owner. 2. Contractor responsible for requesting that Architect arrange for inspection of materials, equipment, and work prior to assembly or enclosure that would make materials, equipment, or work inaccessible for inspection and at other times as may be required. 1.8 TESTING AGENCY SERVICES AND RESPONSIBILITIES A. Testing Agency, including independent testing laboratories,will be licensed and authorized to operate in jurisdiction in which Project is located. ' 1. Approved Testing Agency Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 apply. B. Testing and Inspection Services: 1. Testing Agency will not release, revoke, alter, or increase Contract Document requirements or ' approve or accept any portion of the Work. 2. Testing Agency will not give direction or instruction to Contractor. 3. Testing Agency will have full authority to see that the Work is performed in strict accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and directions of Owner's Representative and/or Architect. 4. Testing Agency will not provide additional testing and inspection services beyond scope of Work without prior approval of Owner's Representative and/or Architect. C. Testing Agency Duties: 1. Independent Testing Agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual specification Sections will cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties and will provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. 2. Testing Agency will test or obtain certificates of tests of materials and methods of construction, as described herein or elsewhere in technical specification. 1 3. Testing Agency will provide management, personnel, equipment, and services necessary to perform testing functions as outlined in this section. 4. Testing Agency must have experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated by ASTM standards and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed. 5. Testing Agency will comply with requirements of ASTM E329, ASTM E543, ASTM C1021, ASTM C1077,ASTM C1093, ASTM D3666, ASTM D3740, and other relevant ASTM standards. 6. Testing Agency must calibrate all testing equipment at reasonable intervals (minimum yearly)with accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants. 7. Welding Procedure Review: Testing Agency will provide review and approval or rejection of all welding procedures to be used and will verify compliance with all reference standard requirements. D. Testing and Inspection Reports: i Testing and Inspection Services - 7- 01 4523 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected the Work complies with or deviates from requirements. 2. Laboratory Reports: Testing Agency will furnish reports of materials and construction as required, including: a. Description of method of test. b. Identification of sample and portion of the Work tested. 1) Description of location in the Work of sample. 2) Time and date when sample was obtained. 3) Weather and climatic conditions at time when sample was obtained. c. Evaluation of results of tests including recommendations for action. 3. Inspection Reports: a. Testing Agency will furnish `Inspection at Site' reports for each site visit documenting activities, observations, and inspections. b. Include notation of weather and climatic conditions, time and date conditions and status of the Work, actions taken, and recommendations or evaluation of the Work. 4. Reporting Testing and Inspection (Conforming Work): a. Submit testing and inspection reports as required within twenty four (24)hours of test or inspection having been performed. 5. Reporting Testing and Inspection Defective Work(Non-Conforming Work): 111 a. Testing Agency, upon determination of irregularities, deficiencies observed or test failure(s) observed in the Work during performance of its services of test or inspection having been performed, will: 1) Verbally notify results to Architect, Contractor, and Owner's Representative within one hour of test or inspection having been performed (if Defective Work (Non-Conforming Work)is incorporated into project). 2) Submit written inspection report and test results as required within twenty four(24) hours of test or inspection having been performed. b. Prepare non-compliance log to track non-compliant testing or inspections. 6. Final Report: a. Submit final report of tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which identify unresolved deficiencies. 1.9 ARCHITECT'S RESPONSIBILITIES I A. Architect Duties: 1. Notify Owner's Representative before each test and/or inspection. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used I PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests And Inspections: 1. Field Tests and Inspections requirements are described in `Field Quality Control' of individual Sections in Division 01 through Division 49. END OF SECTION I Testing and Inspection Services -8- 01 4523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 SECTION 01 5100 TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Temporary Utilities. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Where necessary, engage appropriate local utility companies to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of service, provide remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company's recommendations. 1. Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 3. Arrange with utility company and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 4. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility availability, provide trucked-in services. 5. Obtain construction easements necessary to bring temporary and/or permanent utilities to site. ' 6. Use qualified personnel for installation and maintenance of temporary facilities. Locate temporary utilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with the Work of Owner or other Contractors on Project Site. Relocate and modify temporary utilities as required. 7. Pay cost and use charges for temporary and permanent utilities until Substantial Completion has been granted by Owner. B. Prepare schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At earliest feasible time, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. C. Keep temporary utilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in safe and efficient manner. Take ' necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload utilities, or allow them to interfere with progress of The Work. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on Project site. D. Limit availability of temporary utilities to essential and intended uses to reduce waste and abuse. E. Maintain temporary utilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. F. Remove each temporary utility and control when need has ended, or when replaced by permanent utility, but not later than Substantial Completion. Complete permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary utility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that make up temporary utilities are property of Contractor. Temporary Utilities - 1 - 01 5100 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. By Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent utilities used during construction period, including but not limited to: a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts subjected to unusual operating conditions. c. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. 1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRIC POWER A. Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. 1.4 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION A. Install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of types needed to protect against predictable and controllable fire losses. At a minimum, provide and maintain in working order two Standard UL Labeled ABC all-purpose 10 lb fire extinguishers. Do not incorporate these extinguishers into final Project. 1. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. 4. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. , 1.5 HEATING, COOLING, AND VENTILATING: A. Install and operate temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating units including fuel, temporary piping, fittings, wiring, and connections necessary to provide environmental conditions specified for various portions of the Work. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient conditions required and reduce consumption of energy. B. Repair damage to building and contents caused by cold, heat, dampness, and/or heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment. Select equipment that will not have harmful effect on completed installations or on elements being installed. C. Maintain safe conditions for use of temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating systems including, but not limited to, following requirements: 1. Operate equipment according to equipment manufacturer's instructions. 2. Provide fresh air ventilation required by equipment manufacturer. 3. Keep temperature of fuel containers stabilized. 4. Secure fuel containers from overturning. 5. Operate equipment away from combustible materials. D. Permanent mechanical system may be operated subject to following conditions: 1. Do not operate system when work causing air-borne dust is occurring or when dust caused by such work is present without installation of temporary filtering system approved by Architect. 2. Operate system at no cost to Owner, including cost of fuel. 3. Assume all responsibility and risk for operation of system. 4. Return permanent mechanical equipment to'like-new'condition for Substantial Completion Inspection. Temporary Utilities -2- 01 5100 I t511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.6 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Install and operate temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1.7 TEMPORARY TELEPHONES ' A. Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout construction period. B. Contractor will pay for Local calls. Party making call will pay for long-distance and toll calls. C. At each telephone, post list of important telephone numbers. i 1.8 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I I 1 Temporary Utilities -3 - 01 5100 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 SECTION 01 5200 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 111 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Construction Facilities. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary facility. B. Keep temporary facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or allow them to interfere with progress of The Work. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on Project site. C. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. D. Remove each temporary facility when need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of permanent facility, or by Substantial Completion. Complete permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed ' surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that make up temporary facilities are property of Contractor. 2. By Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. 1.3 FIELD OFFICES A. Provide and maintain insulated, weather tight temporary office of sufficient size to accommodate Contractor's personnel at Project site and for use by Owner, Architect and Subcontractors. 1. Keep office clean and orderly. 2. Heat and cool office as needed. 3. Furnish office with locking door, light(s), table(s), bench(es), rack(s)for drawings, telephone, and FAX machine. 4. Make office available for progress meetings. 5. Provide an operable fire extinguisher in facility. 6. Provide hardhats for Owner's Representatives for site visits. B. If Owner agrees to permit removal of temporary office before Substantial Completion, Contractor may use a room as an office after temporary office is removed. Equip room as specified above and restore to'like-new' condition before Substantial Completion. ( 1.4 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide temporary sanitary toilet. Service and maintain temporary toilet in a clean, sanitary condition. I Construction Facilities - 1 - 01 5200 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used I PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used ' END OF SECTION I I I r I I t I I I Construction Facilities -2- 01 5200 ( 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 SECTION 01 5400 CONSTRUCTION AIDS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Construction Aids. ' 1.2 SCAFFOLDING, PLATFORMS, STAIRS, ETC A. Furnish and maintain equipment such as temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, platforms, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks, chutes, and elevators as required for proper execution of The Work. B. Apparatus, equipment, and construction shall meet requirements of applicable laws and safety regulations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used ' PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I 1 I I i I Construction Aids - 1 - 01 5400 111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 5600 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Temporary Barriers and Enclosures. 1.2 GENERAL A. Protection Of Existing Improvements: Protect streets, private roads, and sidewalks, including ' overhead protection where required. Repair damage to existing improvements caused by construction activities. B. Protection Of Adjacent Property: Provide necessary protection for adjacent property and lateral support thereof. C. Proprietary Camera Services: In its absolute discretion, and with or without notice to Contractor, Owner may provide from time to time, but is not obligated to provide, one or more cameras on or about Project site and/or signage or notices of the same: 1. If provided by Owner, such camera(s) and/or signage and notices are solely for Owner's benefit and convenience and shall not be for benefit of Contractor, Subcontractor(s)or for any third person. 2. Owner shall have no liability, obligation, or responsibility to Contractor, Subcontractors, or any third person relative to such camera(s), signage, or notices, or absence of camera(s), signage, or notices, including without limitation, installation, maintenance, operation, repair, testing, ' functionality, capacity, recording, monitoring, posting, etc., of the same(hereafter 'Proprietary Camera Services'). 3. Contractor, with Owner's prior consent(which shall not be unreasonably withheld), may relocate such camera(s), signage, or notices as necessary to not unreasonably, materially and physically interfere with work at Project Site. 4. Contractor's obligations under Contract Documents, including but not limited to, Contractor's obligation for security of Project Site, are not modified by Owner's opportunity to provide, actually ' providing, or not providing Proprietary Camera Services and/or signage or notices regarding the same. 5. This Specification Section does not preclude Contractor from providing its own camera(s), signage, or notices pursuant to terms and conditions of this Agreement. Neither does this Section reduce, expand or modify any other right or obligation of Owner pursuant to terms of this Agreement. 1.3 TEMPORARY BARRICADES A. Comply with standards and code requirements in erecting barricades, warning signs, and lights. B. Take necessary precautions to protect persons, including members of the public,from injury or harm. I Temporary Barriers and Enclosures - 1 - 01 5600 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.4 TEMPORARY FENCING I A. Before construction begins, install 6 foot high enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where shown on Drawings. If not shown on Drawings, enclose entire site or portion sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 1.5 TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE WALKWAYS ' A. Erect structurally adequate protective covered walkway for passage of persons along adjacent Public Street if shown on drawings or required by applicable laws. 1. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities and obstructions. 1.6 TEMPORARY SECURITY BARRIERS A. Install temporary enclosures of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and other violations of security. B. Secure materials and equipment stored on site. C. Secure building at the end of each work day. D. Maintain exterior building security until Substantial Completion. 1.7 TEMPORARY TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION A. Protection: 1. Before commencing site work, build and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation as shown on the drawings. 2. Individual trees will have protective fencing built beyond drip line. 3. Build protective fencing around groups of trees and other vegetation as indicated on Drawings. 4. Keep areas within protective fencing undisturbed and do not use for any purpose. B. Maintenance: 1. Maintain existing tree, shrubs, and vegetation as indicated in Contract Documents: a. Remove and replace vegetation that dies or is damaged beyond repair due to construction activities. b. Damage to any tree, shrub, or vegetation that has been indicated to remain and be protected, will have a cost associated with it. This includes branches, trunk and root systems: 1) Trees: $1,000.00. 2) Shrubs: $ 100.00. 3) Vegetation: $ 50.00. C. Pruning: 1. Provide a qualified Tree Service Firm if pruning is required: a. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. b. Coordinate with Owner and Architect on site before pruning is to begin. I I Temporary Barriers and Enclosures -2- 01 5600 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I I 1 I I I 1 I I 1 I I 1 i i Temporary Barriers and Enclosures - 3 - 01 5600 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 5700 TEMPORARY CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Temporary Controls. ' 1.2 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS A. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that ' comply with environmental regulations, and reduce possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result: 1. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. 2. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from ' persons or firms near site. B. Provide protection against weather(rain, winds, storms, frost, or heat)to maintain all work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or damage. ' C. Protect excavation, trenches, and building from damage from rain water, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains or sewers, and all other water: 1 1. For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included under individual Sections, comply with requirements of applicable local regulations. Where feasible, use permanent facilities. 2. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. D. Comply with governing ordinances relating to weed control and removal. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Temporary Controls - 1 - 01 5700 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 5800 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Project Identification. ' 1.2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE A. Contractor may, at its option, erect a temporary project identification sign. t 1. Sign may be free-standing or attached to temporary field office or storage shed. 2. No other signs or advertisements are allowed on building site. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3- EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION I 1 I 1 I Project Identification - 1 - 01 5800 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 6100 COMMON PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ' PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY t A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Common Product Requirements. 1.2 GENERAL A. Provide products that comply with Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and, unless otherwise ' indicated, new and unused at time of installation. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for complete installation and for intended use and effect. ' B. Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on surfaces of products that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on building exterior. 1. Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surface or, where required for ' observation after installation, on accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Provide permanent nameplates on items of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on easily accessible surface that is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. Nameplate will ' contain following information and other essential operating data: a. Name of product and manufacturer. b. Model and serial number. c. Capacity. ' d. Speed. e. Ratings. C. Where specifications describe a product or assembly by specifying exact characteristics required, with or without use of brand or trade name, provide product or assembly that provides specified characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. ' D. Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are recommended by manufacturer for application described. General overall performance of product is implied where product is specified for specific application. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature, or by manufacturer's certification of performance. E. Where specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select product that complies with standards, codes or regulations specified. F. Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, Architect's decision will be final on whether proposed product matches satisfactorily. Where no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily nor complies with other specified requirements, refer to Architect. G. Where specified product requirements include phrase ' . . . as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures . . . 'or similar phrase, select product and manufacturer that comply with ' other specified requirements. Architect will select color, pattern, and texture from product line selected. Common Product Requirements - 1 - 01 6100 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 980 Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC H. Refer to individual Specification Sections and Allowance provisions in Division 01 for allowances that control product selection, and for procedures required for processing such selections. I. Remove and replace products and materials not specified in Contract Documents but installed in the Work with specified products and materials at no additional cost to Owner and for no increase in Contract time. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3-EXECUTION Not Used 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Common Product Requirements -2 - 01 6100 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 6200 PRODUCT OPTIONS PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Product Options. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Selection: 1. When option of selecting between two or more products is given, product selected will be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. a. Regional materials. B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Non-conforming work as covered in Article 12.3 of General Conditions applies, but is not limited, to use of non-specified products or manufacturers. ' C. Product selection is governed by Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include: ' 1. Substitutions And Equal Products: a. Generally speaking, substitutions for specified products and systems, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, are not acceptable. However, equal products may be approved upon compliance with Contract Document requirements. b. Approved Products/Manufacturers/Suppliers/Distributors/Fabricators/ Installers: 1) Category One: a) Owner has established 'Relationships'that extend beyond requirements of this ' Project. No substitutions or equal products will be allowed on this Project. b) Specification Sections specify Owner Furnished and Owner Installed Manufacturers or Products. c) Follow specified procedures to preserve relationships between Owner and ' specified manufacturers /suppliers and advantages that accrue to Owner from those relationships. 2) Category Two: a) Owner has established 'Relationships'that contain provisions extending beyond ' requirements of this Project. No substitutions or equal products will be allowed on this Project. b) Specification Sections specify Owner Furnished and Contractor Installed ' Manufacturers, Suppliers, Distributors or Products. c) Follow specified procedures to preserve relationships between Owner and specified manufacturers/suppliers and advantages that accrue to Owner from those relationships. t 3) Category Three: a) Owner has established 'Relationships'that contain provisions extending beyond requirements of this Project. Use these products to preserve advantages that accrue to Owner from those programs. No substitutions or equal products will be ' allowed on this Project. b) Specification Sections specify Contractor Furnished and Contractor Installed Manufacturers, Suppliers, Distributors, Fabricators or Products. I4) Category Four: Product Options - 1 - 01 6200 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a) Provide only specified products available from manufacturers listed. No substitutions, private-labeled, or equal products, or mixing of manufacturers' products is allowed on this Project. b) In Sections where lists recapitulating Manufacturers previously mentioned in Section are included under heading 'Manufacturers' or'Approved Manufacturers', this is intended as a convenience to Contractor as a listing of contact information only. It is not intended that all manufacturers in list may provide products where specific products and manufacturers are listed elsewhere in Section. c. Acceptable Products/ Manufacturers/Suppliers/Installers: 1) Type One: Use specified products /manufacturers unless approval to use other products/manufacturers has been obtained from Architect by Addendum. 2) Type Two: Use specified products/manufacturers unless approval to use other products and manufacturers has been obtained from Architect in writing before installing or applying unlisted or private-labeled products. 3) Use'Equal Product Approval Request Form'to request approval of equal products, manufacturers, or suppliers before bidding or before installation, as noted in individual Sections. d. Quality/Performance Standard Products/ Manufacturers: 1) Class One: Use specified product/manufacturer or equal product from specified manufacturers only. 2) Class Two: Use specified product/manufacturer or equal product from any manufacturer. 3) Products/manufacturers used shall conform to Contract Document requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 I I 1 Product Options -2- 01 6200 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 6600 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Product Delivery, Storage, and Handling Requirements. 1.2 GENERAL ' A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. ' 1.3 DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule delivery to reduce long-term storage at site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. B. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. C. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. ' D. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A. Store products at site in manner that will simplify inspection and measurement of quantity or counting ' of units. B. Store heavy materials away from Project structure so supporting construction will not be endangered. ' C. Store products subject to damage by elements above ground, under cover in weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used ' END OF SECTION I Delivery, Storage, and Handling Requirements - 1 - 01 6600 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 7300 EXECUTION PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for governing Execution of the Work. 1.2 COMMON INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with Manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations to extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. Notify Architect of conflicts between Manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Document requirements. B. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure work true to line and level. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located, and aligned with other Work. Allow for expansion and building movement. C. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to Architect for final decision. ' D. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure best possible results. Isolate each part of completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. E. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to reduce necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. F. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not shown, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry or local codes for that application. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to Architect for final decision. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 Execution - 1 - 01 7300 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 7400 CLEANING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Cleaning and Waste Management as described in Contract Documents. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1200: Coordination of responsibilities for waste management. 2. Section 01 6400: Waste removal of Owner furnished products. ' 3. In addition to standards described in this section, comply with all requirements for cleaning-up as described in various other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: ' 1. Asphalt Pavement, Brick, and Concrete(ABC) Rubble: Rubble that contains only weathered (cured)asphalt pavement, clay bricks and attached mortar normally used in construction, or concrete that may contain rebar. The rubble shall not be mixed with, or contaminated by, another waster or debris. ' 2. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. t 3. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. 4. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. 6. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. 7. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. B. Keep premises broom clean during progress of the Work. C. Keep site and adjoining streets reasonably clean. If necessary, sprinkle rubbish and debris with water ' to suppress dust. D. During handling and installation, protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from soiling, damage, or deterioration until Substantial Completion. I Cleaning and Waste Management - 1 - 01 7400 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC E. Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure ability to operate without damaging effects. F. Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of construction completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period. G. Before and during application of painting materials, clear area where such work is in progress of debris, rubbish, and building materials that may cause dust. Sweep floors and vacuum as required and take all possible steps to keep area dust free. H. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to avoid damage and deterioration. I. Place extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become Owner's property as directed by Owner or Architect. J. Construction Waste Management And Disposal: 1. Remove waste materials and rubbish caused by employees, Subcontractors, and contractors under separate contract with Owner and dispose of legally. Remove unsuitable or damaged materials and debris from building and from property. a. Provide adequate waste receptacles and dispose of materials when full. b. Properly store volatile waste and remove daily. c. Do not deposit waste into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. 2. Do not burn waste materials or build fires on site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING ' A. Immediately before Substantial Completion,thoroughly clean building and area where The Work was performed. Remove all rubbish from under and about building, landscaped areas and parking lot and leave building and Project Site ready for occupancy by Owner. B. Comply with individual manufacturer's cleaning instructions. C. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program, including but not limited to: 1. Interior Cleaning: a. Clean inside glazing, exercising care not to scratch glass. b. Remove marks, stains, fingerprints and dirt. c. Clean and polish woodwork and finish hardware. d. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. e. Clean plumbing fixtures and tile work. Remove spots, soil or paint. f. Clean surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean light fixtures and lamps. g. Clean other fixtures and equipment and remove stains, paint, dirt, and dust. h. Remove temporary floor protection and clean floors. 2. Exterior Cleaning: a. Clean outside glazing, exercising care not to scratch glass. b. Remove marks, stains, and dirt from exterior surfaces. c. Clean and polish finish hardware. d. Remove temporary protection systems. e. Clean dirt, mud, and other foreign material from paving, sidewalks, and gutters. f. Clean drop inlets, through-curb drains, and other drainage structures. g. Remove trash, debris, and foreign material from landscaped areas. I Cleaning and Waste Management - 2- 01 7400 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' END OF SECTION 1 I I I 1 1 Cleaning and Waste Management -3- 01 7400 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Closeout Procedures. 1.2 GENERAL A. Closeout process consists of three specific project closeout inspections. Contractor shall plan sufficient time in construction schedule to allow for required inspections before expiration of Contract Time. B. Contractor shall conduct his own inspections of The Work and shall not request closeout inspections ' until The Work of the contract is reasonably complete and correction of obvious defects or omissions are complete or imminent. C. Date of Substantial Completion shall not occur until completion of construction work, unless agreed to ' by Architect and included on Certificate of Substantial Completion. ' 1.3 PRELIMINARY CLOSEOUT REVIEW A. When Architect, Owner and Contractor agree that project is ready for closeout, Pre-Substantial Inspection shall be scheduled. Preparation of floor substrate to receive carpeting and any work which ' could conceivably damage or stain carpet must be completed, as carpet installation will be scheduled immediately following this inspection. ' B. Prior to this inspection, completed test and evaluation reports for HVAC system and font, where one occurs, are to be provided to Project Manager, Architect, and applicable consultants. C. Architect and his appropriate consultants, together with Contractor and mechanical, plumbing, fire ' protection, and electrical sub-contractors shall conduct a space by space and exterior inspection to review materials and workmanship and to demonstrate that systems and equipment are operational. 1. Punch list of items requiring completion and correction will be created. 2. Time frame for completion of punch list items will be established, and date for Substantial ' Completion Inspection shall be set. ' 1.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION A. When Architect, Owner and Contractor agree that project is ready for Substantial Completion, an inspection is held. Punch list created at Pre-Substantial Inspection is to be substantially complete. ' B. Prior to this inspection, Contractor shall discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups and similar elements. C. Architect, Owner and Contractor review completion of punch list items. When Owner and Architect confirm that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of The Work, Owner, Architect and Contractor will execute Certificate of Substantial Completion that contains: 1. Date of Substantial Completion. Closeout Procedures - 1 - 01 7700 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. Punch List Work not yet completed, including seasonal and long lead items. 3. Amount to be withheld for completion of Punch List Work. 4. Time period for completion of Punch List Work. 5. Amount of liquidated damages set forth in Supplementary Conditions to be assessed if Contractor fails to complete Punch List Work within time set forth in Certificate. D. Contractor shall present Closeout Submittals to Architect and place tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items required by Contract Documents in locations as directed by Facilities Manager. 1.5 FINAL ACCEPTANCE MEETING A. When punch list items except for any seasonal items or long lead items which will not prohibit occupancy are completed, Final Acceptance Meeting is held. B. Owner, Architect and Contractor execute Owner's Project Closeout- Final Acceptance form, and ' verify: 1. All seasonal and long lead items not prohibiting occupancy, if any, are identified, with committed to completion date and amount to be withheld until completion. 2. Owner's maintenance personnel have been instructed on all system operation and maintenance as required by the Contract Documents. 3. Final cleaning requirements have been completed. C. If applicable, once any seasonal and long lead items are completed, Closeout Inspection is held where Owner and Architect verify that The Work has been satisfactorily completed, and Owner, Architect and Contractor execute Closeout portion of the Project Closeout- Final Acceptance form. , D. When Owner and Architect confirm that The Work is satisfactorily completed, Architect will authorize final payment. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION t i Closeout Procedures -2- 01 7700 I i511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 01 7800 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Section Includes But is Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for Closeout Submittals. 1.2 GENERAL A. Workmanship bonds, final certifications, equipment check-out sheets, and similar documents. ' B. Releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of The Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. C. Project photographs, damage or settlement survey, and similar record information required by Contract Documents. 1.3 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Operations And Maintenance Manual(s)that include: 1. Submittal Format: a. Closeout Submittals as required in each individual specification section to be submitted as hard copy or digital format. 2. Project Manual: a. Copy of complete Project Manual including Addenda, Modifications as defined in General Conditions, and other interpretations issued during construction. 1) Mark these documents to show variations in actual Work performed in comparison with ' text of specifications and Modifications. Show substitutions, selection of options, and similar information, particularly on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 2) Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 3. Soils Report: a. Copy of Soils Report. 4. Operations And Data: a. Operations and maintenance submittals required by Contract Documents. 5. Warranty Documentation: a. Copies of warranties required by Contract Documents. 6. Record Documentation: a. Certifications required by Contract Documents. b. Documentation submittals required by Contract Documents. c. Testing and Inspection Reports required by Contract Documents. 7. Landscape Management Plan (LMP): a. Irrigation Section: 1) Documentation required by Sections under 32 8000 Heading: Irrigation. b. Landscaping Section: 1) Documentation required by Sections under 32 9000 Heading: Planting. I Closeout Submittals - 1 - 01 7800 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 80, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.4 WARRANTIES I A. When written guarantees beyond one (1)year after substantial completion are required by Contract Documents, secure such guarantees and warranties properly addressed and signed in favor of Owner. Include these documents in Operations & Maintenance Manual(s)specified above. B. Delivery of guarantees and warranties will not relieve Contractor from obligations assumed under other provisions of Contract Documents. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect from deterioration and loss in secure, fire-resistive location. Provide access to record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Maintain clean, undamaged set of Drawings. Mark set to show actual installation where installation varies from the Work as originally shown. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to Owner, but was not shown on Drawings. 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 1.6 SPARE PARTS , A. Provide items that are indicated in individual Sections. 1.7 EXTRA STOCK MATERIALS A. Provide items that are indicated in individual Sections. PART 2 -PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 I Closeout Submittals -2- 01 7800 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I 1 ' BLANK PAGE t I I r I I 1 i 1 1 Closeout Submittals - 3- 01 7800 I511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I DIVISION 03: CONCRETE ' 030000 CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES I03 1113 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMING 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING I03 2100 REINFORCEMENT BARS 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE I03 3111 CAST-IN-PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE IEND OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I I I I I I Table of Contents - 1 - 03 0000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1 1 1 1 BLANK PAGE 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 I i 1 1 Table of Contents -2- 03 0000 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 9814'Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 031113 STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Design, construction, and safety of formwork. 2. Furnish and install required formwork ready for placing of concrete. 3. Strip and dispose of formwork. B. Related Requirements: 1 1. Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'for Owner Furnished Testing and Inspecting Services. 2. Section 01 4523: Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. ' 3. Section 03 3111: 'Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete' for: a. Tolerances for placing structural concrete. b. Pre-installation conference held jointly with other concrete related sections. 4. Section 01 7800: 'Closeout Submittals" r 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Reference Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute: a. ACI 318-14, 'Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary'. ' 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 03 3111. 2. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100 and 31 3111, review following: ' a. Review Section 01 4523 for Testing and Inspection administrative requirements and responsibilities and Field Quality Control tests and inspections required of this section. 1) Review requirements and frequency of testing and inspections. ' B. Scheduling: 1. Notify Testing Agency and Architect as directed in Section 03 3111. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Printed application instructions for form release agents. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Testing and Inspection Reports: a) Testing Agency Inspecting Reports of concrete formwork. Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming - 1 - 03 1113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Testing And Inspection: 1. Owner is responsible for Quality Assurance. Quality assurance performed by Owner will be used to validate Quality Control performed by Contractor. 2. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for inspection of concrete formwork: a. Owner will employ testing agencies to perform testing and inspection for inspection of concrete formwork as specified in Field Quality Control in Part 3 of this specification: 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in strict accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and perform contractor testing and inspection. 2) See Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Forms: Wood, metal, or plastic as arranged by Contractor: I 1. Forming material shall be compatible with specified form release agents and with finish requirements for concrete to be left exposed or to receive a smooth rubbed finish. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Form Release Agents: 1. Unexposed Surfaces Only: Contractor's option. B. Expansion/Contraction Joints: 1. 1'2 inch thick. 2. Manufactured commercial fiber type: a. Meet requirements of ASTM D1751. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Conflex by Knight-Celotex, Northfield, IL www.aknightcompany.com. 2) Sealtight by W R Meadows Inc, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 111 3. Recycled Vinyl: a. Light gray color. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Proflex by Oscoda Plastics Inc, Oscoda, MI www.oscodaplastics.com. 2) Equal as approved by Architect before Installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Forms: 1. Assemble forms so forms are sufficiently tight to prevent leakage. 2. Properly brace and tie forms. 3. Make proper form adjustments before, during, and after concreting. 4. Use new forms, or used forms that have been cleaned of loose concrete and other debris from previous concreting and repaired to proper condition. Use APA Plyform B-B Class I, or APA HDO Plyform B-B Class I, on exposed to view concrete that do not receive a smooth rubbed finish. B. Accessories: i Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming - 2- 03 1113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1. General: a. Provide for installation of inserts, templates,fastening devices, sleeves, and other accessories to be set in concrete before placing. ' b. Position anchor bolts for hold-down anchors and columns and securely tie in place before placing concrete. C. Form Removal: ' 1.2. Removal of forms can usually be accomplished in twelve (12)to twenty four(24) hours. If temperature is below 50 cep F or if concrete (stairs, beams, etc)depends on forms for structural support, leave forms intact for sufficient period for concrete to reach adequate strength. 3. Metal bars or prys should not be used. Use wood wedges, tapping gradually when necessary. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field Tests And Inspections: 1. Concrete Formwork: a. Inspections are not required and will be performed at discretion of Architect. ' b. Inspections, if performed, will include following: 1) Concrete Formwork: a) Certified Inspector shall inspect forms for general location, configuration, camber, ' shoring, sealing of form joints, correct forming material, concrete accessories, and form tie locations. END OF SECTION I I 1 I 1 1 r r Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming -3- 03 1113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I BLANK PAGE ' I 1 I I I 1 I 1 Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming -4- 03 1113 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 03 2100 REINFORCEMENT BARS PART 1 -GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install concrete reinforcement bars as described in Contract Documents. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'for Owner Furnished Testing and Inspecting Services. ' 2. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. 3. Section 03 1113: 'Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming'. 4. Section 03 1511: 'Concrete Anchors and Inserts'. 5. Section 03 3111: 'Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete'for: a. Reinforcement installed in concrete. b. Pre-installation conference held jointly with other concrete related sections. 6. Section 01 7800: 'Closeout Submittals' 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Association Publications: 1. American Concrete Institute: a. ACI 'Detailing Manual' (2004 Edition). ' 2. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI): a. CRSI, 'Manual of Standard Practice' (2009 28th Edition). B. Reference Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute: a. ACI 117-10: 'Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials and Commentary' (Reapproved 2015). ' b. ACI 318-14, 'Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary'. 2. ASTM International (Following are specifically referenced for reinforcement bars testing): a. ASTM A615/A615M-16, 'Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement'. i 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 03 3111. 2. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, and Section 03 3111, review following: a. Installation scheduling and reinforcing placement. b. Review Section 01 4523 for Testing and Inspection administrative requirements and responsibilities and Field Quality Control tests and inspections required of this section. 1) Review requirements and frequency of testing and inspections. ' B. Scheduling: 1. Notify Testing Agency and Architect as directed in Section 03 3111. I Reinforcement Bars - 1 - 03 2100 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.4 SUBMITTALS I A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Reinforcing placement drawings. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Mill certificates for mill tests for reinforcing in accordance with ASTM A615/A615M. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Testing and Inspection Reports: a) Testing Agency Inspection Reports of reinforcement bars. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: ' 1. Comply with provisions of following codes and standards except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: a. American Concrete Institute: 1) ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary'. b. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: 1) CRSI, 'Manual of Standard Practice'. B. Qualifications: 1. Throughout progress of the work of this section, provide at least one (1) person who shall be thoroughly familiar with Construction Documents and other applicable specified requirements, completely trained and experienced in necessary skills, and who shall be present at site and shall direct all work performed under this Section: a. In actual installation of the work of this Section, use adequate numbers of skilled workmen to ensure installation in strict accordance with approved design. b. In acceptance or rejection of work performed under this Section, no allowance will be made for lack of skill on part of workmen. C. Testing And Inspection: 1. Owner is responsible for Quality Assurance. Quality assurance performed by Owner will be used to validate Quality Control performed by Contractor. 2. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for inspection of reinforcement bars: a. Owner will employ testing agencies to perform testing and inspection for inspection of reinforcement bars as specified in Field Quality Control in Part 3 of this specification: 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in strict accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and perform contractor testing and inspection. 2) See Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver bars separated by size and tagged with manufacturer's heat or test identification number. 2. Reinforcement bars shall be free of heavy rust scales and flakes, or other coating at time of delivery and placing. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Properly protect rebar on site after delivery. Reinforcement Bars -2- 03 2100 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIAL A. Reinforcement Bars: 1. Bars shall have grade identification marks and conform to ASTM A615/A615M: ' a. Grade 60 minimum. 2. Bars shall be deformed type. 3. Bars shall be free of heavy rust scales and flakes, or other bond-reducing coatings. I 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: 1. Concrete masonry units or bricks are not acceptable. 2. Type Two Acceptable Products: ' a. Concrete 'dobies'or blocks wired to reinforcing. b. Manufactured chairs with 4 sq :.;h bearing surface on sub-grade, or other feature to prevent chair from being pushed into sub-grade or damaging vapor retarder under slabs on grade. c. Equals as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcement bars according to the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 'Manual of Standard Practice'and details on Contract Documents. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION ' A. General: 1. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concrete operations. 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or ' destroy bond with concrete. 3. Blowtorch shall not be used to facilitate field cutting or bending or any other reinforcing work. 4. Reinforcement shall not be bent after partially embedded in hardened concrete. ' B. Placing Reinforcement: 1. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CRSI 'Manual of Standard Practice' recommended practice for'Placing Reinforcing Bars'for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. 2. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction, or concrete placement operations: a. Locate and support reinforcing by chairs, runners, bolsters, bar supports, spacers, or ' hangers, as required as recommended by'ACI Detailing Manual, except slab on grade work. b. Install bar supports at bar intersections. 3. Bend bars cold. ' C. Tolerances: 1. Provide following minimum concrete cover for reinforcement as per ACI 318 or ACI 318M. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations: Reinforcement Bars -3- 03 2100 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Concrete Exposed to Earth or Weather: 1) No. 5 and Smaller Bars, W31 and D31 Wire: ' 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests And Inspections: 1. Civil and structural field tests, laboratory testing, and inspections are provided by Owner's independent Testing Agency as specified in Section 01 4523 `Testing And Inspection Services': a. Quality Control is sole responsibility of Contractor. 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform testing and inspection as part of his Quality Control: a) Testing and inspections, if performed by Contractor, will be responsibility of Contractor to be performed by an independent entity. 2. Reinforcement Bars: a. Testing Agency shall provide inspection for Reinforcement Bars. See Section 03 3111 for Testing and Inspection requirements. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 I Reinforcement Bars -4 - 03 2100 r ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 03 3111 CAST-IN-PLACE STRUCTURAL CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install concrete work as described in Contract Documents including: a. Quality of concrete used on Project but furnished under other Sections. ' b. Concrete mix information and use admixtures. c. Field Quality Control Testing and Inspection requirements for concrete. d. Pre-installation conference held jointly with other concrete related sections. e. Sealants and curing compounds used with concrete. ' B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Concrete accessories. ' 2. Inserts, bolts, boxes, templates, and fastening devices for other work, including those for bases only for Mechanical and Electrical. C. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 01 0000: 'General Requirements': a. Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'for Owner Furnished Testing and Inspecting Services. ' b. Section 01 3100: 'Project Management and Coordination' for pre-installation conference. c. Section 01 4000: 'Quality Requirements' for administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. d. Section 01 4301: 'Quality Assurance—Qualifications' establishes minimum qualification ' levels required. e. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. 2. Section 03 1113: 'Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming'. ' 3. Section 03 1511: 'Concrete Anchors and Inserts'. 4. Section 03 2100: 'Reinforcement Bars'. 5. Section 01 7800: 'Closeout Submittals'. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Association Publications: 1. American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, MI www.concrete.org. Abstracts of ACI Periodicals and Publications. ' a. ACI 214.3R-88(97), 'Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. b. ACI 224R-01, 'Control of Cracking in Concrete Structures'. c. ACI 224.1 R-07, 'Causes, Evaluation, and Repair of Cracks in Concrete Structures'. d. ACI 224.2R-92(R2004): 'Cracking of Concrete Members in Direct Tension'. e. ACI 224.3R-95(R2013), 'Joints in Concrete Construction'. f. ACI 224.4R-13, 'Guide to Design Detailing to Mitigate Cracking'. g. ACI 302.1R-15: 'Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction'. ' h. ACI 302.2R-06, 'Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture-Sensitive Flooring Materials'. i. ACI 304R-00, 'Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete'. j. ACI 305R-10, 'Guide to Hot Weather Concreting'. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 1 - 03 3111 r 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98tt'Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC k. ACI 306R-10, `Guide to Cold Weather Concreting'. I. ACI 309.1 R-08, 'Report on Behavior of Fresh Concrete during Vibration'. m. ACI 311.4R-05, 'Guide for Concrete Inspection'. n. ACI 347R-14, 'Guide to Formwork for Concrete'. o. Certifications: 1) ACI CP-1(16), `Technical Workbook for ACI Certification of Concrete Field Testing Technician-Grade 1'. 2) AC I CP-10(10), 'Craftsman Workbook for AC!Certification of Concrete Flatwork Technician/Finisher'. 3) ACI CP-19(16), `Technical Workbook for AC!Certification of Concrete Strength Testing Technician'. B. Definitions: 1. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of following: blended hydraulic cement,fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 2. Floor Flatness (FF): Rate of change in elevation of floor over a .nch :s section. 3. Floor Levelness (FL): Measures difference in elevation between two points which are apart. C. Reference Standards: 1. American Concrete Institute a. ACI 117-10 (R2015): `Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials and Commentary'. b. ACI 211.1-91(R2009), 'Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete'. c. ACI 301-16, 'Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings'. d. ACI 305.1-14, 'Specification for Hot Weather Concreting'. e. ACI 306.1-90(R2002), 'Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting'. f. ACI 308.1-11, 'Standard Specification for Curing Concrete'. g. ACI 318-14, 'Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete' (ACI 318)and 'Commentary on Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete' (ACI 318R). 2. ASTM International: a. ASTM A615/A615M-14, 'Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement)'. b. ASTM C31/C31M-15, 'Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field'. c. ASTM C33/C33M-16, 'Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates'. d. ASTM C39/C39M-15a, 'Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens'. e. ASTM C94/C94M-16, 'Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete'. f. ASTM C143/C143M-15, 'Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete'. g. ASTM C150/C150M-16, 'Standard Specification for Portland Cement'. h. ASTM C172/C172M-14a, 'Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete'. i. ASTM C173/C173M-16, 'Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method'. j. ASTM C192/C192M-16a, 'Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory'. k. ASTM C231/C231 M-14, 'Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method'. I. ASTM C260/C260M-10a, 'Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete'. m. ASTM C330/C330M-14, 'Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural Concrete'. n. ASTM C494/C494M-15a, 'Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. o. ASTM C496/C496M-11, 'Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens'. p. ASTM C595/C595M-16, 'Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements'. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 2- 03 3111 r 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' q. ASTM C618-15, 'Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete'. r. ASTM C1077-16, 'Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete ' Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation'. 3. International Code Council (IBC) (2015 or latest approved edition): a. IBC Chapter 17, 'Special Inspections and Tests'. 1) Section 1704, 'Special Inspections and Tests, Contractor Responsibility and Structural ' Observations'. 2) Section 1705, 'Required Special Inspection and Tests'. a) Section 1705.2, 'Steel Construction'. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 01 3100 and held jointly with following sections: a. Section 03 1113: 'Structural Cast-In-Place Concrete Forming'. ' b. Section 03 2100: 'Reinforcement Bars'. c. Section 03 1511: 'Concrete Anchors and Inserts'. 2. Schedule pre-installation conference prior to placing of footings, installation of foundation forms ' and reinforcing steel, and installation of anchors, dowels, inserts, and block outs in foundation walls and slabs. 3. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, review following: a. Set up concrete placement pour card system and verify that all relevant trades have signed off prior to concrete placement. b. Obtaining trade sign-offs on each pour card will be responsibility of General Contactor's foreman or whoever is in charge of ordering concrete. c. Pour cards will be turned in to Quality Assurance representative after the work has been ' completed so that they can be reviewed and filed. d. Review installation scheduling, coordination, placement of building concrete, and placement of items installed in and under concrete. ' e. Review concrete installation scheduling, coordination and placement of site concrete and of items installed in concrete. f. Review'Verification of Conditions' requirements. g. Review requirements for preparation of subgrade. h. Review aggregate base requirements. i. Review formwork requirements. j. Review approved mix design requirements and use of admixtures. k. Review reinforcing bar submittals. ' I. Review installation schedule and placement of reinforcing bars. m. Review placement,finishing, and curing of concrete including cold and hot weather requirements. B. Scheduling: 1. Notify Testing Agency and Architect twenty four(24) hours minimum before placing concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Installers: 1) Certification for National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA). ' 2) Certification for ACI-certified Flatwork Finishers and Technicians. 2. Design Data: a. Mix Design: 1) Furnish proposed mix design to Architect for review prior to commencement of Work. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 3- 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a) Include density (unit weight)and void content determined per ASTM C1688/C1688M for fresh mixed properties and per ASTM C140/C140M for hardened concrete properties. b) Mix design shall show proposed admixture, amount, usage instructions, and justification for proposed use. b. Ready-Mix Supplier: 1) Require mix plant to furnish delivery ticket for each batch of concrete. Keep delivery tickets at job-site for use of Owner or his representatives. Tickets shall show following: a) Name of ready-mix batch plant. b) Serial number of ticket. c) Date and truck number. d) Name of Contractor. e) Name and location of Project. f) Specific class or designation of concrete conforming to that used in Contract Documents. g) Amount of concrete. h) Amount and type of cement. i) Total water content allowed by mix design. j) Amount of water added at plant. k) Sizes and weights of sand and aggregate. I) Time loaded. m) Type, name, manufacturer, and amount of admixtures used. n) Design Data. 2) Provide certificates with supporting testing reports verifying compliance with Contract Document requirements and that materials provided are from single source for following: a) Cement. b) Aggregate. c) Fly Ash. 3. Source Quality Control Submittals: a. Concrete mix design: Submit mix designs to meet following requirements: 1) Proportions: a) Mix Type F: (1) 4500 :si minimum at twenty eight(28) days. (2) Water/Cementitious Material: 0.40 maximum by weight. (3) Use twenty five(25)percent Class F fly ash as part of cementitious material. (4) Mix Type F should be used for all exterior concrete exposed to freeze/thaw cycles and deicing salts, unless dictated otherwise by site conditions. (5) Air Entrainment: Six(6) percent plus or minus one (1) percent. 2) Slump: a) 4 inch slump maximum before addition of high range water reducer. b) inch slump maximum with use of high range water reducer. 3) Admixtures: a) Mix design shall show proposed admixture, amount, usage instructions, and justification for proposed use. Do not use any admixture without Architect's written approval. b) Mineral: An amount of specified Class F (or Class C where Class F is not available)fly ash not to exceed twenty five (25) percent of weight of cement may be substituted for cement. If substituted, consider fly ash with cement in determining amount of water necessary to provide specified water/cement ratio. c) Chemical: Specified accelerator or retarder may be used if necessary to meet environmental conditions. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete -4- 03 3111 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 1) Pour Reports: a) Provide report that records following information: b) Date and time of start of pour, Date and time of end of pour, and Date and time of ' end of finishing procedures. c) Temperature at start of pour, Temperature at end of Pour, and Maximum temperature during performance of finishing procedures. d) Wind speed at start of pour, Wind speed at end of pour, and Maximum wind speed during performance of finishing procedures. e) Humidity at start of pour, Humidity at end of pour, and High and low humidity during performance of finishing procedures. f) Cloud cover at start of pour, Cloud cover at end of pour, and High and low cloud ' cover during performance of finishing procedures. g) Screeding method and equipment used. h) Saw cut method and equipment used. ' 2) Testing and Inspection Reports: a) Testing Agency Testing and Inspecting Reports of concrete. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to following: ' 1. Installers and Installation Supervisor: a. ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. 2. Ready-Mix Supplier: ' a. Comply with ASTM C94/C94M requirements and be certified according to NRMCA's 'Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities'. 3. Testing Agencies: a. Independent agency qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329. ' 1) Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technicians, Grade I according to ACI CP-1 or equivalent certification program. 2) Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-certified Concrete Strength Testing ' Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician -Grade II. ' B. Testing And Inspection: 1. Owner is responsible for Quality Assurance. Quality assurance performed by Owner will be used to validate Quality Control performed by Contractor. 2. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection on concrete: ' a. Owner will employ testing agencies to perform testing and inspection on concrete as specified in Field Quality Control in Part 3 of this specification: 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of ' Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in strict accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and perform contractor testing and inspection. 2) See Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Expansion Joint Filler Material: a. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and packaging, with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Expansion Joint Filler Material: a. Store materials in a clean, dry area in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 5- 03 3111 a. 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b. Protect materials during handling and application to prevent damage. ' 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. For Cold Weather and Hot Weather Limitations, see Preparation in Part 3 of this specification. 1 PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Aridus Admixture by US Concrete, Euless, TX www.us-concrete.com/aridus/. b. BASF (Construction Chemicals Division), Cleveland, OH www.master-builders- solutions.bastus/en-us. c. Bonsai American, Charlotte, NC www.bonsal.com. d. Concure Systems Admixture by Concure Systems, Phoenix, AZ www.ConcureSystems.com. e. Dayton Superior Specialty Chemicals, Kansas City, KS www.daytonsuperiorchemical.com. f. Euclid Chemical Company, Cleveland, OH www.euclidchemical.com. g. Fritz-Pak Concrete Admixtures, Dallas, TX www.fritzpak.com. h. Grace Construction Products, Cambridge, MA www.graceconstruction.com and Grace Canada Inc, Ajax, ON (905)683-8561. i. L & M Construction Chemicals, Omaha, NE www.lmcc.com. j. Larsen Weldcrete by Larsen Products Corp, Rockville, MD www.larsenproducts.com. k. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ www.sikaconstruction.com and Sika Canada, Pointe Claire, QC www.sika.ca. I. Unitex, Kansas City, MO www.unitex-chemicals.com. m. U S Mix Products Co, Denver, CO www.usspec.com. n. W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. B. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: Conform to requirements of ASTM C94/C94M unless specified otherwise: a. Interior concrete floor slabs. 1) Class 1 Floor: a) Anticipated type of traffic: exposed surface—foot traffic. b) Special considerations: Uniform finish, nonslip aggregate in specific areas, curing. c) Final finish: Normal steel-troweled finish, nonslip finish where required. 2. Capacities: a. For testing purposes, following concrete strengths are required: 1) At 7 days: 70 percent minimum of 28 day strengths. 2) At 28 days: 100 percent minimum of 28 day strengths. C. Materials: 1. Table One: t Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete -6- 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' Portland Cement/ Blended Hydraulic Cement Equivalencies ASTM C150/C150M (Low Alkali) ASTM C595/C595M ASTM C1157/C1157M ' Type I IP GU Type II IP (MS) MS Type III HE ' Type V HS 2. Hydraulic Cement: Meet requirements of ASTM C150/C15OM, Type II a. Meet requirements of ASTM C595/C595M, Type IP (MS) b. Meet requirements of ASTM C1157/C1157M, Type MS 3. Aggregates: a. General: ' 1) Submit a letter on quarry's letterhead that certifies all aggregate for concrete complies with the requirements of this section. Material certificates which are submitted shall be signed by both the materials producer and the contractor, certifying that materials comply with or exceed requirements specified herein to the Architect, Civil and t Structural Engineering Consultant and the Independent Testing Laboratory for review and approval. 2) Aggregates for all concrete shall come from a quarry that is DOT approved and meets ' or exceeds durability Class I aggregate. The quarry shall submit a letter to Engineer that certifies that all aggregate complies with DOT requirements for durability. Aggregate not meeting DOT durability requirements shall not be used. b. Coarse: ' 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C33/C33M or nonconforming aggregate that by test or actual service produces concrete of required strength and conforms to local governing codes. 2) Aggregate shall be uniformly graded by weight as follows: ' a) Table Two: ' Aggregates - Flat Work No. 67 Sieve Percent Passing One Inch ^00 3/4 Inch 90- 100 3/8 Inch 20- 55 No 4 0 - 10 No. 8 , 0 -5 b) Table Three: Aggregates -All Other, Size No. 57 ' Sieve Percent Passing 1-1/2 Inch 100 One Inch 95- 100 1/2 Inch 20- 60 No. 4 0 - 10 No. 8 0 - 5 c. Fine: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C33/C33M. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 7- 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 980 Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2) Aggregate shall be uniformly graded by weight as follows: 1 a) Table Four: Aggregates - Uniformly , Graded by Weight Sieve Percent Passing 3/8 Inch 100 No. 4 95- 100 No. 8 80- 100 No. 16 50 - 85 No. 30 25 - 60 No. 50 10 - 30 No. 100 2 - 10 4. Water: Clear, apparently clean, and potable. 5. Admixtures And Miscellaneous: a. Mineral: 1) Fly Ash: Meet requirements of ASTM C618, Class F (or Class C where Class F is not available)and with loss on ignition (LOI)of three (3) percent maximum. b. Chemical: 1) No admixture shall contain calcium chloride nor shall calcium chloride be used as an admixture. All chemical admixtures used shall be from same manufacturer and compatible with each other. 2) Air Entraining Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C260/C260M. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) MasterAir VR 10 (formally MB-VR), Master AE 90 (formally MB-AE)or MasterAir AE 400 (formally EverAir Plus) by BASF. (2) Air Mix 200 Series or AEA-92 Series by Euclid. (3) Air Plus or Super Air Plus by Fritz-Pak. (4) Sika Air by Sika. (5) Daravair or Darex Series AEA by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 3) Water Reducing Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type A and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) MasterPozzolith (formerly Pozzolith)Series by BASF. (2) Eucon WR 75 or Eucon 91 by Euclid. (3) FR-2 or FR-3 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Plastocrete 160 by Sika. (5) Daracem, WRDA, or MIRA Series by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 4) Water Reducing, Retarding Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type D and contain not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) MasterPozzolith (formerly Pozzolith)Series by BASF. (2) Eucon Retarder 75 by Euclid. (3) FR-1 or Modified FR-1 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Plastiment by Sika. (5) Daratard Series or Recover by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 5) High Range Water Reducing Admixture (Superplasticizer): a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type F or G and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete -8- 03 3111 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' (1) MasterRheobuild 1000 (formerly Rheobuild 1000)or MasterGlenium (formerly Glenium) Series by BASF. (2) Eucon 37 or Eucon 537 by Euclid. ' (3) Supercizer 1 through 7 by Fritz-Pak. (4) Sikament 300 by Sika. (5) Daracem or ADVA Series by W R Grace. (6) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. ' 6) Non-Chloride, Non-Corrosive Accelerating Admixture: a) Meet requirements of ASTM C494/C494M, Type C or E and containing not more than 0.05 percent chloride ions. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) MasterSet AC 534 (formerly Pozzolith NC 534) or MasterSet AC 122 (formerly Pozzolith122HE)or MasterSet FP 20(formerly Pozzutec 20+)by BASF. ' (2) Accelguard 80 by Euclid. (3) Daraset, Polarset or Lubricon by W R Grace. (4) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 7) Corrosion Inhibiting Admixture: a) Liquid admixture to inhibit corrosion of steel reinforcement in concrete by introducing proper amount of anodic inhibitor. Admixture shall contain thirty (30) percent calcium nitrite solution and shall be used where called for in specifications or on drawings. ' b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Eucon CIA by Euclid. (2) DCI or DCI-S by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 8) Alkali-Silica Reactivity Inhibiting Admixture: a) Specially formulated lithium nitrate admixture for prevention of alkali-silica reactivity(ASR) in concrete. Admixture must have test data indicating t conformance to ASTM C1293. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Eucon Integral ARC by Euclid. ' (2) RASIR by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 9) Viscosity Modifying Admixture (VMA): a) Liquid admixture used to optimize viscosity of Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC). ' Subject to compliance with requirements, provide following at dosage rates per manufacturer's recommendation. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Visctrol by Euclid. (2) VMAR3 by W R Grace. (3) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 10) Shrinkage Reducing Admixture (SRA): ' a) Liquid admixture specifically designed to reduce drying shrinkage and potential for cracking. b) Type Two Acceptable Products: (1) Eucon SRA by Euclid. (2) Eclipse 4500 (exterior concrete)by W R Grace. (3) Eclipse Floor 200 (interior concrete) by W R Grace. (4) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Formwork: 1. Meet requirements specified in Section 03 1113: B. Bonding Agents: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete -9- 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Acrylic Additive by Bonsai American. b. Day Chem Ad Bond (J-40)by Dayton Superior. c. Flex-Con by Euclid Chemical Co. d. Larsen Weldcrete by Larsen Products Corp. e. Everbond by L & M Construction Chemicals. f. MasterEmaco A 660 (formally Acryl 60) by BASF. g. U S Spec Multicoat by U S Mix Products. h. Intralok by W R Meadows. i. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. C. Evaporation Retardant: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. MasterKure ER 50 (Formerly Confilm) by BASF. b. Sure Film J-74 by Dayton Superior. c. Eucobar by Euclid Chemical Co. d. E-Con by L & M Construction Chemicals. e. Pro Film by Unitex. f. U S Spec Monofilm ER by U S Mix Products. g. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. ' D. Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Expansion Joint Filler Material: a. Design Criteria: 1) Resilient, flexible, non-extruding, expansion-contraction joint filler meeting requirements of ASTM D1751 and AASHTO M 213. 2) 2 thick. 3) Resilience: a) When compressed to half of original thickness, recover to minimum of seventy (70) percent of original thickness. b. Type Two Acceptable Products: 1) Fiber Expansion Joint by W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL www.wrmeadows.com. 2) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Concrete Forms: a. Verify dimensions and spot elevations for locations of forms for concrete footings, stem walls, building slabs, curbs, gutters, walkways, and drainage systems are correct before concrete is placed. 1) Notify Architect of incorrect dimensions or spot elevations in writing. 2) Do not place concrete until corrections are made and verified. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Concrete Mixing: 1. General: a. All concrete shall be machine mixed. b. Water gauge shall be provided to deliver exact predetermined amount of water for each batch. c. Reliable system must be employed to insure that no less than predetermined amount of cement goes into each batch. d. Re-tempering partly set concrete will not be permitted. Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 10- 03 3111 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. Transit Mix: a. Transit mix concrete may be used provided it conforms to Specifications and tests herein described and ASTM C94/C94M. ' b. Central plant producing concrete and equipment transporting it are suitable for production and transportation of controlled concrete and plant is currently approved by local state DOT. c. Maximum elapsed time between time of introduction of water and placing shall be one (1) hour. t d. Minimum time of mixing shall be one (1)minute per cubic yard after all material, including water, has been placed in drum, and drum shall be reversed for an additional two (2) minutes. e. Mixing water shall be added only in presence of Inspecting Engineer or inspector employed by Testing Agency. f. Trucks shall not be overloaded in excess of rated capacity as recommended by manufacturer. ' 3. Cold Weather Concreting Procedures: a. See ACI 306.1 'Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting'for additional requirements. b. General Requirements: 1) Materials and equipment required for heating and protection of concrete shall be approved and available at Project site before beginning cold weather concreting. a) Heating devices used to maintain specified temperatures shall have baffle plate above, of sufficient size, and sand bed below, in order to distribute heat. b) Heating devices shall be so operated that temperature of air immediately below slab forms shall not exceed 1,0n .e,eg F. Provide sufficient and suitable thermometers to verify compliance. ' 2) Forms, reinforcement, metallic embedments, and fillers shall be free from snow, ice, and frost. Surfaces that will be in contact with newly placed concrete, including sub- grade materials, shall be 35 Bien F minimum at time of concrete placement. 3) Use no frozen materials or materials containing ice. ' 4) No salt or other chemical may be used for such protection. 5) Only specified non-corrosive non-chloride accelerator shall be used. Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.05 percent chloride ions are not permitted. c. Requirements When Average twenty four(24) Hour Temperature, midnight to midnight, Is Below 40 oec 1) Temperature of concrete as placed and maintained shall be 55 5eu F minimum and 753. oeg 7 maximum. 2) Heat concrete for seventy two(72) hours minimum after placing if regular cement is used; for 48 hours if high early strength cement is used; or longer if determined necessary by Architect. a) During this period, maintain concrete surface temperature between 55 and 75 deg F 3) Prevent concrete from drying during heating period. Maintain housing, insulation, ' covering, and other protection twenty four(24) hours after heat is discontinued. 4) After heating period, if temperature falls below 2 deg F, protect concrete from freezing until strength of 20 2!_'- psi minimum is achieved. a) Protect flatwork exposed to melting snow or rain during day and freezing during night from freezing until strength of 3500 os minimum is achieved. d. Requirements When Average twenty four(24) Hour Temperature, midnight to midnight, Is Above L0 deg F, but when temperature falls below ,:2 neg. F: 1) Protect concrete from freezing for seventy two (72)hours after placing, or until strength of 2000 :Ds: is achieved, whichever is longer. 2) Protect flatwork exposed to melting snow or rain during day and freezing during night from freezing until strength of 35:000 ,_a minimum is achieved. 4. Hot Weather Concreting Procedures: a. See ACI 305.1 'Specification for Hot Weather Concreting' for additional requirements. b. Maximum concrete temperature allowed is 90 deg F (32 deg C) in hot weather. c. Cool aggregate and subgrades by sprinkling. d. Avoid cement over 1.+(5 deg F (60 deg C). Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 11 - 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC e. Use cold mixing water or ice. f. Use fog spray or evaporation retardant to lessen rapid evaporation from concrete surface. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Inserts, bolts, boxes, templates, pipes, conduits, and other accessories required by Divisions 22, 23, and 26 shall be installed and inspected before placing concrete. 2. Install inserts, bolts, boxes, templates, pipes, conduits, and other accessories furnished under other Sections to be installed as part of work of this Section: a. Tie anchor bolts for hold-down anchors and columns securely to reinforcing steel. C. Removal: 1. Remove water and debris from space to be placed: 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Placing Concrete: 1. General: a. Place as soon after mixing as possible. b. Deposit as nearly as possible in final position. c. No concrete shall be deposited in water. d. Placing of concrete shall be continuous until panel or section is complete. e. Compact concrete in forms by vibrating and other means where required. 1) Thoroughly consolidate concrete around reinforcing bars. 2) Use and type of vibrators shall conform to ACI 309. f. Form vertical surfaces full depth. Do not allow concrete to flow out from under forms in any degree into landscaped areas. g. Consolidate concrete thoroughly. h. Do not embed aluminum in concrete. i. Do not use contaminated, deteriorated, or re-tempered concrete. ' j. Avoid accumulation of hardened concrete. 2. Exterior Slabs: a. Dusting with cement not permitted. 3. Bonding Fresh And Hardened Concrete: a. Re-tighten forms. b. Roughen surfaces. c. Clean off foreign matter and laitance. d. Wet but do not saturate. e. Slush with neat cement grout or apply bonding agent. f. Proceed with placing new concrete. 4. Anchor Bolts: a. Place anchor bolts not tied to reinforcing steel immediately following leveling of concrete. Reconsolidate concrete around bolt immediately after placing bolt. b. Do not disturb bolts during finishing process. B. Finishing: 1. Exterior Concrete Flatwork: a. After completion of floating, performed immediately after screeding and when excess moisture or surface sheen has disappeared, complete surface finishing, as follows: 1) Do not remove forms for twenty four (24)hours after concrete has been placed. After form removal, clean ends of joints and point-up any minor honeycombed areas. Remove and replace areas or sections with major defects, as directed by Architect. 2) Round edges exposed to public view to 1 2 ir. , radius, including edges formed by expansion joints. 3) Remove edger marks. C. Curing: 1. Membrane Concrete Curing: I Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 12 - 03 3111 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' a. As specified in Section 09 3923 'Membrane Concrete Curing'. ' 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests And Inspections: 1. Civil and structural field tests, laboratory testing, and inspections are provided by Owner's ' independent Testing Agency as specified in Section 01 4523 'Testing And Inspection Services': a. Quality Control is sole responsibility of Contractor: 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform testing and inspection as part of his Quality Control: a) Testing and inspections, if performed by Contractor, will be responsibility of Contractor to be performed by an independent entity. 2. Concrete: a. Testing Agency shall provide testing and inspection for concrete as per ASTM C1077. b. Testing Agency will sample and test for quality control during placement of concrete as directed by Architect. ' c. Testing and inspections, if performed,will include following: 1) Periodic inspection verifying use of required design mix. 2) Inspection at time fresh concrete is sampled to fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine temperature of concrete. 3) Inspection of concrete placement for proper application techniques. 4) Periodic inspection for maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. 5) Periodic inspect of formwork for shape, location and dimensions of concrete member ' being formed: a) Certified Inspector shall inspect forms for general location, configuration, camber, shoring, sealing of form joints, correct forming material, concrete accessories, and form tie locations. ' d. Testing Agency will sample and test during placement of concrete as directed by Architect and may include following: 1) Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172/C172M, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94/C94M: a) Slump: ASTM C143/C143M, test each time set of compressive specimens are made. b) Air Content: ASTM C173/C173M, volumetric method for lightweight or normal ' weight concrete: ASTM C231/C231M, pressure method for normal weight concrete each time set of compression test specimens are made. c) Concrete Temperature: Test each time set of compressive specimens are made. d) Unit Weight: ASTM C567/C567M, Test each time set of compressive specimens ' is made. e. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C31/C31M; one (1)set of four(4)standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for 1 laboratory cured test specimens except when field-cure test specimens are required. f. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M: Provide three (3) random sets for site cast concrete. Testing of concrete for Building is not required and will be performed at discretion of Architect: ' 1) If sets are taken, one (1)specimen tested at seven (7)days, two (2)specimens tested at twenty eight (28)days, and one (1)specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. ' 2) If strength of field-cured cylinders is less than eighty five (85)percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 3) Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three (3) ' consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 ps'. 3. Reinforcement Bars and Bolts: a. Inspection of Reinforcement Bars and Bolts is required for Project: Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 13 - 03 3111 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) Reinforcement Bars - Inspections will include following: a) Periodic inspection of reinforcement bars and placement prior to concrete placement to verify grade, size, cover, spacing, and position of reinforcing. b) Inspect that all reinforcement bars are be positively identified as to heat number and mill analysis. c) Confirm surface of reinforcing bars is free of form release oil or other deleterious substances. 2) Bolts- Inspections will include following: a) Inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. b) Periodic inspection of anchors installed in hardened concrete. B. Non-Conforming Work: Non-conforming work as covered in the General Conditions applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.5 CLEANING , A. General: 1. Curing: a. Clean tools, equipment as directed by Manufacturer's instructions. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Concrete: 1. Protect concrete that has not received its initial set from precipitation to avoid excess water in mix and unsatisfactory surface finish. 2. Do not allow materials resulting from construction activities, which will affect concrete or application of finish floor systems adversely, to come in contact with interior concrete slabs. 3. Protect interior concrete floors from stains, paint, mortar and other construction activities. END OF SECTION I 1 I Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete - 14- 03 3111 1 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC IDIVISION 06: WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061000 ROUGH CARPENTRY I06 1011 WOOD FASTENINGS 06 1100 WOOD FRAMING 06 1636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING I END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I I I I I I I I I I I Table of Contents - 1 - 06 0000 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse 111 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I Table of Contents -2 - 06 0000 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98t''Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 SECTION 061011 WOOD FASTENINGS 111 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of wood fastening methods and materials used for Rough Carpentry unless specified otherwise. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Drawing S101: Anchor Rods. 2. Drawing S101: Bolts and Lag Screws. 3. Furnishing and installing of other fasteners are specified in individual Sections where installed. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards; 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM A153/A153M-16a, 'Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware'. b. ASTM D3498-18, 'Standard Specification for Adhesives for Field-Gluing Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems'. c. ASTM F1667-18a, 'Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples'. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: ' a. Manufacturer's literature on framing anchors and powder actuated fasteners. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit diameter and lengths of fasteners proposed for use on Project. If length or diameter of proposed fasteners differ from specified fasteners, also include technical and engineering data for proposed fasteners including, but not limited to: 1) Adjusted fastener spacing where using proposed fasteners and, 2) Adjusted number of fasteners necessary to provide connection capacity equivalent to specified fasteners. ' b. Submit on powder-actuated fasteners other than those specified in Contract Documents showing design criteria equivalents at each application. c. Show type, quantity, and installation location of framing anchors. Where necessary, reference Drawing details, etc, for installation locations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Description: 1. Nail Terminology: I Wood Fastenings - 1 - 06 1011 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ! Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. When following nail terms are used in relation to this Project, following lengths and diameters will be understood. Refer to nails of other dimensions by actual length and diameter, not by one of listed terms: Nail Term Length Diameter Length Diameter 8d Box 2-1/2 inches 0.113 inch 63.5 mm 2.827 mm 8d Common 2-1/2 inches 0.131 inch 63.5 mm 3.389 mm 10d Box 3 inches 0.128 inch 76.2 mm 3.251 mm 10d Common 3 inches 0.148 inch 76.2 mm 3.759 mm 16d Box 3-1/2 inches 0.135 inch 88.9 mm 3.411 mm 16d Sinker 3-1/4 inches 0.148 inch 82.6 mm 3.759 mm 16d Common 3-1/2 inches 0.162 inch 88.9 mm 4.115 mm B. Materials: 1. Wood fastener list: a. Provide VMR Suppliers with wood fastener list. 2. Fasteners: a. General: 1) Fasteners for preservative treated and fire-retardant-treated wood shall be of hot dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronzed, or copper. Coating weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M. b. Nails: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM F1667. 2) Unless noted otherwise, nails listed on Drawings or in Specifications shall be common nail diameter, except 16d nails, which shall be box diameter. c. Wood Screws: 1) SDS Screws: a) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of categories. (1) SDS Screws by Simpson Strong Tie Co, Dublin, CA www.strongtie.com. 2) All Other: Standard type and make for job requirements. d. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: 1) Type One Quality Standard: Hilti X-DNI 62P8. 2) Manufacturers: a) Hilti, Tulsa, OK www.us.hilti.com. b) Redhead Division of ITW, Wood Dale, IL www.itw-redhead.com and Markham, ON www.itwconstruction.ca. c) Equals as approved by Architect through shop drawing submittal before installation. See Section 01 6200. 3. Adhesives: a. Construction Mastics: 1) Meet requirements of'APA-The Engineered Wood Association' Specification AFG-01 or ASTM D3498. 2) Use phenol-resorcinol type for use on pressure treated wood products. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION A. Secure one Manufacturer approved fastener in each hole of framing anchor that bears on framing I member unless approved otherwise in writing by Architect. B. Provide washers with bolt heads and with nuts bearing on wood. , END OF SECTION Wood Fastenings -2- 06 1011 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 061100 WOOD FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wood framing and blocking as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Roof related blocking,wood nailers, and curbs. 2. Wood panel product sheathing. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1636: 'Wood Panel Product Sheathing'for: a. Pre-installation conference held jointly with Section 06 1100. 2. Sections in Division 07: Roofing membranes for related blocking, wood nailers, and curbs. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Association Publications: 1. American Lumber Standard Committee (ALSC) (Maintains NIST standard): a. Voluntary Product Standard: 1) PS 20-15, 'American Softwood Lumber Standard'. 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology(NIST), U. S. Department of Commerce: a. Voluntary Product Standard DOC PS 20-15, 'American Softwood Lumber Standard'. B. Reference Standards: 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in MANDATORY pre-installation conference held jointly with Section 06 1636. a. Schedule pre-installation conference immediately before beginning framing work. b. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, review following: 1) Nails and nailing requirements. 2) Connections. 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Informational Submittals: 1. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Technical and engineering data on nails to be set by nailing guns for Architect's approval of ' types proposed to be used as equivalents to specified hand set nails and adjusted number and spacing of pneumatically-driven nails to provide equivalent connection capacity. 2. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Copies of pamphlets specified in REFERENCE Article. After Architect's examination, keep ' pamphlets on Project site with approved shop drawings. Pamphlets may be obtained from Truss Plate Institute, Wood Truss Council of America, or from Truss Fabricator. 3. Qualification Statements: a. Alternate Supplier(s): Wood Framing - 1 - 06 1100 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 980 Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) Provide name and contact information. 2) Provide Qualification documentation as requested. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Qualifications: 1. Suppliers: a. Licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Construction, or American Wood Systems. b. Category Three Approved Suppliers Approved Supplier(s): 1) Approval subject to agreement process approval. c. Alternate Supplier(s): 1) Fabricator Firm specializing in performing work of this section: a) Firm experience in supplying products indicated for this Project. b) Financial stability. c) Sufficient production capacity to produce required units. d) Comply with specifications and Contract Documents. e) Agree to complete reporting documents, including: Agree to provide total costs to the Church including breakdown costs of millwork. 2) Submit documentation to Architect or Owner. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Protect lumber and sheathing and keep under cover in transit and at job site. 2. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store lumber and sheathing on level racks and keep free of ground to avoid warping. 2. Stack to insure proper ventilation and drainage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUPPLIERS , A. Suppliers: 1. Category Three Approved Suppliers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories and Section 01 4301 for Qualification Requirements: a. Shelter Products, Inc., Portland, OR www.shelter-products.com. Contact Mike Running: 1) Office: (800)662-3612. 2) Cell: NA. 3) FAX: (503)238-2663. 4) E-Mail: mrunning@shelter-products.com. b. Alternate Supplier: 1) As Approved by Architect 2.2 MATERIALS A. Dimension Lumber: 1. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of PS 20 and National Grading Rules for softwood dimension lumber. I Wood Framing -2 - 06 1100 I r511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b. Bear grade stamp of WWPA, SPIB, or other association recognized by American Lumber Standards Committee identifying species of lumber by grade mark or by Certificate of Inspection. ' c. Lumber 2 inches (50 mm)or less in nominal thickness shall not exceed 19 percent in moisture content at time of fabrication and installation and be stamped 'S-DRY', 'K-D', or 'MC15'. d. Preservative Treated Plates/Sills: 1) 2x4 (38 mi6 by 54 mmi: Standard and better Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, or HemFir, or StrandGuard by iLevel by Weyerhaeuser Boise, ID www.ilevel.com. (LSL 1.3 E) 2) 2x6 (38 mrn by 140 mm)And Wider: No. 2 or or MSR 1650f- 1.5e Douglas Fir, Southern Pine, HemFir, or StrandGuard by iLevel by Weyerhaeuser, Boise, ID www.ilevel.com. (LSL 1.3 E). B. Posts, Beams, And Timbers 5 Inches by 5 Inches (125 mm by 125 mm)And Larger: 1. Design Criteria: a. No. 1 or better Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. C. Lumber Ledgers: I 1. Design Criteria: a. No. 2 Douglas Fir-Larch, or Southern Pine. D. See Contract Drawings for additional requirements. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Blocking: 1. Sound lumber without splits, warps, wane, loose knots, or knots larger than 1/2 inch (13 mm). B. Furring Strips: 1. Utility or better. C. Sill Sealer: 1. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, 1/4 inch (6 mm)thick by width of plate. PART 3- EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Use preservative treated wood for wood members in contact with concrete or masonry, including wall, sill, and ledger plates, door and window subframes and bucks, etc. B. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with other Sections for location of blocking required for installation of equipment and building specialties. Do not allow installation of gypsum board until required blocking is in place. 2. Where manufactured items are to be installed in framing, provide rough openings of dimensions within tolerances required by manufacturers of such items. Confirm dimensions where not shown on Contract Drawings. a. Masonry Wall Plates: 1) Anchor 2x6 and 2x8 wall plates to top of block walls with :-:- 8 Inc:'h (16 nmr) diameter anchor bolts at 32 inches (800 mm} on center unless noted otherwise. 1 2) Set plates on masonry bearing walls true and level to provide full bearing. Use mortar as specified in Division 04 for leveling if leveling is required. b. Do not notch framing members unless specifically shown in Drawing detail. ' 3. Nailing: Wood Framing -3 - 06 1100 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Stud to plate (coordinate with Contract Drawings): I 2 by 4 inch nominal 38 by 89 mm End nail, two 16d OR toe nail, four 8d 2 by 6 inch nominal 38 by 140 mm End nail, three 16d OR toe nail, four 8d 2 by 8 inch nominal 38 by 184 mm End nail, four 16d OR toe nail, six 8d 2 by 10 inch nominal 38 by 235 mm End nail, five 16d OR toe nail, six 8d 1-3/4 by 5-1/2 inch LVL 44 by 140 mm LVL End nail, three 16d OR toe nail, four 8d 1-3/4 by 7-1/4 inch LVL 44 by 184 mm LVL End nail, four 16d OR toe nail, six 8d 1-3/4 by 9-1/4 inch LVL 44 by 235 mm LVL End nail, five 16d OR toe nail, six 8d 1-3/4 by 11-1/4 inch LVL 44 by 286 mm LVL End nail, six 16d OR toe nail eight 8d b. Top plates: Spiked together, 16d, 16 inches (400 mm) on center. c. Top plates: Laps, lap members 48 inches (1200 mm) minimum and nail with 16d nails inc'-..es (100 mm Ion center d. Top plates: Intersections, three 16d. e. Backing And Blocking: Three 8d, each end. f. Corner studs and angles: 16d, 16 inches (400 mm)on center. C. Roof And Ceiling Framing: 1. Place with crown side up at 16 Inches (400 mm) on center unless noted otherwise. 2. Install structural blocking and bridging as necessary and as described in Contract Documents. 3. Special Requirements: a. Roof Rafters And Outlookers: 1) Cut level at wall plate and provide at least 2-' 2 it ches (64 Fr`-1 s bearing where applicable. Spike securely to plate with three 10d nails. 2) Attach to trusses or other end supports with framing anchors described in Contract Documents. 3) Provide for bracing at bearing partitions. D. Accessory/Equipment Mounting And Gypsum Board Back Blocking (nailers) for Wood Framing): 1. Furnish and install blocking in wood framing required for hardware, specialties, equipment, accessories, and mechanical and electrical items, etc. E. Accessory/ Equipment Mounting And Standing & Running Trim Blocking (nailers) for Metal Framing: 1 1. Furnish and install blocking in wood framing required for hardware, specialties, equipment, accessories, and mechanical and electrical items, etc. 2. Attach blocking not installed with clips with two fasteners in each end of each piece of blocking. END OF SECTION I I I Wood Framing -4- 06 1100 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 061636 WOOD PANEL PRODUCT SHEATHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wood panel product sheathing required for walls, roofs, and floors as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contracts Summary'. 2. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. a. Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contracts Summary'. b. Section 01 4523: 'Testing and Inspecting Services' for testing and inspection, and testing laboratory services for materials, products, and construction methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Association Publications: 1. National Institute of Standards and Technology(NIST), U. S. Department of Commerce: a. Voluntary Product Standard DOC PS 1-09. 'Structural Plywood'. b. Voluntary Product Standard DOC PS 2-04. 'Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels'. 2. The Engineered Wood Association (APA), Tacoma, WA www.apawood.org. a. Performance Rated Panels, 'Product Guide' (for products bearing the APA trademark) December 2011. b. Voluntary Product Standard: 1) PS 1-09. 'Structural Plywood'. 2) PS 2-04. 'Performance Standard for Wood-Based Structural-Use Panels'. c. PRP-108'Performance Standards and Policies for Structural-Use Panels'. 3. TECO, Cottage Grove, WI www.tecotested.com. a. TECO PRP-133: ('Fire Rated Assemblies—OSB substitution for plywood in UL fire-rated assemblies that specify plywood). B. Reference Standards: 1. International Code Council (IBC) (2018 or latest AHJ approved edition): a. IBC Chapter 17, 'Special Inspections And Tests'. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 06 1100. 2. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100 and Section 06 1100, review following: a. Review Section 01 4523 for Testing and Inspection administrative requirements and responsibilities and Field Quality Control inspection required of this section. B. Scheduling: 1. Notify Testing Agency and Architect twenty-four(24)hours minimum before placing sheathing. I Wood Panel Product Sheathing - 1 - 06 1636 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.4 SUBMITTALS I A. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statements: a. Alternate Supplier(s): 1) Provide name and contact information. 2) Provide Qualification documentation as requested. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Testing and Inspection Reports: a) Testing Agency Inspection Reports of sheathing. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Qualifications: 1. Suppliers: a. Licensed by American or Canadian Institute of Timber Construction, or American Wood Systems. b. Category Three Approved Supplier(s): 1) Approval subject to agreement process approval. c. Alternate Supplier(s): 1) Fabricator Firm specializing in performing work of this section: a) Firm experience in supplying products indicated for this Project. b) Financial stability. c) Sufficient production capacity to produce required units. d) Comply with specifications and Contract Documents. e) Agree to complete reporting documents, including: Agree to provide total costs to the Church including breakdown costs of millwork. 2) Submit documentation to Architect or Owner. B. Testing and Inspection: 1. Owner will provide Testing and Inspection for inspection of sheathing: a. Owner will employ testing agencies to perform inspection for sheathing as specified in Field Quality Control in Part 3 of this specification. 1) Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in strict accordance with requirements of Contract Documents and perform contractor testing and inspection. 2) See Section 01 1200: 'Multiple Contract Summary'. b. Owner's employment of an independent Testing Agency does not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligation to perform testing and inspection as part of his Quality Control. 1) Testing and inspections, if performed by Contractor, will be responsibility of Contractor to be performed by an independent entity. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING I A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Do not deliver material unduly long before it is required. 2. Protect sheathing and keep under cover in transit and at job site. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Store sheathing on level racks and keep free of ground. 2. Stack to insure proper ventilation and drainage. I Wood Panel Product Sheathing -2- 06 1636 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Suppliers: 1. Category Three Approved Suppliers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories and Section 01 4301 for Qualification Requirements: a. Shelter Products, Inc., Portland, OR www.shelter-products.com. Contact Mike Running: 1) Office: (800)662-3612. ' 2) Cell: NA. 3) FAX: (503) 238-2663. 4) E-Mail: mrunning@shelter-products.com. b. Alternate Supplier: 1) As Approved by Architect 2.2 MATERIALS A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of PS 1, PS 2, or PRP-133 (TECO). Except where plywood is specifically indicated on Contract Drawings, oriented strand board (OSB) is acceptable. B. Sheathing: 1. Wood framing list: a. Provide Category Three Approved Suppliers with wood framing list. 2. Sheathing: a. Sheathing shall bear grade stamp from American Plywood Association (APA)or equal grading organization. b. Sheathing shall not exceed 18 percent moisture content when fabricated or more than 19 percent when installed in Project. c. Sheathing 23 32 i'ic-, t`5.3 mm;thick and thicker used for single-layer subflooring shall be tongue and groove. d. Sheathing used for same purpose shall be of same thickness. In all cases,thickness 1 specified is minimum required regardless of span rating. e. Minimum span ratings for given thicknesses shall be as follows: I Thickness Span Rating 3/8 inch 24/0 7 16 inch nominal 24/ 16 15/32 inch actual 32/ 16 1/2 inch nominal 32/ 16 19/32 inch actual 40/20 5/8 inch nominal 40/20 23/32 inch actual 48/24 3/4 inch nominal 48/24 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: 1. As indicated on Contract Drawings. r Wood Panel Product Sheathing -3 - 06 1636 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98t"Ave. Meetinghouse t Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3 - EXECUTION I 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Top of nail heads shall be flush with sheathing surface. 2. Use of edge clips to provide spacing between sheathing panels is acceptable. B. Roof Sheathing: 1. Placing: a. Lay face grain as indicated in Contract Drawings. Provide blocking as indicated in Contract Drawings. b. Provide n 1 space between sheets at end and side joints. c. Stagger panel end joints. d. Sheathing shall be continuous over two spans minimum. 2. Edge Bearing and Blocking: a. As indicated on Contract Drawings. 3. Nail Spacing: a. As indicated on Contract Drawings. b. Place nails at least 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in from edge. 4. Thickness: a. As indicated on Contract Drawings. 5. Do not install any piece of roof sheathing with shortest dimension of less than 24 inches (600 mm)unless support is provided under all edges. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspections: 1. Sheathing: a. General: 1) Owner is responsible for Quality Assurance. Quality assurance performed by Owner will be used to validate Quality Control performed by Contractor. 111 2) Quality Control is sole responsibility of Contractor as specified in Section 01 4523 'Testing And Inspection Services'. b. For walls and roof areas where nail spacing is 4 inches (100 mm) and less on center, Inspector shall verify wood panel sheathing, grade, thickness and nominal size of framing members, adjoining panel edges, nail size and spacing, bolting and other fastening of other components. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect roof sheathing from moisture until roofing is installed. 1 END OF SECTION I I I Wood Panel Product Sheathing -4- 06 1636 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC DIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' 073000 STEEP SLOPE ROOFING 07 3113 ASPHALT SHINGLES 075000 MEMBRANE ROOFING 075323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER ROOFING:EPDM 076000 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07 6210 GALVANIZED STEEL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6322 STEEL FASCIA 077000 ROOF AND WALL SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS 07 7126 REGLETS 079000 JOINT PROTECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I 1 I I I I 1 Table of Contents - 1 - 07 0000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81t', 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I I BLANK PAGE ' I I 1 I 1 Table of Contents - 2- 07 0000 I t511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 3113 ASPHALT SHINGLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install Asphalt Shingle Roofing System as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 22: Plumbing vent piping. 2. Division 23: HVAC flues and air piping. C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Miscellaneous flashing and sheet metal: a. Drip metal. b. Valley flashing. c. Wall flashings. 2. Pipe and flue roof jacks. 3. Ridge vent. D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 6310: 'Steep Slope Roof Flashing: Asphalt Tile'for furnishing of roof flashing, pipe jacks, drip edge and miscellaneous flashing and sheet metal. 2. Section 07 7226: 'Ridge Vent. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Flame Spread Classification: Categories as per ASTM E84/UL 723 or CAN/ULC-S102: a. Class A: Highest fire-resistance rating for roofing as per ASTM E108. Indicated roofing is ' able to withstand severe exposure to fire exposure to fire originating from sources outside building. b. Class B: Fire-resistance rating indicating roofing materials are able to withstand moderate ' exposure to fire originating from sources outside of building. c. Class C: Fire-resistance rating indicating roofing materials are able to withstand light exposure to fire originating from sources outside of building. 2. Wind Uplift: Wind-induced forces on roof system or components in roof system. Wind uplift generally includes negative pressure component caused by wind being deflected around and across surfaces of building and positive pressure component from air flow beneath roof deck. B. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM D226-09/D226M-17, 'Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing'. b. ASTM D1970/D1970M-18, 'Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection'. c. ASTM D3018/D3018M-11(2017), 'Standard Specification for Class A Asphalt Shingles Surfaced with Mineral Granules'. d. ASTM D3019/D3019M-17, 'Standard, 'Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered,Asbestos-Fibered, and Non-Asbestos-Fibered'. e. ASTM D31611D3161 M-16a, 'Standard Test Method for Wind-Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan-Induced Method)'. Asphalt Shingles - 1 - 07 3113 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC f. ASTM D3462/D3462M-16, 'Standard Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made from Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules'. g. ASTM D4869/D4869M-16a, 'Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Underlayment Used in Steep Slope Roofing'. h. ASTM D7158/D7158M-17, 'Standard Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Uplift Force/Uplift Resistance Method)'. i. ASTM E84-18b, 'Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'. j. ASTM E108-17, 'Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings'. k. ASTM F1667-18, 'Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples'. 2. Canadian Standards Association (CSA Group): a. CSA A123.5-16, 'Asphalt Shingles Made from Organic Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules/Asphalt Shingles Made From Glass Felt and Surfaced With Mineral Granules'. 3. International Building Code (IBC) (2018 Edition or latest edition adopted by AHJ): a. Chapter 15, 'Roof Assemblies And Rooftop Structures'. 4. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 101: 'Life Safety Code' (2015 Edition). 5. Standards Council of Canada: a. CAN/ULC-S102:2018, 'Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies'. b. CAN/ULC-S107:2010-R2017, 'Methods of Fire Tests of Roof Coverings'. 6. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): a. UL 580: 'Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies' (5th Edition). b. UL 723, 'Tests for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials' (11th Edition). c. UL 790, 'Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings' (8th Edition). d. UL 2218, 'Standard for Impact Resistance of Prepared Roof Covering Materials' (2nd Edition). 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in MANDATORY pre-installation conference: a. Roofing Installer's Foreman and those responsible for installation of roofing to be in attendance. Include Shingle Manufacturer's Representative if available. 2. Schedule pre-installation conference at project site after completion of the installation of roof sheathing but before installation of any roofing system component. 3. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, review following: a. Review if Project is in high wind area. b. Review if Project could have ice dam problems. c. Review if Project could have fungus-algae resistance problems. d. Review Shingle Manufacturer's ventilation requirements. e. Review Shingle Manufacturer's Ambient Conditions requirements. f. Review existing roof conditions including moisture on deck, protruding deck fasteners, specified gaps between sheathing, and other items affecting issuance of roofing warranty. g. Review proper valley, flashing, penetrations, secondary underlayment, sealants, and nailing requirements. h. Review racking installation method is not permitted. i. Review Cleaning and Disposal requirements. j. Review Special Procedure Submittal for Warranty Information to be given to Manufacturer before Manufacture will issue Roof Warranty by Installer. k. Review safety issues. B. Sequencing: 1. Sequence of Roofing Materials (see valley flashing detail in Contract Drawings): a. Apply continuous 12 inches (300 mm) wide strip at edge of eaves and rakes of secondary underlayment. b. Metal drip edge. ' Asphalt Shingles -2- 07 3113 i ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/SeismiclHVAC c. Secondary underlayment. d. Apply three (3) continuous 36 inch (900 mm)wide sheets of secondary underlayment in valley. e. Install one (1) continuous 36 inch i 300 mm i wide strip of primary underlayment atop secondary underlayment and centered over valley. f. Install formed valley metal over strip of primary underlayment. g. Apply 12 niche= :300 mm l wide strips of secondary underlayment lapping nailed edge of formed valley metal 3 Incihes (,75 mm). h. Primary underlayment. i. Asphalt shingles. j. Counter flashings over step flashing. 2. Coordinate sequencing of products furnished in Section 07 7226: 'Ridge Vents'. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Color and style selection. 2. Samples: a. Full size shingle. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Installers: 1 1) Provide current Certification for completion of certified training from Shingle Manufacturer. 2) Installer's signed certificate stating roofing system complies with Contract Documents performance requirements and work only performed by trained and authorized personnel in those procedures. 2. Tests And Evaluation Reports: 3. Reports: a. Manufacturer's test reports. b. Wind speed coverage for warranted wind speed. c. High wind reports and approvals if required by AHJ. 4. Manufacturers' Instructions: 1 a. Shingle Manufacturer's installation instructions and details for installation of secondary underlayment at penetrations, dormers, eaves, rakes, etc, to fit environmental conditions at Project. 5. Special Procedure Submittals: a. Contact Owner's Representative(FM Group or Project Manager) for following information: 1) Installer to include following mandatory information to be added to 'Roofing Manufacturer System Warranty' submitted with Closing Documents. a) Name of Owner (name of FM Group) b) Mailing Address(FM office address) c) Building Property ID (unique 7 digit identifier) d) Project site address: e) Roof Completion Date f) Any addition data required from Manufacturer. 2) Installer to include following mandatory information to be added to'Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty' submitted with Closing Documents: a) Name of Owner(name of FM Group) b) Mailing Address (FM office address) c) Building Property ID (unique 7 digit identifier) d) Project site address: e) Roof Completion Date f) Any addition data required from Manufacturer. 6. Qualification Statement: a. Installer: Asphalt Shingles -3 - 07 3113 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) Asphalt Shingles: a) Provide Qualification documentation. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Asphalt Shingles: a) Final, executed copy of'Roofing Manufacturer System Warranty' including wind speed coverage and required Owner mandatory information. b) Final, executed copy of'Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty' including required Owner mandatory information. 2) Verify mandatory information as specified in Special Procedure Submittal has been included in Final Warranty. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Manufacturer's literature. b) Color selections. c) Test and evaluation reports. 2) Roofing Inspection Documentation: a) Include copy of roof inspection report. 3) Certificate: Installer statement of compliance for performance requirements. 4) Certificate: Installer completion of certified training. 5) Test And Evaluation Report: UL fire-resistance rating test report. 6) Test And Evaluation Report: NFPA 101 Class A approval. 7) Test And Evaluation Report: Wind resistance requirements required. D. Maintenance Material Submittals: 1. Extra Stock Materials: a. Provide one (1)square minimum of bundled shingles. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Building Codes: a. Meet requirements for NFPA 101 Class A roof assembly. b. Roof system will meet requirements of all federal, state, and local codes having jurisdiction. 2. Fall Protection: Meet requirement of fall protection as required by federal, state, and local codes having jurisdiction. 3. Fire Characteristics: a. Provide shingles and related roofing materials with fire-test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency: 1) Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; UL 790, CAN/ULC-S102, or ASTM E108, for application and roof slopes indicated. a) Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 4. Wind Resistance: a. Meet ASTM D3161/D3161 M for wind resistance. 1) Installation shall comply with IBC Table 1507.2.7, 'Attachment'. 5. Wind Speed: a. As required to meet local codes having jurisdiction. 6. Wind Uplift Resistance: a. Meet UL 580 wind uplift of roof assemblies. b. Meet UL 1897 uplift test for roof covering systems. c. Meet ASTM D7158/D7158M for wind resistance for uplift force/uplift resistance. B. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer: r Asphalt Shingles -4- 07 3113 r t511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Asphalt Shingles: 1) Asphalt shingles are required to be produced under quality control program administered by inspection agency currently accredited by ICBO ES or recognized by ' National Evaluation Service, Inc. Quality control manual developed in consultation with approved agency, and complying with ICBO ES Acceptance Criteria for Quality Control Manuals (AC10), must be submitted. b. Underlayment: 1) Underlayment is required to be manufactured under approved quality control program with inspections by inspection agency accredited by International Accreditation Service (IAS) or otherwise acceptable to ICC-ES. 2) Quality documentation complying with ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Quality Documentation (AC10)shall be submitted for roof underlayment. 2. Roof Installer Foreman Qualifications: a. Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies but not limited to the following: 1) Provide documentation if requested by Architect. a) Approved and authorized by Roofing Manufacturer to install Manufacturer's product and eligible to receive Manufacturer's warranty before bid. b) Completed Shingle Manufacturer's certified trained. c) Have thorough knowledge of installing asphalt shingle roofing and have minimum of five (5)years roofing experience. d) Current license for the city, county, and state where project is located and license for specific type of roofing work to be performed. e) Roofing Installer's foreman shall be skilled in his trade and qualified to lay out and supervise the Work. f) Flashing installation shall be performed by personnel trained and authorized by Roofing Manufacturer. 3. Roof Installer: a. Provide 'Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty' as specified in Warranty in Part 1 of this specification. I 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Make no deliveries to job site until installation is about to commence, or until approved storage area is provided. 2. Deliver products job site in Manufacturer's original unopened containers or wrappings with labels intact and legible bearing all seals and approvals. 3. Deliver materials in sufficient quantities to allow continuity of work. 4. Remove any material not approved from job site. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. Storage Requirements: a. Follow Manufacturer's instructions and precautions for storage and protection of materials. b. Protect roof materials from physical damage, moisture, soiling, and other sources in a clean, dry, protected location. c. Stacking: 1) Shingles: Bundles should be stacked flat. 2) Underlayment: a) Do not double-stack pallets. ' b) Stack rolls upright until installation. d. Temperature: 1) Shingles: a) Store in covered ventilated area at maximum temperature of 110 deg F (43 deg C). b) Use extra care in handling shingles when temperature is below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C; 2) Underlayment: Store in area with temperature between 40 deg F and 100 deg F (4.4 derCand38denC . e. Unacceptable Material: Asphalt Shingles - 5- 07 3113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) Remove from job site materials that are determined to be damaged by Architect or by Roofing Manufacturer and replace at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Handling Requirements: a. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage to edge or ends. 3. Roof Top Loading: a. Lay shingle bundles flat. b. Do not bend over ridge. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. General: a. Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. 2. Shingles: a. Do not install shingles at lower temperatures than allowed by Shingle Manufacturer for application. 3. Underlayment: a. Install self-adhering sheet underlayment within range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended by manufacturer. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: 1. Shingle Manufacturer's special forty (40)year minimum labor and material warranty written for The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints program, including but not limited to: a. CertainTeed: 1) First ten (10)years minimum of warranty will provide for full replacement cost, including tear-off and disposal, for any failure, including material defects and workmanship. Remaining thirty(30)years of warranty will provide for pro-rated replacement cost. b. GAF: 1) First ten (10)years minimum of warranty will provide for full replacement cost, including tear-off and disposal, for any failure, including material defects and workmanship. Remaining thirty(30)years of warranty will provide for pro-rated replacement cost. c. Malarkey (Alaska or Canada projects only): 1) First ten (10)years minimum of warranty will provide for full replacement cost, including tear-off and disposal, for any failure, including material defects and workmanship. Remaining thirty(30)years of warranty will provide for pro-rated replacement cost. d. Owens Corning: 1) First ten (10)years minimum of warranty will provide for full replacement cost, including tear-off and disposal, for any failure, including material defects and workmanship. Remaining thirty (30)years of warranty will provide for pro-rated replacement cost. 2. Standard Wind Areas: a. Roofing system will resist blow-offs in winds up to 110 mph (177 kph)for ten (10)years when installed as specified below. b. Meet requirements of ASTM D3161/D3161 M UL Class D. 3. Algae resistance for fifteen (15)years. 4. Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty: a. Provide ten (10)year workmanship warranty on roofing system and related components, including flashings, and responsible for all repairs to roofing system and related components due to roof installer's own negligence or faulty workmanship: 1) In the event that, during ten (10)year period following installation, Roof Installer defaults or fails to fulfill its obligation in relation to workmanship warranty as specified in Manufacturer's Agreement, Manufacturer will assume that obligation for remainder of ten (10)year period following original installation and Owner shall have no obligation to Asphalt Shingles -6- 07 3113 I t511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 make or pay for repairs to or materials for roofing system that are necessary due to Roof Installer's negligence or faulty installation during that period. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: ' 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. CertainTeed Roofing Products, Valley Forge, PA www.certainteed.com. 1) Contact Information: Wendy Fox, (800)404-9880 wfox@dataworksintl.com. b. GAF Materials Corp., Wayne, NJ www.gaf.com. ' 1) Contact Information: John Arellano (office) (210)896-1041 (fax) (210)259-8050. c. Malarkey Roofing Products, Portland OR: 1) Contact Information: Joe Russo (425)418-3456 Joe.Malarkey@outlook.com d. Owens Corning, Toledo, OH www.ownscorning.com. 1) Duration Premium shingles are available in all areas of the USA and Canada including all Duration Premium colors under Church contract. Request shingles through local distribution. Any distribution questions, contact Area Sales Manager. ' 2) For all other questions, Contact: Sam Baroudi (419)248-7754 sam.baroudi@owenscorning.com. or Robert Hill (801)553-2417 Robert.Hill@owenscorning.com. B. Components: 1. Shingles And Underlayment: a. Fiberglass mat shingles meeting or exceeding requirements of: 1) UL Class A Fire Resistance. 2) ASTM D3018/D3018M, Type I (self sealing). 3) Standard Wind Areas: ASTM D3161/D3161M UL Class D. 4) ASTM E108 Class A. 1 5) CSA A123.1/A123.5 (Canada). 6) ASTM D3462/D3462M where required by local codes. 7) Secondary Underlayment: Meet requirements of ASTM D1970/D1970M and UL 790 Class A Fire Resistance. 8) Primary(Synthetic) Underlayment: Meet requirements of ASTM D226/D226M and ASTM D4869/D4869M (physical properties only) or ASTM D1970/D1970M and ASTM E108 Class A Fire. 9) Integral algae resistance: a) Use compatible flashing and trim materials to avoid electrolysis problem with material used in algae shingles. 10) Color as selected by Architect from Shingle Manufacturer's full color line. b. Category Three Approved Manufactures and Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) CertainTeed: a) Shingles: ' (1) Standard Wind: Hatteras/Landmark Premium. (2) Hip And Ridge Shingles: Shadow Ridge or Laminate Accessory for shingle used. b) Primary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Synthetic Underlayment: Diamond Deck. c) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) WinterGuard Granular. ' or (2) WinterGuard Sand. or (3) WinterGuard High Tack/High Temperature. d) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles over Unheated Buildings: Asphalt Shingles - 7- 07 3113 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC (1) Not required over unheated buildings such as Storage Shed and Stake Pavilions. 2) GAF: a) Shingles: (1) Standard Wind: Timberline Ultra HD. (2) Hip And Ridge Shingles: TimberTex or Ridglass. b) Primary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Synthetic Underlayment: Tiger Paw. c) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Weatherwatch. or (2) StormGuard. d) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles over Unheated Buildings: (1) Not required over unheated buildings such as Storage Shed and Stake Pavilions. 3) Malarkey(Alaska or Canada projects): a) Shingles: (1) Standard Wind: Polymer Modified SBS Legacy. (4) Hip And Ridge Shingles: Modified SBS Hip and Ridge Strips#225 10 ! .`•Fs (254 mirk)or#227 12 inches (395 mm). b) Primary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Synthetic Underlayment: Secure Start#1030. (2) Polymer Modified SBS Underlayment: Right Start UDL. c) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Arctic Seal Self-Adhering underlayment#401. d) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles over Unheated Buildings: (1) Not required over unheated buildings such as Storage Shed and Stake Pavilions. 4) Owens Corning: a) Note: (1) Duration Premium shingles are available in all areas of the USA and Canada including all Duration Premium colors under Church contract. Request shingles through local distribution. (2) Any questions, contact Manufactures Area Sales Manager. b) Shingles: (1) Standard Wind: Duration Premium shingles. (2) Hip And Ridge Shingles: DecoRidge Hip & Ridge. c) Primary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Synthetic Underlayment: Deck Defense High Performance Roof Underlayment. d) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles: (1) Weatherlock G Granulated Self-Sealing Ice &Water Barrier. or (2) Weatherlock Specialty Tile & Metal for High Temperature. or (3) Weatherlock Cold Climate for cold weather adhesion and flexibility. e) Secondary Underlayment Under Shingles over Unheated Buildings: (1) Not required over unheated buildings such as Storage Shed and Stake Pavilions. 2.2 ACCESSORIES ' A. Elastomeric Roofing Sealant: 1. Design Criteria: a. Meet requirements of ASTM D3019/D3019M. b. Non-asphalt roofing cement(not permitted). c. Elastomeric. d. Cold temperature pliability. Asphalt Shingles -8- 07 3113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC e. Compatible with roof penetration boots. 2. Category Four Products And Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Flintbond SBS Modified Bitumen Caulk by CertainTeed. B. Fasteners: 1. Primary Underlayment: a. Corrosion resistant roofing nails with one inch (25 mm) diameter head and 3/4 inch (19 mm) ' long shank minimum. 1) If shingles applied as underlayment is laid, use metal or plastic head Simplex roofing nails. t 2) If shingles not applied as underlayment is laid, use plastic head only. b. Staples not permitted. 2. Shingles: a. Design Criteria: ' 1) Meet following requirements for nails: a) Comply with ASTM F1667, Type I, Style 20-Roofing Nails. b) Eleven gauge galvanized steel or equivalent corrosion-resistant roofing nail. c) Nail head sizes: :':,8 Inch (9.5 mm,', nominal diameter. 1 d) Sufficient length to penetrate through roof sheathing or 3,4 inch 19 - minimum into solid wood decking. e) Hot-dipped galvanized or electroplated fasteners comply with requirements of ASTM A153, Class D. f) Stainless-steel fasteners meet requirements of Type 304 (UNS S30400)or Type 316 (UNS S31600). b. General: 1) Hot-dipped galvanized, electroplated non-corrosive gun-driver nails, or stainless-steel fasteners may be used. 2) Fasteners within . ... /e=_ t24 km of coastal areas (oceanside)applications must use hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel. 3) All exposed fasteners (including ridge shingles) must use hot-dipped galvanized or stainless steel. 4) Staples not permitted: a) Architect/Roof Consultant may approve in writing, staple gun that installs exposed fasteners with staples. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Category Three Approved Manufacture's Roofing Installers: See Section 01 4301. CertainTeed-Contact information: Data Works: (800)404-9880 wfox@dataworksintl.com. GAF-Contact information: (888) 532-5767 www.gaf.com. Malarkey-Contact information: Joe Russo(425)418-3456 Joe.Malarkey@outlook.com. (Alaska or Canada projects). Owens-Corning-Contact information: Sam Baroudi (419)248-7754 sam.baroudi@owenscorning.com or Robert Hill (801)553-2417 Robert.Hill@owenscorning.com. 1. All Areas except Utah: ' a. CertainTeed: 1) TBD b. GAF: 1) TBD c. Malarkey(Alaska or Canada projects): Asphalt Shingles -9 - 07 3113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) TBD d. Owens-Corning: 1) TBD 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine deck to determine if it is satisfactory for installation of roofing system. Conditions include, but are not limited to, moisture on deck, protruding deck fasteners, specified gaps between sheathing, and other items affecting issuance of roofing warranty. a. Report unsatisfactory conditions in writing to Architect. b. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 2. Verify existing soffit and ridge vents meet ventilation code requirements. a. Report inadequate ventilation conditions with recommendations in writing to Architect. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: t 1. Install only as much roofing as can be made weathertight each day, including flashing and detail work. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Clean roof deck: a. Remove dirt, protruding nails, shingle nails, and debris, before installation of underlayment. 2. Roof deck must be dry to help prevent buckling of deck, which can result in deck movement and damage to primary underlayment. 3. Following Manufacturer's recommendations for placing materials on roof. a. Prevent material from sliding off roof. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Schedule and execute work without exposing interior building areas to effects of inclement weather. Protect existing building and its contents against all risks. B. Sequence of Roofing Materials as shown and noted on Contract Drawings: 1. 12 inch strip Secondary Underlayment at Eave. 2. Metal Drip Edge. 3. General Secondary Underlayment. 4. Valley Secondary Underlayment(8'-6" (2.62 m)wide strip of Secondary Underlayment (3 strips) in Valleys applied over sheathing). 5. Valley Secondary Underlayment(36 inch (915 mm)wide Primary Underlayment under Valley Metal). 6. Valley Metal (24 ,ch ;6"0 mmi wide valley metal 10 ft 3.C5 m) lengths). 7. 12 inch strip of Secondary Underlayment over nailed edges (of Valley Metal). 8. General Primary Underlayment. 9. Asphalt Shingles, Step Flashings. 10. Counter Flashing. C. Underlayment: 1. General: a. Temporary Roof: 1) Do not use permanent underlayment installation as temporary roof. 2) If temporary roof is used, remove completely before installation of permanent underlayment. Asphalt Shingles - 10- 07 3113 r ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse RerooflSeismiclHVAC b. Follow Shingle Manufacturer's recommendations for installation of primary and secondary underlayment, particularly at eaves, rakes, and penetrations, unless specified installation procedures and Contract Drawing details are more stringent. ' c. Avoid scuffing underlayment that can compromise surface and cause leaking. If scuffing occurs, following Manufacturer's recommendation for repair. d. Staples are not permitted. e. Weather conditions: 1) Do not leave underlayment exposed to weather more than thirty(30) days after beginning of underlayment installation even if Manufacture allows longer period of time. 2) If underlayment is exposed for more than thirty (30)days after beginning of underlayment installation, treat as temporary roof under first paragraph above. 3) If moisture is deposited on exposed underlayment, obtain written approval from Shingle Manufacturer's Representative before installing shingles. f. Install valley secondary underlayment, valley primary underlayment, and valley metal after installation of general secondary underlayment, but before installation of general primary underlayment. 2. Primary Underlayment: a. Apply 48 inch (1 200 mm)wide courses over complete deck, including areas covered with I secondary underlayment unless specified otherwise. 1) Overlap underlayment before fastening. 2) Maintain end laps of 6 inch (150 mm)and side laps of 3 inch (76 mrr 3) Stop primary underlayment between 3 and 6 inches (75 and 150 mn-:j of inside edge of strip of secondary underlayment installed over edge of formed valley metal. b. Nailing Synthetic Underlayment: 1) Use low-profile plastic or steel cap corrosion resistant nails with 1 inch (25 mm) diameter heads to fasten underlayment in place. (Fastening underlayment without caps is not permitted). 2) Nails must be driven properly. Improperly driven fasteners such as over-driving, under- driving and nails driven at an angle are not permitted. 3) Fasteners should be long enough to penetrate at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) into roof sheathing. Fasteners must be lie flush to roof deck at 90 degree angle to roof deck and tight with underlayment. 4) Do not nail through metal flashing, except drip edge,when installing primary underlayment. 5) Follow Shingle Manufacturer's installation instructions for following: a) Securing underlayment to roof deck adjusting for roof slope nailing requirements. b) Side lap, end lap, and overlapping nailing requirements. c) Rake and eave nailing requirements. d) High wind condition nailing requirements. e) Sealants recommendations. 3. Secondary Underlayment: a. Under Shingles: 1) Lap end joints 6 inches (150 mm)and side joints 3 inch (76 mm)minimum. 2) Apply continuous 12 inches (300 mm)wide strip at edge of eaves and rakes before installing drip edge. 3) Apply Secondary Underlayment over entire roof. 4. Valley Underlayment: ' a. Apply three (3)continuous 36 inch (900 mm)wide sheets of secondary underlayment in valley lapped to provide 102 inch (2 590 mm)wide covered area centered over valley. b. Apply one (1)continuous 36 inch (300 mm)wide strip of primary underlayment atop secondary underlayment and centered over valley. i c. Install formed valley metal over strip of primary underlayment. 1) Nail top of each section and lap 8 inches (200 mm) in direction of flow. 2) Seal laps with continuous bead of elastomeric roofing sealant. ' 3) Secure edges of valley metal with fasteners spaced at 12 inches (300 mm)maximum on center and approximately 1/2 inch (13 mm) in from edge of metal. d. Install 12 inches (300 mm)wide strips of secondary underlayment lapping nailed edge of formed valley metal 3 inches (75 mm). 1 Asphalt Shingles - 11 - 07 3113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC D. Shingles: 1. Before installing shingles, inspect underlayment and metal installation with Architect and Owner. Correct improperly installed and damaged material before beginning shingle installation. 2. Racking installation method is not permitted by Owner and will be considered non-conforming , work. 3. Starter shingles: a. Manufacturer's starter shingles are required for Shingle Warranty. b. Install shingles at eve and rakes in accordance with Shingle Manufacturer's instructions. c. Cut shingles in accordance with Shingle Manufacturer's instructions, or use approved starter course. d. Nail to eave granule side up in continuous mastic bed with cut edge down-slope and edge overhanging eave c" i9 Ti;rn so sealing tabs are at edge of eave. e. Install shingles with maximum exposure recommended by Shingle Manufacturer. f. Lay first course directly over starter strip with ends flush with starter strip at eaves and so joints in starter strip are offset 4 inches (100 mm) minimum from joints in first course. 4. Lay shingles so end joints are offset in accordance with Shingle Manufacturer's installation procedures. 5. Insure alignment by snapping chalk line at least each fifth course to control horizontal and vertical alignment. 6. Run courses true to line with end joints properly placed. Leave shingles flat without wave and properly placed. 7. Hip and ridge shingles: a. Manufacturer's hip and ridge shingles are required for Shingle Warranty. b. Install specified hip and ridge shingles in accordance with Shingle Manufacturer's instructions. c. Run ridge shingles as directed by Architect. 8. Nailing: a. General: 1) Six(6) Nail Pattern as recommended by Shingle Manufacturer for Shingle Warranty in each shingle. 2) Place in relation to top edge of shingle as required by Shingle Manufacturer. 3) Place nails one ;ash (25 mm from each end of shingle and remainder evenly spaced between. 4) Should any nail fail to penetrate sheathing by 114 inch (6 mm)minimum, drive additional nail nearby. b. Nailing guns: 1) Nails must be driven properly. Improperly driven fasteners such as over-driving, under- driving and nails driven at an angle are not permitted. 2) Adjust nail gun pressure for nailing flush and tight to deck without cutting shingle surface. 3) Drive nails perpendicular to shingle surface so nail head is flat against shingle. 4) Should any nail fail to penetrate sheathing by 4 inc..2, .6 minimum, drive additional nail nearby. 9. Hand-Sealing: a. If ambient temperature or exposure to sun will not be sufficient to secure adhesive strip to under-lying shingle within one week, hand seal shingles with elastomeric roofing sealant. 10. Over valley metal: a. Do not drive nails through valley metal. b. Run chalk line so valley metal will be exposed 6 nc'-yes 1150 mrr. wide at top and diverge 3.32 incn (one -ism) per f; 1300 rrrn down to eaves. c. Neatly trim shingles to this line. d. Seal trimmed shingle edges to valley metal with continuous bead of elastomeric roofing sealant applied within one inch. (25 m i of shingle edge. 11. Vent pipe sleeve flange: a. Vent pipe sleeve flange as specified in Section 07 6310. b. Fit shingles under lower edge and over sides and upper edge. c. Set vent pipe flange in elastomeric roofing sealant. d. Embed shingles in elastomeric roofing sealant where they overlap flange. e. Apply bead of elastomeric roofing sealant at junction of vent pipe and vent flashing. Asphalt Shingles - 12 - 07 3113 r ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse RerooflSeismic/HVAC ' 12. Furnished and installed in Section 07 7226 'Ridge Vents'. ' 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with Contract Document requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. Raking installation method is not permitted by Owner and will be considered to be not complying with Contract Document requirements and must be corrected at no additional cost to Owner. 3.6 CLEANING A. General: 1. All tools and unused materials must be collected at end of each workday and stored properly off finished roof surface and protected from exposure to elements. 2. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. a. Replace fascia metal that is scratched through finish to base metal. 3. Properly clean finished roof surface after completion. 4. Verify drains and gutters are not clogged. ' 5. Clean shingles and building of soiling caused by this installation. 6. Clean and restore all damaged surfaces to their original condition. B. Waste Management: 1. Disposal: a. All work areas are to be kept clean, clear and free of debris always. b. Do not allow trash, waste, or debris to collect on roof. These items shall be removed from ' roof daily. c. Remove debris resulting from work of this Section from roof and site. Dispose of or recycle all trash and excess material in manner conforming to current EPA regulations and local laws. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Do not permit traffic over finished roof surface. END OF SECTION 1 Asphalt Shingles - 13- 07 3113 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 980 Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I Asphalt Shingles - 14- 07 3113 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 5323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER ROOFING: EPDM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install roofing membrane with flashings and other components to comprise total roofing system as described in Contract Documents including: a. Single-ply membrane. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 0573.13: 'Preservative Wood Treatment'for roof related blocking and roof nailers. 2. Section 06 1100: 'Wood Framing'for roof related blocking, nailing and sheathing. 3. Section 06 2001: 'Common Finish Carpentry Requirements'for wood nailers, curbs and blocking. 4. Section 07 6220: 'Stainless Steel Flashing And Trim'for metal work installation and requirements. ' C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Sheet metal work including caps, sleeves, umbrella hoods, pipe enclosure boxes, strapping, and scuppers. D. Related Requirements: 1. Division 07 for sheet metal work specialties and accessories. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Association Publications: 1. American National Standards Institute/Single Ply Roofing Industry: a. ANSI/SPRI ES-1 2003, 'Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems'. ' b. ANSI/SPRI WD-1 'Wind Design Standard for Roofing Assemblies'. 2. FM Global Resource Catalogue by FM Global, Norwood, MA www.fmglobal.com. a. Approval Guide: ' 1) Factory Mutual Standard 4470-Approval Standard for Class 1 Roof Covers. b. Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-28, 'Wind Design' (latest edition). c. Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29, 'Roof Deck Securement and Above-Deck Components' (latest edition). ' d. Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49, 'Perimeter Flashing' (latest edition). B. Definitions: ' 1. Flame Spread Classification: Categories as per ASTM E84/UL 723 or ULC 102: a. Class A: Highest fire-resistance rating for roofing as per ASTM E108. Indicated roofing is able to withstand severe exposure to fire exposure to fire originating from sources outside building. ' b. Class B: Fire-resistance rating indicating roofing materials are able to withstand moderate exposure to fire originating from sources outside of building. c. Class C: Fire-resistance rating indicating roofing materials are able to withstand light exposure to fire originating from sources outside of building. ' C. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 1 - 07 5323 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse t Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. ASTM C564-14, 'Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings'. b. ASTM C920-18, 'Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants'. c. ASTM C1289-18b, 'Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board'. d. ASTM C1303/C1303M-15, 'Standard Test Method for Predicting Long-Term Thermal Resistance of Closed-Cell Foam Insulation'. e. ASTM D4637/D4637M-15. 'Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane'. f. ASTM E84-18b, 'Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'. g. ASTM E108-17, 'Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings'. 2. International Building Code (IBC) (2018 edition or latest edition adopted by AHJ): a. Chapter 15, 'Roof Assemblies And Rooftop Structures': 1) Section 1507, 'Requirements for Roof Coverings': a) 1507.12, 'Thermoset Single-ply Roofing'. 3. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 101: 'Life Safety Code' (2018 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ). 4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL): a. UL 580: 'Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies' (5th Edition). b. UL 723, 'Tests for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials' (11th Edition). c. UL 790, 'Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings' (8th Edition). d. UL 2218, 'Standard for Impact Resistance of Prepared Roof Coverings Materials' (2nd Edition). 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Participate in MANDATORY pre-installation conference. a. Roofing Membrane Manufacturer and Roofing Installer's foreman and those responsible for installation of roofing to be in attendance. 2. Schedule pre-installation conference at project site after completion of the installation of roof sheathing and before installation of any roofing system component. 3. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, review following: a. Review Manufacturer's written instructions. b. Review if Project is in high wind area. c. Review delivery, storage, and handling requirements. d. Review ambient conditions requirements. e. Review roofing installation requirements including flashing and penetrations. f. Review roofing drainage requirements. g. Review temporary protections for roofing system. h. Review cleaning and disposal requirements. i. Review Special Procedure Submittal for Warranty Information to be given to Manufacturer before Manufacture will issue Roof Warranty by Installer. j. Review safety issues. k. Review field inspections and non-conforming work requirements. I. Review protection of membrane by other trades after installation of membrane. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature or cut sheet for each element of system including: 1) Preparation instructions and recommendations. 2) Installation instructions. 3) Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -2- 07 5323 111 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Shop Drawings: a. Prepared by Roofing Membrane Manufacturer or its representative including following: 1) Outline of roof and roof size. ' 2) Location and type of penetrations. 3) Perimeter and penetration details. 4) Base flashing. 5) Roof insulation: ' a) Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations. b) Taper insulation, including slopes. 6) Special details and materials. b. Confirm that specified FM Class and UL Class assembly is appropriate for Project location. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: ' a. Installer's signed certificate stating roofing system complies with Contract Documents performance requirements and work only performed by trained and authorized personnel in those procedures. b. Manufacturer signed certificate that roof system has been inspected by Technical Service Representative and stating no deviation from system specified or approved shop drawings without written approval by Owner Representative and Manufacture. 2. Test And Evaluation Reports: ' a. Submit evidence that roof system has been tested and approved or listed to meet Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM)Classification required for this Project. b. Submit evidence that roof system has been tested to meet UL Class requirement required for fire-resistance rating for this Project. ' 3. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Two (2) copies of Manufacturer's published specification for Architect and maintain one (1) at job site. 4. Special Procedure Submittals: a. Installer to fill out'Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty'and 'Manufacturer System Warranty'from information provided in the Attachment'Project Design Information'from Manufacturer and from Architect. Warranties are to be included in Closeout Submittals. 5. Qualification Statement: a. Roofing System Manufacturer's certification of Installer. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of'Roofing Manufacturer System Warranty' including wind speed coverage and required Owner mandatory information. 2) Final, executed copy of'Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty' including required Owner mandatory information. 3) Verify mandatory information as specified in Special Procedure Submittal has been ' included in Final Warranty. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Record Shop Drawings if requested. Record shop drawings shall be given shop ' drawing number by Roofing Manufacturer. b) Certificate: Manufacturer Inspection report by Technical Service Representative. c) Certificate: Installer statement of compliance for performance requirements. ' d) Test And Evaluation Report: UL fire-resistance rating test report. e) Test And Evaluation Report: Factory Mutual Research Classification approval. ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Requirements: 1. Roof system will meet requirements of all federal, state, and local codes having jurisdiction (AHJ). ' 2. Fire Characteristics Performance Requirement: Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 3- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Roof system will achieve UL Class A rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E108 or UL-790: 1) Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 3. Thermal Performance Requirement: a. Roof system will achieve minimum R value not less than 38. 4. Wind Criteria as per ASCE 7-10: a. Basic wind speed (V): b. Wind exposure and importance factor (1w): c. Wind Design Pressure (p): B. Qualifications: 1. Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies but not limited to the following: a. Installers Qualifications: 1) Provide documentation if requested by Architect: a) Roofing Installer shall be approved and authorized by Roofing System Manufacturer to install Manufacturer's product and eligible to receive Manufacturer's special warranty. b) Roofing Installer shall be able to document roofing membrane installation for five (5)year minimum. c) Roofing Installer must have current license for the city, county, and state where project is located. d) Roofing Installer must have license for specific type of roofing work to be preformed. e) Roofing Installer's foreman shall be skilled in his trade and qualified to lay out and supervise the Work. f) Membrane and flashing installation shall be performed by personnel trained and authorized by Roofing Manufacturer. g) Welding equipment shall be provided by or approved by Roofing Manufacturer. Mechanics intending to use equipment shall have successfully completed training course provided by Manufacturer's Technical Representative before welding. b. Roofing Membrane Manufacturer Qualifications: 1) Manufacturer that is UL listed for membrane roofing system used for this Project. 2) Manufacturer shall manufacture membrane material for five (5)consecutive years. (Manufacturing is defined as owning the means of production, controlling, and monitoring the daily production of the membrane). a) No product with documented failure will be allowed. 3) Source Limitations: a) Provide roof components including roof insulation and fasteners for roofing system from same Manufacturer as membrane roofing or approved by Roofing Membrane Manufacturer. r 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Make no deliveries to Project until installation is about to commence, or until approved storage area is provided. 2. Deliver and maintain materials in Manufacturer's original, unopened containers or rolls, with labels intact and legible. 3. Deliver materials in sufficient quantities to allow continuity of work. 4. Remove any material not approved from job site. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. General: a. Follow Manufacturer's instructions and precautions for storage of materials. b. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in manner to avoid permanent deflection of roof decking. c. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) must be on location always during transportation, storage and application of materials. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -4- 07 5323 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Storage Requirements: a. Protection: 1) Protect roof materials from physical damage, moisture, soiling, and other sources in a clean, dry, protected location and with temperature range required by Manufacturer. Protect from direct sunlight. 2) Provide continuous protection of materials against moisture absorption (Manufacturer's/Supplier's shrink wrap is not accepted waterproofing). ' b. Roof Insulation: 1) Comply with insulation Manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protection during installation. c. Safety: 1) Liquid materials such as solvents and adhesives shall be stored off site and installed away from open flames, sparks, and excessive heat. 2) Site storage is acceptable if liquid materials are placed in a locked, sealed storage container. 3) Situate equipment and materials to preclude danger, disturbance, or interference to public safety and traffic, and to not constitute fire hazard. d. Temperature: 1) Store Materials, except membranes, in dry place with temperatures between 60 deg F i':5.5 deg C` and <?C .e F :26.6 deg C.. 2) Restore materials which can become colder than specified temperature to proper temperature before using. e. Unacceptable Material: 1) Remove from job site materials that are determined to be damaged by Architect or by Roofing Manufacturer and replace at no additional cost to Owner. 2) Remove all wet and damaged materials from site. 3) Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. 3. Handling Requirements: ' a. Select and Handle operating equipment so as not to damage existing construction or new roofing system, or to overload structural system. b. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage to edge or ends. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS 1 A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Temperature ranges shall be within tolerances allowed for material being used. a. Roof surface shall be free of ponding water, ice, and snow. b. Cold temperature: 1) Follow Manufacturer's written instructions for cold temperature requirements before applying membrane adhesive: a) Follow specified precautions. b) Expose only enough adhesive to be used as directed by membrane manufacturer: c) Low VOC restrictions (if required by local AHJ): Temperatures to be 40 deg F (4 deg C) and rising before applying. c. Hot temperature: 1) Do not expose membrane and accessories to constant temperature in excess of 180 ''ea E ;82 deg CI. 2. Proceed with roofing work when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 1.8 WARRANTY ' A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Roofing Membrane Manufacturer's Special Warranty for: a. Thirty(30)year no dollar limit(NDL) material and labor covering roofing system including insulation, components of membrane roofing system, membrane degradation, and ' workmanship. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -5- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b. Accidental Puncture Warranty: 1) Membrane Manufacturer's written Accidental Puncture Warranty for up to sixteen (16) hours of Labor to repair punctures after final inspection. c. Warranty shall include wind speed coverage to 90 mph (145 kph). d. Accidental Puncture Warranty. B. Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty: 1. Written five (5)year guarantee covering workmanship and repairs or replacement of work without cost to Owner, counter-signed by Installer and General Contractor from date of installation: a. Roof Installer Workmanship Warranty must include information required in Attachment 'Warranty Information'. t PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM ' A. Manufacturer: 1. Category Three Approved Manufacturers: See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated, Carlisle PA www.carlisle-syntec.com. (717)245-7000: 1) Contact Information (USA, Canada and Global): a) Primary Contact: Greg Petschke (Manager Strategic Accounts), office (800)479- 6832 cell (717)215-2681 greg.petschke@carlislesyntec.com. b) Secondary Contact: Kristen Morrow(Strategic Accounts Coordinator), phone (717)245-7289 kristen.morrow@carlisleccm.com. c) Secondary Contact: Homer&Associates (Utah, Idaho, Wyoming, and Montana): Tom (801)842-8305 tom@hornerassocd7.com or Gary (801) 712-0326 gary@hornerassocd7.com. b. Firestone Building Products Co., Indianapolis, IN www.firestonebpco.com. 1) Contact Information (USA and Canada): a) Primary Contact: Ben Cummins - Strategic Account Executive, office (615)937- 4869 cell (317)402-1334 cumminsbenjamin@gbsg.net. b) Secondary Contact: Commercial Building Solutions, Layton, Utah: Kelly Orchard, phone (801) 784-7088 cell (801)859-4134 kellyorchard@cbs- utah.com. c. Versico Roofing Systems(Carlisle Construction Materials, Inc., Carlisle PA www.versico.com (800)992-7663: 1) Contact Information (USA, Canada and Global): a) Primary Contact: Chris Shermach, Corporate Accounts Manager: phone (815) 341-3770 shermach@versico.com. b) Secondary Contact: Kris Carruthers, phone (717) 960-4013 kristine.carruthers@versico.com. c) Secondary Contact(Utah only): Dan Barker phone (801)668-4960 division7specialties@msn.com or Justin Spencer phone (801)458-7207 jsdivision7specialties@msn.corn. B. Design Criteria: 1. General: a. Installed membrane roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. b. Membrane roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 2. Drainage Requirement: a. Roof system to provide positive drainage where all standing water dissipates within forty- eight (48) hours after precipitation ends. 3. Material Compatibility: Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -6- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' a. Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by membrane Roofing Membrane Manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 4. Metal details,fabrication practices, and installation methods shall conform to applicable requirements of following: a. Corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof uplift pressure. b. Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49, 'Perimeter Flashing'. c. Follow recommendation of Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. 5. Thermal Performance Requirement: a. Roof system will achieve minimum R value not less than 30. C. Materials: 1. Membrane: a. Description: 1) Non-reinforced EPDM: a) Sheet Dimensions: Optimum width and length determined by project conditions. b) Color: Black. 2) Fully Adhered. 3) Membrane thickness: a) i2,286 mm,i thick nominal. ' 4) Membrane width and length: a) Optimum width and length determined by job conditions. 2. Insulation: a. FM or UL approved. b. Polyisocyanurate Foam Insulation Board: 1) Meet requirements of ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 2) Insulation boards shall be Factory Mutual approved for classification selected for ' project. 3) Insulation panels directly under roofing membrane and roof system cover board shall not exceed 48 h . 9811 e. i1 220 mrn by 2 400 mm). ' 4) Insulation shall have minimum'R'value of 30. 5) Tapered Insulation: a) Provide factory-tapered insulation boards. b) Tapered layer shall slope at `,4 c ,6Eb (20 mm per meter) minimum. ' 6) Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system Manufacturer. 3. Roof System Cover Board (Recovery/Hard Board)Over Insulation: a. Non-Fire Rated: 1) Minimum thickness to be determined by roofing system Manufacturer based upon Warranty term and Wind Warranty requirements. ' 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)thick minimum Dens-Deck Prime Roof Board by G-P Gypsum. b) 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)thick minimum Securock by USG. 3) Fire Protection Board On Deck: ' a) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: (1) 16 rmm)thick minimum Dens-Deck Fireguard Roof Board by G-P Gypsum. 111 2.2 ACCESSORIES ' A. Bonding (Flashing)Adhesive: 1. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer for specific application method, warranty requirements, and in compliance with all local codes and restrictions. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 7- 07 5323 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse RerooflSeismic/HVAC B. Elastomeric Flashing: 1. Elastomeric Sheet Flashing: Uncured EPDM, 0.060 inch, 60 mil (1.5 mm)thick. 2. Preformed Pipe Sleeves: Factory prefabricated, 0.060 inch. 60 mil (1.5 mm)thick. C. Mastic: , 1. Mastic: One component, low viscosity, self-wetting butyl mastic. 2. Water Cut-Off Mastic. 3. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. D. Nite Seal: 1. Compatible with materials with which it is used. 2. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. I E. Rubber Nailing Strips(RNS)and Fasteners: 1. Extruded nailing strips and fasteners. 2. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. F. Sealant: 1. General: a. Meet uplift and VOC requirements required, warranty requirements, and in compliance with all local codes and restrictions. b. As accepted by Roofing Manufacturer under specified warranty. 2. Elastomeric Sealant: a. Meet requirements of ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Use NT, Class 25. 3. In-Seam Sealant: a. One-part sealant. b. Furnished by membrane manufacturer. 4. Lap Sealant: a. EPDM based, trowel or gun consistency as selected by Membrane Manufacturer. 5. Pourable Sealer: a. Compatible with materials with which it is used. b. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. G. Seam Tape: 1. Furnished by Membrane Manufacture): H. Splicing: 1. Adhesive: EPDM based contact cement furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. 2. Seam Tape: EPDM based tape furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. I. Surface Cleaner/ Primer: 1. Furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. J. Termination Bars: 1. Flat extruded aluminum bar with spaced holes for termination attachment furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. 2. Extruded aluminum bar with sealant track with spaced holes for termination attachment furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. I K. Termination Bar Fasteners: Threaded fasteners with expansion sleeve that provide easy future removal and reuse, furnished by Membrane Manufacturer. L. Vapor Retarder/Air Barrier: 1. May be used as temporary roof membrane up to ninety(90)day exposure. 2. If required as recommended by Roofing Membrane Manufacture for specified roof system. M. Vent Pipe Extensions: 1. Pipe: Schedule 40 PVC pipe of equivalent diameter to vent pipe. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -8- 07 5323 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Connectors: Neoprene pipe sleeves with stainless steel drawbands, meeting requirements of ASTM C564. N. Wood Nailers (if required): 1. Treat wood nailers as per Section 06 0573.13 for preservative wood treatment and Section 06 0573.33 for fire-retardant wood treatment. Creosote or asphaltic-treated wood is not acceptable. 2. Wood nailers shall conform to Factory Mutual's Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49. 3. Wood shall have maximum moisture content of 19 percent by weight on dry weight basis. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Category Three Approved Manufacturer's Roofing Installers: See Section 01 4301. 1. Carlisle SynTec: a. TBD 2. Firestone: a. TBD 3. Versico: a. TBD 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions (for reroofing over existing building): 1. Examine substrate and conditions. Verify substrate is suitable for installation of roofing system membrane before starting work of this Section. 2. Verify that roof drain lines are functioning correctly before starting work of this Section: a. Report such blockages in writing to Owner's representative,with copy to Roofing Membrane Manufacturer, for corrective action before beginning work of this Section. 3. Inspect for defects such as excessive surface roughness, contamination, structural inadequacy, or any other condition that will adversely affect quality of work. 4. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and nailers match thicknesses of insulation to be installed. 5. Remove existing roofing, base flashing, deteriorated wood blocking, and deteriorated metal fleshings: a. Remove only that amount of existing roofing and flashing that can be made watertight with new materials during a one-day period or onset of inclement weather. 6. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing: a. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. b. Stop work immediately if any unusual or concealed condition is discovered and immediately ' notify Architect in writing, with letter copy to Roofing Manufacturer. c. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Prevent interior leakage, materials falling into interior, and other such occurrences. 2. Install temporary water cut-offs at completion of each day's work and completely remove upon resumption of work. 3. Provide temporary walkways and work platforms as necessary to complete work under this Section with no damage to existing surfaces, surfaces exposed during work, and to new materials applied. 4. Coordinate application of membrane to provide protection of underlying materials from wetting or other damage by the elements on a continuous basis. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing -9- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 5. Sheet metal sleeves, caps, and enclosures shall be completely installed on daily basis. 6. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. B. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces to receive new materials shall be clean, smooth, dry(free of moisture), free of flaws, sharp edges, loose and foreign material, dirt, oil and grease. a. Mechanically scrape exposed surfaces, if necessary to remove projections. 2. Verify that surfaces receiving new materials have no defects or errors that would result in poor application or cause latent defects in workmanship. a. Roofing shall not start until defects have been corrected. 3. Coordinate application of membrane to provide protection of underlying materials from wetting or other damage by elements on continuous basis. 4. Provide temporary walkways and work platforms as necessary to complete work under this section with no damage to surfaces exposed during work. 5. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 6. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 7. Reset or replace existing fasteners that are loose, deformed, damaged, or corroded. 8. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.4 PREPARATION A. Removal of Existing Roofing: 1. Remove existing roofing down to sheathing as shown on drawings. B. Removal of Asbestos-Containing Roofing Materials: ' 1. Verify federal, state, and local regulations governing removal of roofing material that contains asbestos containing material (ACM). Comply with all such regulations including those found at 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 61 - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), Subpart M - National Emission Standard for Asbestos, Appendix A- Interpretive Rule Governing Roof Removal Operations. Whenever there is a conflict or overlap in applicable regulations, the most stringent regulations will apply notwithstanding any other statement in the Contract Documents. 2. Comply with regulations found at 29 CFR 1926.1101 - OSHA Asbestos Standard for Construction. Comply with following: a. Conduct required exposure assessments and monitoring. b. Ensure that work is supervised by'Competent Person' as defined in applicable regulations. c. Provide required employer information and training. 3. Prepare, post, and submit notifications and permit applications required by applicable regulations. 4. For removing roofing material which contains ACM, ensure that following work practices are followed: a. Remove roofing material in intact state to extent feasible. b. Use wet methods to remove roofing materials that are not intact, or that will be rendered not intact during removal, unless such wet methods are not feasible or will create safety hazards. c. Do not employ roof removal operations using rotating blade (RB)roof cutters or other equipment that sand, grind, cut or abrade roofing material. Use of certain manual methods, such as using equipment such as axes, hatchets, or knives, spud bars, pry bars, and shovels, but not saws, or power tool methods that slice, shear, or punch, such as using equipment such as a power slicer or power plow, may be used so long as roofing material is not friable, and methods used do not destroy structural matrix or integrity of material by causing material to be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder. Such power tool methods include cutting machines using tapered or sharp blades and blades that do not rotate. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 10- 07 5323 t 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' d. Mist cutting machines continuously during use, unless Competent Person determines that misting substantially decreases worker safety. e. Do not drop or throw to ground asbestos containing material that has been removed from a ' roof. Unless material is carried or passed to ground by hand, lower it to ground via covered, dust tight chute, a crane, or a hoist: 1) Lower any ACM not intact to ground as soon as is practicable, but in any event no later than end of work shift. While ACM remains on roof, either keep wet, place in impermeable waste bag, or wrap in plastic sheeting. 2) Lower intact ACM to ground as soon as is practicable, but in any event no later than end of work shift. f. Upon being lowered, transfer unwrapped material to closed receptacle in such manner so as ' to preclude dispersion of dust. g. Isolate roof level heating and ventilation air intake sources or shut ventilation system down during ACM removal. 5. Do not allow vibrating roofing removal equipment over any part of building where other ACM, such as spray applied ceiling texture, is attached to underside of roofing structure. 6. In most states, roofing material that contains ACM is considered as construction waste. Verify this, and if required, prepare and submit waste manifest and deliver roofing material that contains ' ACM to an approved waste disposal site. C. General Requirements: ' 1. Remove existing roofing, base flashing, deteriorated wood blocking and metal flashings. Recycle materials that can be recycled. 2. Remove only that amount of existing roofing and flashing that can be made watertight with new materials during a one-day period or onset of inclement weather. ' 3. Inspect for defects such as excessive surface roughness, contamination, structural inadequacy, or any other condition that will adversely affect quality of work. a. Wood Deck: 1) Ensure decking is sound and able to provide support and attachment of new roofing ' assembly. 2) Deteriorated or unsound decking that can not comply with this requirement shall be brought to attention of Architect/Owner's Representative. 3) As directed by Architect/Owner's Representative, remove and replace sections of decking with like materials and in compliance with local code requirements. 4. Nailers (if required): a. Install continuous treated wood nailers at perimeter of entire roof and around roof projections l and penetrations as described on Contract Drawings. Replace existing wood nailers shown to remain, if they contain rot or are otherwise damaged. 1) Anchor nailers to resist minimum force of 397 1(.9 ;136 kn i per lineal in any direction: a) Provide 1 2 inch (13 mm) space between nailer lengths. b) Individual nailer lengths shall not be less than 06 riche (909 mm r long. c) Nailer fastener spacing shall be at 12 01-:e4 300 (cm' on center, or c (409 mm) if necessary to match structural framing. d) Stagger fasteners 1/3 nailer width and install within yes 11.50 mgrm of each end. e) Meet requirements current Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49. ' 2) Thickness shall match substrate or insulation/hardboard height. 3) Anchor existing woodwork that is to remain to resist minimum force of i3 Ir t E. K.g per lineal foot (300 mm) in any direction. Reuse only woodwork designated to be reused in Contract Drawings. ' 5. Prevent interior leakage, materials falling into interior, and other such Occurrences. 6. Install temporary water cut-offs at completion of each days work and completely remove upon resumption of work. a. Waterstops shall not emit dangerous or unsafe fumes and shall not remain in contact with finished roof as installation progresses. b. Replace contaminated membrane at no additional cost to Owner. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 11 - 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 7. Provide temporary walkways and work platforms as necessary to complete work under this section with no damage to existing surfaces, surfaces exposed during work, and to new materials applied. 8. Coordinate application of membrane to provide protection of underlying materials from wetting or other damage by the elements on a continuous basis. 9. Sheet metal sleeves, caps, and enclosures shall be completely installed daily. D. Surface Preparation: 1. Surfaces to receive new materials shall be free of dirt, debris, loose material and free of moisture. Mechanically scrape exposed surfaces, if necessary to remove projections. 2. Verify that surfaces receiving new materials have no defects or errors which would result in poor application or cause latent defects in workmanship. 3. Inspect anchoring of wood members for conformance to specified requirements. Upgrade nonconforming fasteners to meet specified requirements. 4. Reset or replace fasteners that are loose, deformed, damaged, or corroded. 5. Fit joints of insulation tightly together. 6. Prevent interior leakage, materials falling into interior, and other such Occurrences. 7. Install temporary water cut-offs at completion of each day's work and completely remove upon resumption of work. a. Waterstops shall not emit dangerous or unsafe fumes and shall not remain in contact with finished roof as installation progresses. b. Replace contaminated membrane at no additional cost to Owner. 8. Provide temporary walkways and work platforms as necessary to complete work under this section with no damage to existing surfaces exposed during work, and to new materials applied. 9. Coordinate application of membrane to provide protection of underlying materials from wetting or other damage by the elements on a continuous basis. 10. Sheet metal sleeves, caps, and enclosures shall be completely installed daily. 11. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 12. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 13. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with Installers whose work penetrates roof deck or requires men and equipment to traverse roof deck. B. General: I 1. Installation shall be in conformance with latest edition of Manufacturer's specification except where Contract Documents are more restrictive. C. Vapor Retarder/Air Barrier: 1. Where applicable, loosely lay film air barrier over substrate and seal over laps and terminations to block interior air infiltration. D. Insulation: 1. Install leveling layer or fireguard layer, if required. 2. Position first layer of insulation board with tight joints and staggered edges. a. Install additional layers of board insulation in offset pattern and as directed by Roof Membrane Manufacturer. b. Lay out drainage board to provide positive flow to roof drains as shown on Contract Drawings. c. Fasten roof insulation assembly in pattern as directed by Membrane Manufacturer. d. Mechanically attach first layer of insulation board to deck as directed by Roofing Manufacturer. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 12 - 07 5323 t 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' e. Moisten content of insulation shall not exceed four(4) percent. 3. Over dry polyisocyanurate insulation installation, install cap layer of roof system cover board with spacing and fastening as directed by Membrane Manufacturer. ' E. Roof System Cover Board: 1. Offset roof system cover board joints 24 inches (610 mm) minimum from joints in underlying substrate or insulation. ' 2. On metal or wood deck, secure roof system cover board using low profile attachment plates and fasteners spaced as required by Roofing Membrane Manufacturer's warranty requirements. ' F. Membrane Placing: 1. Position membrane over substrate without stretching. 2. Allow membrane to relax approximately one-half hour prior to splicing and flashing. 3. Fold sheet back so one half of underside of sheet is exposed. Sheet fold shall be smooth, no t wrinkles or buckles. 4. Install separation sheet over insulation that needs protection from solvents. 5. Apply bonding adhesive evenly to one half of underside of membrane and to substrate as recommended by Membrane Manufacturer. Apply so bonding adhesive on both surfaces dries simultaneously. Allow to dry until tacky. 6. Standing at fold, roll membrane slowly onto coated substrate without causing wrinkles. 7. Press bonded sheet to substrate with stiff broom. 8. Fold uncoated half of membrane back and repeat steps 5 through 7 above. G. Membrane Splicing: 1. Fold top sheet back about 12 inches (300 mm). Apply seam primer to both mating surfaces at ' splice areas. Allow primer to cure. 2. Remove seam tape backing and apply to seam area. Roll to achieve satisfactory bond. 3. Remove release backing from top side of seam tape and allow membrane to fall freely onto seam tape. 4. Using positive pressure, roll splice with 2 !nut (53 T,Ei I wide steel roller toward outer edge of splice. 5. At'T'joints, install as required by membrane manufacturer for specific warranty coverage. ' H. Perimeter Securement: 1. Install reinforcement security strips at perimeter of each roof level, curb, flashing, skylight, expansion joint, drip edge, and as required by manufacturer. 2. Mechanically attach reinforced with fasteners and spacing as recommended by manufacturer to meet specified Factory Mutual and wind warranty requirements. I. Flashing: ' 1. Parapet and curb flashing shall be continuation of field membrane adhered to security strip and substrate with membrane flashing used to counter seal terminated field membrane. a. Clean surface of EPDM in splice area with surface cleaner, using clean rags. ' b. Apply bonding adhesive to both flashing and surface to which it is being bonded as required to achieve full bond. c. After bonding adhesive has dried to point where it does not string or stick to dry finger, roll flashing into adhesive. Assure that flashing does not bridge where there are changes of direction, for example,where parapet meets roof deck. d. Install water cut off mastic and termination bar at top of flashing. Mechanically fasten termination bar into substrate with expansion fasteners designed to back out with screwdriver. Pin drive and expansion anchors that do not allow future repeated use are not allowed. Spacing shall be 12 inches (300 mm)on center unless specified otherwise by Membrane Manufacturer. 2. Flash penetrations passing through membrane. Flash pipe with molded pipe flashings where installation is possible. Where molded pipe flashing cannot be installed, use field fabricated pipe seal. 3. Seal clusters of pipes and unusual shaped penetrations with 2 inch (50 mre) minimum pourable sealer. Use pitch pocket type seal as shown on Membrane Manufacturer's standard details. 4. Roof Drains: Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 13- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Solvent clean and wire brush drain bowl and clamping ring to remove bituminous material. b. Clean bottom surface of EPDM in clamping area with surface cleaner using clean rags. c. Apply membrane to drain using full application of mastic and install clamping ring. d. Set and secure scupper flanges through a continuous bead of mastic, as shown on Contract Drawings. Provide flashing over scupper flanges. 5. Metal Edge Flashing: a. Install as per requirements of ANSI/SPRI ES-1, 'Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems'. J. Daily Seal: 1. Exercise care to ensure that water does not flow beneath completed sections of roof. Temporarily seal loose edge of membrane daily and when weather is threatening. a. Mix two components thoroughly according to instructions on label. b. Apply at rate of ea;feel per ga!inn (6 750 rrrm r Li to smooth surfaces, and 1 mr m;from edge of membrane onto exposed substrate. If necessary, use trowel to spread material to achieve complete seal. c. After embedding membrane, check for continuous contact. Weight edge to provide continuous pressure over length of cut-off. d. Pull sheet free before continuing installation. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Withdrawal tests of fasteners and nailers may be required. 2. Samples of flashing will be taken to determine degree to which it has cured before installation. 3. Sample of completed splice may be required at location selected by Architect. Patching of test opening shall be at no additional cost to Owner and use specified splicing methods. 4. Field tests may be performed by Architect to evaluate moisture content of installed materials. B. Field Inspections: 1. Before Manufacturer's inspection for warranty, Installer must perform pre-inspection to review work and to verify flashing has been completed as well as application of caulking. 2. Final Roof Inspection: a. Arrange for Roofing Membrane Manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion. 3. Upon completion of roof inspection, provide certification that installation has been performed in accordance with Contract Document and Roofing Manufacturer requirements. C. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Correct all work not in compliance to Contract Documents at no additional cost to Owner. a. Repair or remove and replace components of membrane roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. b. Replace contaminated membrane. 2. Additional inspections will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Repair landscaped areas damaged by construction activities at no additional cost to Owner. i 3.7 CLEANING A. General: I 1. Remove roofing materials from surfaces not specified to receive these materials such as walls, walkways, metal flashings, etc. 2. Repair existing grass areas, plantings, and other site improvements that are damaged or altered during performance of roofing work. 3. Remove scraps, equipment, debris, and foreign materials from roof and grounds at completion of the Work. Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 14- 07 5323 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 4. Check roof drains to determine if drain is plugged, or if drain bowl, clamping ring, dome, etc, are damaged. ' B. Waste Management: 1. Perform daily clean-up to collect wrappings, empty containers, paper, and other debris from project site. 2. Upon completion, roofing waste materials must be disposed from site to dumping area legally ' authorized to receive such materials. 3. Complete site cleanup, including both interior and exterior building areas that have been affected by construction, to Owner's satisfaction. 3.8 PROTECTION A. General Contractor Responsibility: 1. Protection of roofing membrane from damage and wear from other trades from damage after completion of roof membrane. 2. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures ' recommended by Manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION t I I I I I 1 1 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 15- 07 5323 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/SeismiclHVAC S t 1 I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I I I 1 Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer Roofing - 16- 07 5323 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 6210 GALVANIZED STEEL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install miscellaneous flashing, counterflashing, and hold-down clips as described in Contract Documents and not specified to be of other material. B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Gravel stops, copings, scuppers, and miscellaneous sheet metal specialties not specified to be of other materials. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06 1100: 'Wood Framing'for wood base. 2. Sections under 07 3000 heading: 'Steep Slope Roofing'for installation of gravel stops, copings, scuppers, and miscellaneous roofing related flashing. 3. Sections under 07 5000 heading: 'Membrane Roofing'for installation of gravel stops, copings, scuppers, and miscellaneous roofing related flashing. 4. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant'. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM A653/A653M-18, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process'. b. ASTM A792/A792M-10(2015), 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 % Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process'. 1 2. Federal Specifications: a. TT-S-00230C(2) Sealing Compound, Elastomeric Type, Single Component, (For Caulking, Sealing, and Glazing in Buildings and Other Structures). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Type Two Acceptable Manufacturers Of Metal: a. CMG—Coated Metals Group, Denver, CO www.cmgmetals.com. b. Drexel Metals, LLC, Ivyland, PA www.drexmet.com. ' c. Fabral, Lancaster, PA www.fabral.com. d. Firestone Metal Producdts, Anoka, MN www.unaclad.com. e. MBCI, Houston, TX www.mbci.com. f. Metal Sales Manufacturing Corp, Sellersburg, IN www.mtlsales.com. ' g. O'Neal Flat Rolled Metals (member of O'Neal Industries), Brighton, CO www.ofrmetals.com. h. Petersen Aluminum Corp, Elk Grove, IL www.pac-clad.com. i. Ryerson, Chicago, IL www.ryerson.com. j. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. Galvanized Steel Flashing And Trim - 1 - 07 6210 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Materials: 1 1. Sheet Metal: a. Galvanized iron or steel meeting requirements of ASTM A653/A653M, G 90 or Galvalume steel meeting requirements of ASTM A792/A792M AZ50, 50 ksi. 1) 22 ga (0.792 mm)for hold-down clips. 2) 24 ga (0.635 mm)for all other. C. Fabrication: t 1. Form accurately to details. 2. Profiles, bends, and intersections shall be even and true to line. 3. Fold exposed edges 1/2 inch (12.7 mmi to provide stiffness. , D. Finish: 1. Exposed to view: a. Provide face coating of polyvinyledene Fluoride (PVF2) Resin-base finish (Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000)containing seventy (70) percent minimum PVF2 in resin portion of formula. Thermo-cured two coat system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer and top coat factory applied over properly pre-treated metal. b. Reverse side coating shall be thermo-cured system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer applied over properly pre-treated metal. 2. Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Sealants: Rubber base type conforming to Fed Spec TT-S-00230C. ' B. Fasteners: 1. Of strength and type consistent with function. 2. Nails: Hot-dipped galvanized. 3. Screws, Bolts, And Accessory Fasteners: Galvanized or other acceptable corrosion resistant treatment. C. Roof Diverter: 1. Roof Diverter (Kickout Diverter) required when vertical wall extends beyond lower roof. a. 24 ga (0.635 mm)galvanized iron or steel meeting requirements for sheet metal specified in 111 materials above. b. Size: 6 inch (150 mm)x 6 inch (150 mm) by 12 inches (300 mm) length. D. Step Flashing: 1. Step flashing required for steep slope for roof to wall flashing. a. 24 ga (0.635 mm)galvanized iron or steel meeting requirements for sheet metal specified in materials above. b. Size: 5 inch (125 mm)x 5 inch (125 mm) by 8 inch (200 mm)or 12 inches (300 mm) length. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install with small, watertight seams. B. Slope to provide positive drainage. ' C. Provide sufficient hold down clips to insure true alignment and security against wind. Galvanized Steel Flashing And Trim -2- 07 6210 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC D. Provide 4 inch (100 mm minimum overlap. 1 E. Allow sufficient tolerance for expansion and contraction. F. Insulate work to prevent electrolytic action. 1 G. Roof Diverter(Kickout Diverter): 1. Extend roof diverter ' nc:h « mm'; minimum beyond face edge of lower roof. 2. Extend underlayment vertically up wall behind flashing. 3. Solder all joints. 4. Apply sealant. ' 3.2 CLEANING A. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. END OF SECTION 1 i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Galvanized Steel Flashing And Trim -3 - 07 6210 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC i I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I I I I I Galvanized Steel Flashing And Trim - 4- 07 6210 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 6322 STEEL FASCIA PART I -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install metal fascia as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM A653/A653M-13, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process'. b. ASTM A792/A792M-10, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55%Aluminum-Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot-Dip Process'. c. ASTM E84-13a, 'Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'. 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's literature or cut sheet for products furnished. B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of Warranty. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Fire Characteristics Performance Requirement: a. Meet requirements of ASTM E84 Class A fire rating. B. Qualifications: 1. Installer: a. Minimum three (3)years experience with installations of comparable quality, scope, similar size, and complexity before bidding. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING ' A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Materials shall be delivered in original, unopened packages with labels intact. 2. Inspect delivered material for damage. 111 B. Storage And Handling Requirements: Steel Fascia - 1 - 07 6322 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Stack panels on pallets or above ground, covered with weathertight and ventilated covering. Prevent condensation build-up or moisture entrapment in materials. 2. Store panels not in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting or other surface damage. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Manufacturer's standard warranty against manufacturer defects. 2. Manufacturer's written thirty five (35)year warranty on paint finish against cracking, peeling, blistering, chalk, and color change. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 ASSEMBLIES ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Type One Acceptable Manufacturers Of Metal: a. AEP/ Span, Dallas, TX www.aep-span.com. 111 b. ATAS Aluminum Products, Allentown, PA www.atas.com. c. CMG—Coated Metals Group, Denver, CO www.cmgmetals.com. d. Drexel Metals, LLC, Ivyland, PA www.drexmet.com. e. Fabral, Lancaster, PA www.fabral.com. f. Firestone Metal Products, Anoka, MN www.unaclad.com. g. Hunter-Douglas Canada Ltd, Brampton, ON www.hunterdouglasgroup.com. h. Kaycan Ltd, Montreal, PQ (514)334-7550 www.kaycan.com. i. MBCI, Houston, TX www.mbci.com. j. Metal Sales Manufacturing Corp, Sellersburg, IN www.mtlsales.com. k. O'Neal Flat Rolled Metals (member of O'Neal Industries), Brighton, CO www.ofrmetals.com. I. Petersen Aluminum Corp, Elk Grove, IL www.pac-clad.com m. Ryerson, Chicago, IL www.ryerson.com. n. VicWest, Oakville, ON www.vicwest.ca o. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. 1 B. Materials: Minimum 24 ga (0.635 mm), hot-dipped galvanized to meet requirements of ASTM A653/A653M, 1.25 oz/sq ft or galvalume meeting requirements of ASTM A792/A792M AZ50, 50 ksi and complete with accessories recommended by Manufacturer for proper installation. C. Fabrication: Fascia may either be shop-fabricated using metal from a specified manufacturer, or a factory-fabricated standard system from a specified manufacturer. D. Finishes: 1. Face coating polyvinyledene Fluoride (PVF2) Resin-base finish (Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000)for coil coating components containing 70 percent minimum PVF2 in resin portion of formula. Thermo- cured two coat system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer and top coat factory applied over properly pre-treated metal. 2. Reverse side coating thermo-cured system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer applied over properly pre-treated metal. 3. Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fastening Devices: Galvanized steel screws. Steel Fascia -2- 07 6322 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Continuous Soffit Vent: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Aluminum 8-8 sq m (5(1'3-8 sq cm) net free ventilation per lineal foot (0.32 m). Width: 2 inches (50 rim). Color: white or brown. 1) Mastic VAS70 Vent-A-Strip (Model 70) by Mastic Home Exteriors by Ply Gem Chicago, IL www.mastic.com/. b. Aluminum 9 9 ii (63.9 sq cm) net free ventilation per lineal foot(0.32 m). Width: 4 aches (57 mml. Color: white or brown. 1) Mastic VAS79 Vent-A-Strip (Model 79) by Mastic Home Exteriors by Ply Gem Chicago, IL www.mastic.com/. c. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine substrate and verify framing is suitable for installation of fascia. ' 2. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing. a. Do not install fascia over unsuitable conditions. b. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. Conceal fasteners except where details might require a minimum number to be exposed. Paint heads of exposed fasteners to match background. B. Install with slip joints at each end. Screw to substrate through pre-drilled, over-size holes. C. Isolate from dissimilar metals not part of fascia system to prevent electrolytic action. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Non-Conforming Work: Non-conforming work as covered in the General Conditions applies, but is not ' limited to the following: 1. Correct any work found defective or not complying with contract document requirements including buckling or bowing due to improper installation and touch up of minor scratches and spots at no additional cost to the Owner. I 3.4 CLEANING A. General: 1. Clean exposed panel surfaces promptly after installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Waste Management: 1. Dispose of waste in provided waste receptacles (dumpsters)as specified in Section 01 7400. END OF SECTION I Steel Fascia - 3 - 07 6322 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I w I I BLANK PAGE 1 I r I 1 I I I I I 1 1 Steel Fascia -4- 07 6322 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ISECTION 07 7123 MANUFACTURED GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install gutters and downspouts as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealant', for quality of sealants for joints. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standard: 1. Sheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Inc: a. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, (7th edition 2012). 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Show gutter cross-section, mounting method, gauge of metal, expansion joint design and locations, and downspout locations minimum. PART 2 -PRODUCTS I 2.1 ASSEMBLIES ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Type Two Acceptable Manufacturers of Metal: a. ATAS Aluminum Products, Allentown, PA www.atas.com. 1 b. CMG—Coated Metals Group, Denver, CO www.cmgmetals.com. c. Fabral, Jackson, GA www.fabral.com. d. Firestone Metal Products, Anoka, MN www.unaclad.com. e. MBCI, Houston, TX www.mbci.com. f. Metal Sales Manufacturing Corp, Sellersburg, IN www.mtlsales.com. g. O'Neal Flat Rolled Metals (member of O'Neal Industries), Brighton, CO www.ofrmetals.com. h. Petersen Aluminum Corp, Elk Grove, IL www.pac-clad.com. i. Reynolds Metals Company, Richmond, VA www.rmc.com. j. Ryerson, Chicago, IL www.ryerson.com. k. Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. B. Materials 1. Steel: a. Downspouts: Rectangular, 26 ga (0.0217 inches-0.5512 mm)galvanized steel including necessary elbows. b. Gutters: 24 ga (0.0276 inches-0.7010 mm)galvanized steel. c. Brackets: 22 ga (0.0336 inches-0.8534 mm)galvanized steel or 26 ga (0.0217 inches- 0.478 mm)double-hemmed minimum. Manufactured Gutters And Downspouts - 1 - 07 7123 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. Screws, Bolts, Nails, And Accessory Fasteners: Non-corrosive and of strength and type consistent with function. 3. Downspouts, gutters, brackets, fasteners, and accessories shall be compatible material. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Manual recommendations, where applicable. 2. Cross-sectional configuration of gutter shall match existing. 3. Form accurately to details. 4. Profiles, bends, and intersections shall be even and true to line. D. Finishes: 1. Metal exposed to view shall have face coating of polyvinyledene Fluoride (PVF2) Resin-base finish (Kynar 500 or Hylar 5000)containing seventy(70) percent minimum PVF2 in resin portion of formula. a. Thermo-cured two(2)coat system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer and top coat factory applied over properly pre-treated metal. b. Reverse side coating shall be thermo-cured system consisting of corrosion inhibiting epoxy primer applied over properly pre-treated metal. 2. Color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors. PART 3 -EXECUTION I 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Before starting work, verify governing dimensions at building. Inspect for conditions that would prevent installation of specified system. Do not install over improper conditions. 2. Insulate work from fascia as necessary to prevent electrolytic action. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Allow no more than 40 ` et ( 2 n etcrs between downspouts. Lap joints in downspouts 1-i r2 > ches (38 mm minimum in direction of water flow. B. Furnish and install outlet tubes and gutter ends where required. Furnish and install expansion joints in runs exceeding 50 feet (15 meters;and in runs that are restrained at both ends. Lap other joints in gutter one n,ctt (25 rilrrll minimum, apply sealant in lap, and stainless steel rivet one inch (25 mm) on center maximum. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. Field Tests: 1. At completion of this work, block downspouts and flood gutters. 2. Notify Architect two(2)working days before testing. 3. Repair leaks and adjust for proper drainage. 3.4 CLEANING A. Leave metals clean and free of defects, stains, and damaged finish. END OF SECTION Manufactured Gutters And Downspouts -2- 07 7123 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 7126 REGLETS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under this Section: 1. Reglets. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section under 07 5000 heading: Cut-in Masonry Installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Reglets: 1. Type Two Acceptable Products: a. Fry Springlock Reglets by Fry Reglet Corp, Alhambra, CA www.fryreglet.com. b. Equal as acceptable to Roofing System Manufacturer and approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3-EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION I I I i r I Reglets - 1 - 07 7126 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I 1 BLANK PAGE ' I t I I r I I I r I Reglets - 2 - 077126 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 07 9213 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install sealants not specified to be furnished and installed under other Sections. 2. Quality of sealants to be used on Project not specified elsewhere, including submittal, material, and installation requirements. B. Related Requirements: ' 1. Furnishing and installing of sealants is specified in Sections specifying work to receive new sealants. t1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Sealant Types and Classifications: a. ASTM Specifications: 1) Type: a) Type S: Single-component sealant. ' b) Type M: Multi-component sealant. 2) Grade: a) Grade P: Pourable or self-leveling sealant used for horizontal traffic joints. b) Grade NS: Non-sag or gunnable sealant used for vertical and non-traffic joints. 3) Classes: Represent movement capability in percent of joint width. a) Class 100/50: Sealant that,when tested for adhesion or cohesion under cyclic movement shall withstand of at least 100 percent increase and decrease of at least 50 percent of joint width as measured at time of application. ' b) Class 50: Sealant that, when tested for adhesion or cohesion under cyclic movement shall withstand increase and decrease of at least 50 percent of joint width as measured at time of application. c) Class 25: Sealant that, when tested for adhesion or cohesion under cyclic movement shall withstand increase and decrease of at least 25 percent of joint width as measured at time of application. d) Class 12: Sealant that, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement shall withstand increase and decrease of at least 12 percent of joint width as measured at time of application. 4) Use: a) T (Traffic): Sealant designed for use in joints in pedestrian and vehicular traffic areas such as walkways, plazas, decks and parking garages. b) NT (Non-Traffic): Sealant designed for use in joints in non-traffic areas. c) I (Immersion): Sealant that meets bond requirements when tested by immersion ' (Immersion rated sealant applications require primer). d) M (Mortar): Sealant that meets bond requirements when tested on mortar specimens. e) G (Glass): Sealant that meets bond requirements when tested on glass specimens. f) A (Aluminum): Sealant that meets bond requirements when tested on aluminum specimens. Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 1 - 07 9213 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC g) 0 (Other): Sealant that meets bond requirements when tested on substrates ' other than standard substrates, being glass, aluminum, mortar. 2. Silicone: Any member of family of polymeric products whose molecular backbone is made up of alternating silicon and oxygen atoms and which has pendant hydrocarbon groups attached to111 silicon atoms. Used primarily as a sealant. Offers excellent resistance to water and large variations in temperature (minus 100 deg F to + 600 deg F) (minus 73.3 deg C to + 316 deg C). B. Reference Standards: , 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM C920-14a, 'Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants'. b. ASTM C1193-16, 'Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants'. c. ASTM C1330-18, 'Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants'. d. ASTM C1481-12(2017)'Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants with Exterior Insulation & Finish Systems (EIFS)'. e. ASTM D5893/D5893M-16, 'Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component, Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete Pavements'. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Scheduling: ' 1. Schedule work so waterproofing,water repellents and preservative finishes are installed after sealants, unless sealant manufacturer approves otherwise in writing. 2. Ensure sealants are cured before covering with other materials. 111 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: t 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. b. Manufacturer's literature for each Product. c. Schedule showing joints requiring sealants. Show also backing and primer to be used. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Manufacturer's Certificate: 1) Certify products are suitable for intended use and products meet or exceed specified requirements. 2) Certificate from Manufacturer indicating date of manufacture. 2. Manufacturers' Instructions: a. Manufacturer's installation recommendations for each Product. b. Manufacturer's installation for completing sealant intersections when different materials are joined. I 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: , 1. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum ten (10)years documented experience. 2. Applicator Qualifications: a. Company specializing in performing work of this section. I Elastomeric Joint Sealants -2- 07 9213 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' b. Provide if requested, reference of projects with minimum three(3)years documented experience, minimum three (3)successfully completed projects of similar scope and complexity, and approved by manufacturer. c. Designate one (1) individual as project foreman who shall be on site at all times during installation. 1 B. Preconstruction Testing: 1. Pre-construction testing is not required when sealant manufacturer can furnish data acceptable to Architect based on previous testing for materials matching those of the Work. C. Mockups: 1. Provide mockups including sealant and joint accessories to illustrate installation quality and color if requested by Architect or Project Manager. a. Incorporate accepted mockup as part of Work. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver and keep in original containers until ready for use. ' 2. Inspect for damage or deteriorated materials. B. Storage and Handling Requirements: 1. Handle, store, and apply materials in compliance with applicable regulations and material safety data sheets (MSDS). 2. Handle to prevent inclusion of foreign matter, damage by water, or breakage. 3. Store in a cool dry location, but never under z: ae F y deg C} or subjected to sustained temperatures exceeding 90 deg F 132 deg C or as per Manufacturer's written recommendations ' 4. Do not use sealants that have exceeded shelf life of product. ' 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Do not install sealant during inclement weather or when such conditions are expected. Allow wet surfaces to dry. 2. Follow Manufacturer's temperature recommendations for installing sealants. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1 1. Signed warranties against adhesive and cohesive failure of sealant and against infiltration of water and air through sealed joint for period of three (3)years from date of Substantial Completion. t a. Manufacturer's standard warranty covering sealant materials. b. Applicator's standard warranty covering workmanship. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Dow Corning Corp., Midland, MI www.dowcorning.com. Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 3- 07 9213 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/SeismiclHVAC b. Franklin International, Inc. Columbus, OH www.titebond.com. c. GE Sealants&Adhesives (see Momentive Performance Materials Inc.). d. Laticrete International Inc., Bethany, CT www.laticrete.com. e. Momentive Performance Materials Inc. (formally GE Sealants&Adhesives), Huntersville, NC www.ge.com/silicones. f. Sherwin-Williams, Cleveland, OH www.sherwin-williams.com. g. Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ www.sikaconstruction.com or Sika Canada Inc, Pointe Claire, QC www.sika.ca. h. Tremco, Beachwood, OH www.tremcosealants.com or Tremco Ltd, Toronto, ON (800)363- 3213. B. Materials: ' 1. Design Criteria: a. Compliance: Meet or exceed requirements of these standards: 1) ASTM C920: Elastomeric joint sealant performance standard. 2) ASTM D5893/D5893M: Silicone Joint Sealant for Concrete Pavements. b. Comply with Manufacturer's ambient condition requirements. c. Sealants must meet Manufacturer's shelf-life requirements. d. Sealants must adhere to and be compatible with specified substrates. e. Sealants shall be stable when exposed to UV,joint movements, and environment prevailing at project location. f. Primers (Concrete, stone, masonry, and other nonporous surfaces typically do not require a primer. Aluminum and other nonporous surfaces except glass require use of a primer. Installer Option to use Adhesion Test to determine if primer is required or use primer called out in related sections): 1) Adhesion Test: a) Apply silicone sealant to small area and perform adhesion test to determine if primer is required to achieve adequate adhesion. If necessary, apply primer at rate and in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. See 'Field Quality Control' in Part 3 of this specification for Adhesive Test. 2) If Primer required, shall not stain and shall be compatible with substrates. 3) Allow primer to dry before applying sealant. 2. Sealants At Exterior Building Elements: a. Description: 1) Weathersealing expansion, contraction, perimeter, and other movement joints which may include all or part of the following for project: a) Aluminum entrance perimeters and thresholds. b) Columns. c) Connections. d) Curtainwalls. e) Door frames. f) EIFS to metal joints. g) Joints and cracks around windows. h) Louvers. i) Masonry. j) Parapet caps. k) Wall penetrations. I) Other joints necessary to seal off building from outside air and moisture. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet following standards for Sealant: a) ASTM C920:Type S, Grade NS, Class 50 Use NT, M, G, A. 2) Limitations: a) Do not use below-grade applications. b) Do not use on surfaces that are continuously immersed or in contact with water. c) Do not use on wet, damp,frozen or contaminated surfaces. d) Do not use on building materials that bleed oils, plasticizers or solvents, green or partially vulcanized rubber gaskets or tapes. 3) Color: , Elastomeric Joint Sealants -4- 07 9213 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a) Architect to select from Manufacturer's standard colors. b) Match building elements instead of window(do not use white that shows dirt I easily). c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Dow Corning: a) Primer: 1200 Prime Coat. ' b) Sealant: 791 Silicone Weatherproofing Sealant. 2) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants&Adhesives): a) Primer: SS4044 Primer. b) Sealant: GE SCS2000 SilPruf Silicone Sealant&Adhesive. ' 3) Tremco: a) Primer: (1) Metal surface: No. 20 primer. (2) Porous surfaces: No. 23 primer. b) Sealant: Spectrum 1 Silicone Sealant. 3. Sealants At Exterior Sheet Metal And Miscellaneous: a. Description: ' 1) Weathersealing expansion, contraction, perimeter, and other movement joints which may include all or part of the following for project: a) Flashings. b) Gutters. ' c) Penetrations in soffits and fascias. d) Roof vents and flues. e) Lightning protection components. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet following standards for Sealant: a) ASTM C920: Type S Grade NS, Class 25 (min) Use NT, M, G, A and O. 2) Limitations: a) Do not use below-grade applications. b) Do not use on surfaces that are continuously immersed or in contact with water. c) Do not use on wet, damp, frozen or contaminated surfaces. d) Do not use on building materials that bleed oils, plasticizers or solvents, green or partially vulcanized rubber gaskets or tapes. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Dow Corning: 790 Silicone Building Sealant. 1 2) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants &Adhesives): GE SCS2350 Silicone Elastomeric Sealant. 3) Tremco: Tremsil 600 Silicone Sealant. d. Penetrations thru Concrete Walls: 1) Design Criteria: a) Meet following standards for Sealant: (1) ASTM C920: Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50 Use T, NT, M, G, A, and O. ' 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Dow Corning: (1) Primer: 1200 Prime Coat. (2) Sealant: 790 Silicone Building Sealant. t b) Sika: (1) Primer: Sikasil Primer-2100. (2) Sealant: Sikasil-728 NS Non-Sag Silicone Sealant. 4. General Interior Sealants: ' a. General: 1) Inside jambs and heads of exterior door frames. 2) Both sides of interior door frames. ' 3) Inside perimeters of windows. 4) Miscellaneous gaps between substrates. b. Design Criteria: 1) Meet ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, NT, and Class 25 test requirements. 2) 100 percent silicone sealant. Elastomeric Joint Sealants -5- 07 9213 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC c. Non-Paintable Sealant(Installer Option A): 1) Category Four Approved Product. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Dow Corning: Tub, Tile,And Ceramic Silicone Sealant. b) Laticrete: Latasil Silicone Sealant. c) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants&Adhesives): GE SCS2800 SilGlaze II Silicone Sealant. d) Sherwin Williams: White Lightning Silicone Ultra Low Odor Window and Door Sealant. e) Tremco: Tremsil 200 Silicone Sealant. f) Franklin International: Titebond 2601 (White)2611 (Clear) 100% Silicone Sealant. d. Paintable Sealant(Installer Option B): 1) Category Four Approved Product. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Momentive Performance Materials (formerly, GE Sealants&Adhesives): GE SCS7000 Paintable Silicone Sealant. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Bond Breaker Tape: 1. Pressure sensitive tape as by Sealant Manufacturer to suit application. 2. Provide tape to prevent adhesion to joint fillers or joint surfaces at back of joint and allow sealant movement. B. Joint Backing: 1. Comply with ASTM C1330. 2. Flexible closed cell, non-gassing polyurethane or polyolefin rod or bond breaker tape as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer for joints being sealed. 3. Oversized 25 to 50 percent larger than joint width. C. Joint Cleaner: ' 1. Non-corrosive and non-staining type as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer, compatible with joint forming materials. D. Masking Tape: 1. Non-staining, non-absorbent tape product compatible with joint sealants and adjacent joint surfaces. 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: ' 1. Examine substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive Work. a. Verify each sealant is compatible for use with joint substrates. b. Verify joint surfaces are clean and dry. ' c. Ensure concrete surfaces are fully cured. 2. Sealants provided shall meet Manufacturer's shelf-life requirements. 3. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing. a. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 4. Commencement of Work by installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 6- 07 9213 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Surfaces shall be clean, dry, free of dust, oil, grease, dew, frost or incompatible sealers, paints or coatings that may interfere with adhesion. Prepare substrates in accordance with Manufacturer's ' instructions: a. Porous surfaces: Clean by mechanical methods to expose sound surface free of contamination and laitance followed by blasting with oil-free compressed air. b. Nonporous surfaces: Use two-cloth solvent wipe in accordance with ASTM C1193. Allow solvent to evaporate prior to sealant application. c. High-pressure water cleaning: Exercise care that water does not enter through failed joints. d. Primers: 1) Primers enhance adhesion ability. ' 2) Use of primers is not a substitution for poor joint preparation. 3) Primers should be used always in horizontal application where there is ponding water. 2. Field test joints in inconspicuous location. ' a. Verify joint preparation and primer required to obtain optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrate. b. When test indicates sealant adhesion failure, modify joint preparation primer, or both and retest until joint passes sealant adhesion test. ' 3. Masking: Apply masking tape as required to protect adjacent surfaces and to ensure straight bead line and facilitate cleaning. ' B. Joints: 1. Prepare joints in accordance with ASTM C1193. a. Clean joint surfaces of contaminates capable of affecting sealant bond to joint surface using Manufacturer's recommended instructions for joint preparation methods. ' b. Remove dirt, dust, oils, wax, paints, and contamination capable of affecting primer and sealant bond. c. Clean concrete joint surfaces to remove curing agents and form release agents. ' C. Protection: 1. Protect elements surrounding the Work of this section from damage or disfiguration. 3.3 APPLICATION A. General: ' 1. Apply silicone sealant in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Do not use damaged or deteriorated materials. 3. Install primer and sealants in accordance with ASTM C1193 and Manufacturer's instructions. ' 4. Apply primer where required for sealant adhesion. 5. Install sealants immediately after joint preparation. 6. Do not use silicone sealant as per the following: a. Apply caulking/sealant at temperatures below 40 deg F (4 deg C). b. Below-grade applications. c. Brass and copper surfaces. d. Materials bleeding oils, plasticizers, and solvents. e. Structural glazing and adhesive. ' f. Surfaces to be immersed in water for prolonged time. B. Joint Backing: ' 1. Install joint backing to maintain sealant joint ratios recommended by Manufacturer. 2. Install without gaps,twisting, stretching, or puncturing backing material. Use gage to ensure uniform depth to achieve correct profile, coverage, and performance. 3. Rod for open joints shall be at least 1-1/2 times width of open joint and of thickness to give solid ' backing. Backing shall fill up joint so depth of sealant bite is no more than 318 inch (9.5 mm) deep. C. Bond Breaker: Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 7- 07 9213 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used or where backing is not feasible. a. Apply bond-breaker tape in shallow joints as recommended by Sealant Manufacturer. D. Sealant: 1. Apply sealant with hand-caulking gun with nozzle of proper size to fit joints. Use sufficient pressure to insure full contact to both sides of joint to full depth of joint. Apply sealants in vertical joints from bottom to top. 2. Fill joint opening to full and proper configuration. 3. Apply in continuous operation. 4. Tool joints immediately after application of sealant if required to achieve full bedding to substrate or to achieve smooth sealant surface. Tool joints in opposite direction from application direction, i.e., in vertical joints, from the top down. Do not'wet tool'sealants. 5. Depth of sealant bite shall be ' c 5 mm i minimum and I 11: 7 mi-j maximum, but never more than one half or less than one fourth joint width. E. Caulk gaps between painted or coated substrates and unfinished or pre-finished substrates. Caulk gaps larger than 3 15 inch (5 mm) between painted or coated substrates. t 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Provide joint tolerances in accordance with Manufacturer's printed instructions. , 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Adhesion Test (Installer Option to use adhesion test to determine if primer is required). 1. Perform adhesion tests in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C1193, Method A, Field-Applied Sealant joint Hand-Pull Tab: a. Perform five (5)tests for first 1,000 linear feet (300 meters;of applied silicone sealant and one(1)test for each C C. Ilnear feet (300 meters) seal thereafter or perform one(1)test per floor per building elevation minimum. b. For sealants applied between dissimilar materials, test both sides of joints. 2. Sealants failing adhesion test shall be removed, substrates cleaned, sealants re-installed, and re- testing performed. 3. Maintain test log and submit report to Architect indicating tests, locations, dates, results, and remedial actions. 3.6 CLEANING , A. Remove masking tape and excess sealant. B. Clean adjacent materials, which have been soiled, immediately (before setting)as recommended by Manufacturer. C. Waste Management: Dispose of products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. ' END OF SECTION 111 Elastomeric Joint Sealants - 8- 07 9213 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC IDIVISION 09: FINISHES 099000 PAINTS AND COATINGS I 09 9001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL 09 9115 EXTERIOR PAINTED WOOD I END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I 1 I I I I I I I I Table of Contents - 1 - Document 09 0000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I I Table of Contents -2 - Document 09 0000 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 09 9001 COMMON PAINTING AND COATING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common procedures and requirements for field-applied painting and coating. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9213: 'Elastomeric Joint Sealants'for quality of Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 2. Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. a. Pre-Installation conferences held jointly with Section 09 9001. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Damage Caused By Others: Damage caused by individuals other than those under direct control of Painting Applicator(MPI(a), PDCA P1.92). 2. Gloss Levels: ' a. Specified paint gloss level shall be defined as sheen rating of applied paint, in accordance with following terms and values, unless specified otherwise for a specific paint system. ' Gloss Level '1' Traditional matte finish - 0 to 5 units at 60 degrees to 10 units maxi- flat mum at 85 degrees. Gloss Level `2' High side sheen flat- 10 units maximum at 60 degrees and 10 to 'velvet-like'finish 35 units at 85 degrees. ' Gloss Level '3' Traditional 'eggshell-like 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 finish units at 85 degrees. Gloss Level '4' 'Satin-like'finish 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and 35 units ' minimum at 85 degrees. Gloss Level '5' Traditional semi-gloss 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. Gloss Level '6' Traditional gloss 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. ' Gloss Level "7' High gloss More than 85 units at 60 degrees. 3. Properly Painted Surface: a. Surface that is uniform in appearance, color, and sheen and free of foreign material, lumps, skins, runs, sags, holidays, misses, strike-through, and insufficient coverage. Surface free of drips, spatters, spills, and overspray caused by Paint Applicator. Compliance will be determined when viewed without magnification at a distance of 5 Feet (` 50 m.) minimum under normal lighting conditions and from normal viewing position (MPI(a), PDCA P1.92). 4. Latent Damage: Damage or conditions beyond control of Painting Applicator caused by conditions not apparent at time of initial painting or coating work. B. Reference Standards: ' 1. The latest edition of the following reference standard shall govern all painting work: a. MPI(a), 'Architectural Painting Specification Manual' by Master Painters Institute (MPI), as issued by local MPI Accredited Quality Assurance Association having jurisdiction. b. MPI(r), 'Maintenance Repainting Manual' by Master Painters Institute (MPI), as issued by local MPI Accredited Quality Assurance Association having jurisdiction. Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 1 - 09 9001 i 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS , A. Pre-Installation Conferences: 1. Schedule painting pre-installation conference after delivery of paint or coatings and before or at same time as application of field samples. a. Coordinate pre-installation conferences of all related painting and coating Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. b. Schedule conference before preparation of control samples as specified in Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. c. Conference to be held at same time as Section 09 2900 to review gypsum board finish preparation. 2. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100, review following: a. Review Quality Assurance for Approval requirements. b. Review Quality Assurance Field Sample requirements. c. Review Submittal requirements for compliance for MPI Approved Products. d. Review Design Criteria requirements. e. Review Cleaning requirements. f. Review painting schedule. g. Review safety issues. 3. Review additional agenda items from Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Include following information for each painting product, arranged in same order as in Project Manual. 1) Manufacturer's cut sheet for each product indicating ingredients and percentages by weight and by volume, environmental restrictions for application, and film thicknesses and spread rates. 2) Provide one (1) copy of'MPI Approved Products List' showing compliance for each MPI product specified. a) MPI Information is available from MPI Approved Products List using the following link: http://www.paintinfo.com/mpi/approved/index.shtml. 3) Confirmation of colors selected and that each area to be painted or coated has color selected for it. 2. Samples: Provide two 4 nch by u rich (`00 mm by 150 mrn) minimum draw-down cards for each paint or coating color selected for this Project. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Manufacturer's substrate preparation instructions and application instruction for each painting system used on Project. 2. Qualification Statement: a. Applicator: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. C. Closeout Submittals: ' 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturer's documentation: a) Manufacturer's cut sheet for each component of each system. b) Schedule showing rooms and surfaces where each system was used. I Common Painting And Coating Requirements -2 - 09 9001 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approval: ' 1. Conform to work place safety regulations and requirements of those authorities having jurisdiction for storage, mixing, application and disposal of all paint and related hazardous materials. 2. Paint and painting materials shall be free of lead and mercury, and have VOC levels acceptable to local jurisdiction. 3. Master Painters Institute (MPI)Standards: a. Products: Comply with MPI standards indicated and listed in 'MPI Approved Products List'. b. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in 'MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual'for products and coatings indicated. B. Qualifications: 1. Applicator: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but not limited to following: a. Minimum five (5)years' experience in painting installations. b. Minimum five (5)satisfactorily completed projects of comparable quality, similar size, and complexity in past three (3)years before bidding. c. Maintain qualified crew of painters throughout duration of the Work. d. Upon request, submit documentation. ' 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Deliver specified products in sealed, original containers with Manufacturer's original labels intact on each container. 2. Deliver amount of materials necessary to meet Project requirements in single shipment. B. Storage And Handling Requirements: t 1. Store materials in single place. 2. Keep storage area clean and rectify any damage to area at completion of work of this Section. 3. Maintain storage area at ` c.g F ^eg C?minimum. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS ' A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Perform painting operations at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by Manufacturer for each operation and for each product for both interior and exterior work. 2. Apply painting systems at lighting level of 540 Lux (50 foot candles)minimum on surfaces to be painted. a. Inspection of painting work shall take place under same lighting conditions as application. b. If painting and coating work is applied under temporary lighting, deficiencies discovered ' upon installation of permanent lighting will be considered latent damage as defined in MPI Manual, PDCA P1-92. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Provide materials for use within each coating system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. I Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 3 - 09 9001 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b. All materials, preparation and workmanship shall conform to requirements of'Architectural Painting Specification Manual' by Master Painters Institute(MPI). c. All paint manufacturers and products used shall be as listed under Approved Product List section of MPI Painting Manual. d. Provide Premium Grade systems (2 top coats)as defined in MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual, except as otherwise indicated. e. Where specified paint system does not have Premium Grade, provide Budget Grade. f. Provide products of same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. g. Where required to meet LEED (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) program requirements, use only MPI listed materials having an"L" rating designation. B. Materials: 1. Materials used for any painting system shall be from single manufacturer unless approved otherwise in writing by painting system manufacturers and by Architect. Include manufacturer approvals in Product Data submittal. 2. Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, and other painting materials shall be pure, be compatible with other coating materials, bear identifying labels on containers, and be of highest quality of an approved manufacturer listed in MPI manuals. Tinting color shall be best grade of type recommended by Manufacturer of paint or stain used on Project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATORS A. Approved Applicators: , 1. Meet Quality Assurance Applicator Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Directing applicator to begin painting and coating work will indicate that substrates to receive painting and coating materials have been previously inspected as part of work of other Sections and are complete and ready for application of painting and coating systems as specified in those Sections. , B. Pre-Installation Testing: 1. Before beginning work of this Section, examine, and test surfaces to be painted or coated for adhesion of painting and coating systems. 2. Report in writing to Architect of conditions that will adversely affect adhesion of painting and coating work. 3. Do not apply painting and coating systems until party responsible for adverse condition has corrected adverse condition. C. Evaluation And Assessment: 1. Report defects in substrates that become apparent after application of primer or first finish coat to Architect in writing and do not proceed with further work on defective substrate until such defects are corrected by party responsible for defect. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protection Of In-Place Conditions: 1. Protect other finish work and adjacent materials during painting. Do not splatter, drip, or paint surfaces not intended to be painted. These items will not be spelled out in detail but pay special attention to the following: Common Painting And Coating Requirements -4- 09 9001 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' a. Do not paint finish copper, bronze, chromium plate, nickel, stainless steel, anodized aluminum, or monel metal except as explicitly specified. b. Keep cones of ceiling speakers completely free of paint. In all cases where painting of metal ' speaker grilles is required, paint without grilles mounted to speakers and without grilles on ceiling. c. On existing work where ceiling is to be painted, speakers and grilles are already installed, and ceiling color is not being changed, mask off metal grilles installed on ceiling speakers. If ' ceiling color is being changed, remove metal grilles and paint, and mask off ceiling speakers. ' B. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces in accordance with MPI requirements and requirements of Manufacturer for each painting system specified, unless instructed differently in Contract Documents. Bring conflicts to attention of Architect in writing. ' 2. Fill minor holes and cracks in wood surfaces to receive paint or stain. 3. Surfaces to be painted shall be clean and free of loose dirt. Clean and dust surfaces before painting or finishing. 4. Do no exterior painting while surface is damp, unless recommended by Manufacturer, nor during rainy or frosty weather. Interior surfaces shall be dry before painting. Moisture content of materials to be painted shall be within tolerances acceptable to Paint Manufacturer. 5. Sand woodwork smooth in direction of grain leaving no sanding marks. Clean surfaces before proceeding with stain or first coat application. 3.4 APPLICATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with other trades for materials and systems that require painting before installation. 2. Schedule painting and coating work to begin when work upon which painting and coating work is dependent has been completed. Schedule installation of pre-finished and non-painted items, which are to be installed on painted surfaces, after application of final finishes. B. Paint or finish complete all surfaces to be painted or coated as described in Contract Documents, including but not limited to following items. C. Apply sealant in gaps 3 `6 (5 5m) and smaller between two substrates that are both to be painted or coated. Sealants in other gaps furnished and installed under Section 07 9213. D. On wood to receive a transparent finish, putty nail holes in wood after application of stain using natural colored type to match wood stain color. Bring putty flush with adjoining surfaces. E. In multiple coat paint work, tint each succeeding coat with slightly lighter color, but approximating shade of final coat, so it is possible to check application of specified number of coats. Tint final coat to required color. F. Spread materials smoothly and evenly. Apply coats to not less than wet and dry film thicknesses and at spreading rates for specified products as recommended by Manufacturer. G. Touch up suction spots after application of first finish coat. ' H. Paint shall be thoroughly dry and surfaces clean before applying succeeding coats. I. Use fine sandpaper between coats as necessary to produce even, smooth surfaces. J. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean, sharp, and without overlapping. K. Finished work shall be a 'Properly Painted Surface' as defined in this Section. 1 Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 5- 09 9001 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1 A. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Correct deficiencies in workmanship as required to leave surfaces in conformance with 'Properly Painted Surface,'as defined in this Section. 2. Correction of'Latent Damage'and 'Damage Caused By Others,'as defined in this Section, is not included in work of this Section. 3.6 CLEANING A. General: 1. As work proceeds and upon completion of work of any painting Section, remove paint spots from floors, walls, glass, or other surfaces and leave work clean, orderly, and in acceptable condition. B. Waste Management: 1 1. Remove rags and waste used in painting operations from building each night. Take every precaution to avoid danger of fire. 2. Paint, stain and wood preservative finishes and related materials (thinners, solvents, caulking, empty paint cans, cleaning rags, etc.)shall be disposed of subject to regulations of applicable authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Remove debris caused by work of paint Sections from premises and properly dispose. 4. Retain cleaning water and filter out and properly dispose of sediments. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 Common Painting And Coating Requirements -6- 09 9001 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ATTACHMENTS PART 4-PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE A. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 09 9112 'Exterior Painted Ferrous Metal'. 2. Section 09 9114 'Exterior Painted CMU'. 3. Section 09 9115 'Exterior Wood Paint'. ' 4. Section 09 9121 'Interior Painted Poured Concrete'. 5. Section 09 9122 'Interior Painted CMU'. 6. Section 09 9123 'Interior Painted Gypsum Board-Plaster'. 7. Section 09 9124 'Interior Painted Metal'. ' 8. Section 09 9125 'Interior Wood Paint'. 9. Section 09 9324 'Interior Clear-Finished Hardwood'. ' EDIT REQUIRED: Include following paragraph on CES Projects. Delete following paragraph if color information is included in Finish Schedule on Contract Drawings. B. Colors: ' 1. Interior: a. Class One Color Quality Standards. See Section 01 6200: 1) Interior Clear Finished Wood (See Section 09 9324): t a) Match other interior clear finished wood building elements. 2) Interior Gypsum Board, Plaster (See Section 09 9123): a) SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. 3) Interior Metal (See Section 09 9124): ' a) SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. 4) Interior Poured Concrete (See Section 09 9121): a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. ' EDIT REQUIRED: Edit following paragraph to correspond with Color Scheme being used on this Project. 5) Interior Painted Wood (See Section 09 9125): ' a) SW7016 Mindful Gray by Sherwin Williams. 2. Exterior: a. Class One Color Quality Standards. See Section 01 6200: 1) Exterior Metal (See Section 09 9112): ' a) <Insert Product and Color> by<Insert Manufacturer>. 2) Exterior CMU, Concrete (See Section 09 9114): a) <Insert Product and Color> by<Insert Manufacturer>. 3) Exterior Stucco (See Section 09 9114): ' a) <Insert Product and Color> by<Insert Manufacturer>. 4) Exterior Wood (See Section 09 9115: a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. ' EDIT REQUIRED: Include following paragraph on Meetinghouse Projects. Delete following Paragraph if color information is included in Finish Schedule on Drawings. ' C. Colors: 1. Interior: a. Interior Poured Concrete (See Section 09 9121): ' 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200: a) <Insert Product and Color> by<Insert Manufacturer>. b. Interior Clear Finished Wood (See Section 09 9324): 1) Match other interior clear finished wood building elements. Common Painting And Coating Requirements -7- 09 9001 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC EDIT REQUIRED: For O&M/R&I Projects using Interior Pre-Set COLOR SCHEME, select Color Scheme selected for this Project. It is Owner's intent that same color scheme be specified under all paragraphs. Delete COLOR SCHEMES not selected for project. For O&M/R&I Projects NOT using Interior Pre-Set COLOR SCHEME, select one of following color scheme as approved by Project Manager. Delete COLOR SCHEMES not selected for project. c. Interior CMU (See Section 09 9122): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200: a) LDS Cherry/ Blue: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. b) LDS Cherry/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. c) LDS Cherry/ Red: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. d) OAK 95/ Blue: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. e) OAK 95/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. f) OAK 95/ Red: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. d. Interior Gypsum Board, Plaster (See Section 09 9123): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200: a) LDS Cherry/Blue: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. b) LDS Cherry/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. c) LDS Cherry/ Red: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. d) OAK 95/ Blue: 5W6098 by Sherwin Williams. e) OAK 95/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. f) OAK 95/ Red: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. e. Interior Metal (See Section 09 9124): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200: a) LDS Cherry 1 Blue: 5W6070 by Sherwin Williams. b) LDS Cherry/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. c) LDS Cherry/Red: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. d) OAK 95/ Blue: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. e) OAK 95/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. f) OAK 95/ Red: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. f. Interior Painted Wood (See Section 09 9125): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200: a) LDS Cherry/Blue: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. b) LDS Cherry/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. c) LDS Cherry/Red: SW6070 by Sherwin Williams. d) OAK 951 Blue: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. e) OAK 95/Green: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. f) OAK 95/ Red: SW6098 by Sherwin Williams. 2. Exterior: a. Exterior Metal (See Section 09 9112): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200. a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. b. Exterior CMU, Concrete (See Section 09 9114): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200. a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. c. Exterior Stucco(See Section 09 9114): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200. a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. d. Exterior Wood (See Section 09 9115): 1) Class One Color Quality Standard. See Section 01 6200. a) <Insert Product and Color> by <Insert Manufacturer>. 1 Common Painting And Coating Requirements - 8- 09 9001 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTED GALVANIZED METAL PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new exterior exposed galvanized metal surfaces as Described in Contract Documents. 2. Preparing and painting existing exterior exposed galvanized metal surfaces as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': a. Pre-installation conference for Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conferences: ' 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 09 9001. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of ' Categories. a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. ' B. Description: 1. Metal Ladder and Cage: a. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) EXT 5.3D Pigmented Polyurethane Finish system. ' C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. ' b. Gloss/Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. D. Materials: 1. Polyurethane: ' a. Vinyl Wash Primer Coat: MPI Product 80: 'Primer, Vinyl Wash'. b. Finish Coats: 1) Epoxy MPI Product 101: 'Primer, Epoxy, Anti-Corrosive, for Metal'. 2) Polyurethane MPI Product 72: 'Polyurethane, Two-Component, Pigmented, Gloss (MPI t Gloss Level 6-7)'. 2. Latex: a. Waterborne Primer Coat: MPI Product 134: 'Primer, Galvanized, Water Based'. b. Finish Coats: MPI Product 11: 'Latex, Exterior Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. Exterior Painted Galvanized Metal - 1 - 09 9113 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. New Surfaces: 1. Clean 'passivated' or'stabilized'galvanized steel as specified in SSPC-SP1. 2. After removal of'passivated'or'stabilized'coating or for surfaces without coating, clean surfaces to be painted with mineral spirits or product recommended by Paint Manufacturer. Change to clean rags or wiping cloths regularly to reduce possibility of re-contamination of surface. 3. Apply prime coat. 4. Apply finish coats. END OF SECTION I I 1 Exterior Painted Galvanized Metal -2- 09 9113 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 09 9115 EXTERIOR PAINTED WOOD PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Preparing and painting new exterior wood surfaces as described in Contract Documents. 2. Preparing and painting existing exterior wood surfaces listed below as described in Contract ' Documents: a. Existing siding affected by the work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9001: 'Common Painting And Coating Requirements': a. Pre-installation conference for Sections under 09 9000 heading 'Paints and Coatings'. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conferences: ' 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 09 9001. a. 'Attachment: Paint Color Schedule'for O&M / R&I Projects. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. ' B. Description: 1. New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) EXT 6.3A or 6.3L Latex Finish systems. 2. Previously Finished Surfaces: Use MPI(r) REX 6.3A of 6.3L Latex Finish system. ' C. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Deteriorated Existing Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. c. Sound Existing Surfaces: MPI Custom Grade finish requirements. d. Gloss/Sheen Level Required: Gloss Level 5. tD. Materials: 1. Primers: a. Alkyd Primer: MPI Product 5: 'Primer, Alkyd/Oil for Exterior Wood'. ' b. Latex Primer: MPI Product 6: 'Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood'. 2. Finish Coats: MPI Product 11: 'Latex, Exterior Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'. I Exterior Painted Wood - 1 - 09 9115 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'", 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC EXECUTION 2.2 APPLICATION , A. General: See appropriate paragraphs of Section 09 9001. B. New Surfaces: Prime and finish coat exterior woodwork within two weeks of installation, or prime exterior woodwork before installation if application of complete paint system cannot be accomplished within two weeks of installation of woodwork. C. Existing Painted Surfaces: 1. Remove deteriorated and chalked existing paint down to sound substrate by scraping and sanding. Feather edges of existing paint by sanding to be smooth with adjacent surfaces. Spot prime bare wood areas. 2. Remove loose and split existing caulking and putty. Spot prime these areas and replace caulking and putty. 3. Clean existing sound painted surfaces as well as scraped and sanded existing painted surfaces as recommended by Paint Manufacturer. 4. Prime scraped and sanded areas. 5. Apply specified finish coats. END OF SECTION 1 I I 1 Exterior Painted Wood -2- 09 9115 I I511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC IDIVISION 23: HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR - CONDITIONING I 230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC I 23 0501 COMMON HVAC REQUIREMENTS 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION I 23 0719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 23 0933 ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC ' 232000 HVAC PIPING AND PUMPS 23 2300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 2600 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING I233000 HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION I 23 3001 COMMON DUCT REQUIREMENTS 233114 LOW-PRESSURE METAL DUCTS 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES ' 23 5000 FURNACES 23 5417 GAS FURNACES ' 236000 CENTRAL COOLING EQUIPMENT 236214 COMPRESSOR UNITS: AIR CONDITIONING I 238000 DECENTRALIZED HVAC EQUIPMENT I23 8216 AIR COILS: DX ' END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I I I I Table of Contents - 1 - Document 23 0000 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I I I I I I Table of Contents -2- Document 23 0000 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 0501 ' COMMON HVAC REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: ' 1. Common requirements and procedures for HVAC systems. 2. Responsibility for proper operation of electrically powered equipment furnished under this Division. 3. Interface with Testing And Balancing Agency. ' 4. Furnish and install sealants relating to installation of systems installed under this Division. 5. Furnish and install Firestop Penetration Systems for HVAC system penetrations as described in Contract Documents. 6. Furnish and install sound, vibration, and seismic control elements. ' B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Sleeves, inserts, and equipment for mechanical systems installed under other Sections. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3111: 'Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete'for exterior concrete pads and bases for mechanical equipment. ' 2. Section 05 0523: 'Metal Fastening'for quality and requirements for welding. 3. Section 07 8400: 'Firestopping'for quality of Penetration Firestop Systems to be used on Project and submittal requirements. ' 4. Section 07 9213: 'Elastometric Joint Sealant'for quality of sealants used at building exterior. 5. Section 07 9219: 'Acoustical Joint Sealants'for quality of acoustical sealants. 6. Sections Under 09 9000 Heading: Painting of mechanical items requiring field painting. 7. Division 26: Raceway and conduit, unless specified otherwise, line voltage wiring, outlets, and ' disconnect switches. 8. Slots and openings through floors,walls, ceilings, and roofs provided under other Divisions in their respective materials. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog data for each manufactured item. 1) Provide section in submittal for each type of item of equipment. Include Manufacturer's 1 catalog data of each manufactured item and enough information to show compliance with Contract Document requirements. Literature shall show capacities and size of equipment used and be marked indicating each specific item with applicable data underlined. ' 2) Include name, address, and phone number of each supplier. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Schematic control diagrams for each separate fan system, heating system, control panel, ' etc. Each diagram shall show locations of all control and operational components and devices. Mark correct operating settings for each control device on these diagrams. b. Diagram for electrical control system showing wiring of related electrical control items such as firestats,fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays. Include drawings showing ' electrical power requirements and connection locations. c. Drawing of each temperature control panel identifying components in panels and their function. d. Other shop drawings required by Division 23 trade Sections. Common HVAC Requirements - 1 - 23 0501 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Operations and Maintenance Data (Modify and add to requirements of Section 01 7800): 1) At beginning of HVAC section of Operations And Maintenance Manual, provide master index showing items included. a) Provide name, address, and phone number of Architect, Architect's Mechanical Engineer, General Contractor, and HVAC, Sheet Metal, Refrigeration, and Temperature Control subcontractors. b) Identify maintenance instructions by using same equipment identification used in Contract Drawings. Maintenance instructions shall include: (1) List of HVAC equipment used indicating name, model, serial number, and nameplate data of each item together with number and name associated with each system item. (2) Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each piece of HVAC equipment installed in Project. Instructions shall include name of vendor, installation instructions, parts numbers and lists, operation instructions of equipment, and maintenance and lubrication instructions. (3) Summary list of mechanical equipment requiring lubrication showing name of equipment, location, and type and frequency of lubrication. (4) Manual for Honeywell T7350 thermostat published by Honeywell. c) Provide operating instructions to include: (1) General description of each HVAC system. (2) Step by step procedure to follow in putting each piece of HVAC equipment into operation. (3) Provide diagrams for electrical control system showing wiring of items such as smoke detectors,fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays. b. Warranty Documentation: 1) Include copies of warranties required in individual Sections of Division 23. c. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers documentation: a) Copies of approved shop drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. In case of differences between building codes, laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and Contract Documents,the most stringent shall govern. Notify Architect in writing of such differences before performing work affected by such differences. 2. Identification: a. Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL/ ULC and AGA/CGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner. , B. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but not limited to following: 1. Company: , a. Company specializing in performing work of this section. 1) Minimum five (5)years experience in HVAC installations. 2) Minimum five (5)satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3)years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. b. Upon request, submit documentation. 2. Installer: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Designate one (1) individual as project foremen who shall be on site at all times during installation and experienced with installation procedures required for this project. c. Upon request, submit documentation. 1 Common HVAC Requirements - 2- 23 0501 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Delivery And Acceptance Requirements: 1. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. ' B. Storage And Handling Requirements: 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 01: a. Stored material shall be readily accessible for inspection by Architect until installed. ' b. Store items subject to moisture damage, such as controls, in dry, heated spaces. c. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. d. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until t installation. 2. Protect bearings during installation. Thoroughly grease steel shafts to prevent corrosion. ' 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer Warranty: 1. Provide certificates of warranty for each piece of equipment made out in favor of Owner. Clearly trecord 'start-up'date of each piece of equipment on certificate. B. Special Warranty: ' 1. Guarantee HVAC systems to be free from noise in operation that may develop from failure to construct system in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. If HVAC sub-contractor with offices located more than 15C )es {240 km. from Project site is used, provide service/warranty work agreement for warranty period with local HVAC sub- contractor approved by Architect. Include copy of service/warranty agreement in warranty section of Operation And Maintenance Manual. PART 2 -PRODUCTS t2.1 COMPONENTS A. Components shall bear Manufacturer's name and trade name. Equipment and materials of same general type shall be of same make throughout work to provide uniform appearance, operation, and maintenance. B. Pipe And Pipe Fittings: ' 1. Use domestic made pipe and pipe fittings on Project. 2. Weld-O-Let and Screw-O-Let fittings are acceptable. C. Sleeves: ' 1. In Framing: Standard weight galvanized iron pipe, Schedule 40 PVC, or "4 v. t2 m-,r7.1i galvanized sheet metal two sizes larger than bare pipe or insulation on insulated pipe. 2. In Concrete And Masonry: Sleeves through outside walls, interior shear walls, and footings shall ' be schedule 80 black steel pipe with welded plate. D. Valves: 1. Valves of same type shall be of same manufacturer. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Acceptable Installers: Common HVAC Requirements - 3- 23 0501 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Drawings: ' 1. HVAC Drawings show general arrangement of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc. Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. 2. Consider Architectural and Structural Drawings part of this work insofar as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building. These drawings take precedence over HVAC Drawings. 3. Because of small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions. B. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine premises to understand conditions that may affect performance of work of this Division before submitting proposals for this work. Examine adjoining work on which mechanical work is dependent for efficiency and report work that requires correction. 2. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions. 3. Ensure that items to be furnished fit space available. Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents. If approval is received by Addendum or Change Order to use other than originally specified items, be responsible for specified capacities and for ensuring that items to be furnished will fit space available. 4. Check that slots and openings provided under other Divisions through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs are properly located. Perform cutting and patching caused by neglecting to coordinate with Divisions providing slots and openings at no additional cost to Owner. , 3.3 PREPARATION A. Changes Due To Equipment Selection: 1. Where equipment specified or otherwise approved requires different arrangement or connections from that shown in Contract Documents, submit drawings, if requested by Architect, showing proposed installations. 2. If proposed changes are approved, install equipment to operate properly and in harmony with intent of Contract Documents. Make incidental changes in piping, ductwork, supports, installation,wiring, heaters, panelboards, and as otherwise necessary. 3. Provide any additional motors, valves, controllers, fittings, and other additional equipment required for proper operation of system resulting from selection of equipment. 4. Be responsible for the proper location of roughing-in and connections provided under other Divisions. 3.4 INSTALLATION I A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Furnish sleeves, inserts, supports, and equipment that are to be installed by others in sufficient time to be incorporated into construction as work proceeds. Locate these items and see they are properly installed. 2. Electrical: Furnish exact location of electrical connections and complete information on motor controls to installer of electrical system. 3. Testing And Balancing: a. Put HVAC systems into full operation and continue their operation during each working day of testing and balancing. Common HVAC Requirements -4- 23 0501 I M511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b. Make changes in pulleys, belts,fan speeds, and dampers or add dampers as required for ' correct balance as recommended by Testing And Balancing Agency and at no additional cost to Owner. B. Cut carefully to minimize necessity for repairs to previously installed or existing work. Do not cut beams, columns, or trusses. C. Locating Equipment: 1. Arrange pipes, ducts, and equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, unions, traps, filters, starters, motors, control components, and to clear openings of doors and access panels. 2. Adjust locations of pipes, ducts, switches, panels, and equipment to accommodate work to ' interferences anticipated and encountered. 3. Install HVAC work to permit removal of equipment and parts of equipment requiring periodic replacement or maintenance without damage to or interference with other parts of equipment or structure. ' 4. Determine exact route and location of each pipe and duct before fabrication. a. Right-Of-Way: 1) Lines that pitch shall have right-of-way over those that do not pitch. For example, steam, steam condensate, and drains shall normally have right-of-way. ' 2) Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. b. Offsets, Transitions, and Changes in Direction: 1) Make offsets,transitions, and changes in direction in pipes and ducts as required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on Drawings. 2) Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, and devices as required to effect ' these offsets, transitions, and changes in direction. D. Piping: 1. Furnish and install complete system of piping, valved as indicated or as necessary to completely ' control entire apparatus. a. Pipe drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general location and connections. Piping may have to be offset, lowered, or raised as required or directed at site. This does not relieve this ' Division from responsibility for proper erection of systems of piping in every respect. b. Arrange piping to not interfere with removal of other equipment, ducts, or devices, or block access to doors, windows, or access openings. 1) Arrange so as to facilitate removal of tube bundles. ' 2) Provide accessible flanges or ground joint unions, as applicable for type of piping specified, at connections to equipment and on bypasses. a) Make connections of dissimilar metals with di-electric unions. b) Install valves and unions ahead of traps and strainers. Provide unions on both sides of traps. 3) Do not use reducing bushings,street elbows, bull head tees, close nipples, or running couplings. ' 4) Install piping systems so they may be easily drained. Provide drain valves at low points and manual air vents at high points in hot water heating and cooling water piping. 5) Install piping to insure noiseless circulation. 6) Place valves and specialties to permit easy operation and access. Valves shall be ' regulated, packed, and glands adjusted at completion of work before final acceptance. c. Do not install piping in shear walls. 2. Properly make adequate provisions for expansion, contraction, slope, and anchorage. ' a. Cut piping accurately for fabrication to measurements established at site. Remove burr and cutting slag from pipes. b. Work piping into place without springing or forcing. Make piping connections to pumps and other equipment without strain at piping connection. Remove bolts in flanged connections or ' disconnect piping to demonstrate that piping has been so connected, if requested. c. Make changes in direction with proper fittings. d. Expansion of Thermoplastic Pipe: 1) Provide for expansion in every 30 feet(9 meters) of straight run. 2) Provide t30C r7 -i offset below roof line in each vent line penetrating roof. Common HVAC Requirements -5- 23 0501 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3. Provide sleeves around pipes passing through concrete or masonry floors,walls, partitions, or structural members. Do not place sleeves around soil, waste, vent, or roof drain lines passing through concrete floors on grade. Seal sleeves with specified sealants. a. Sleeves through floors shall extend 1,4 inch (6 ;aim;above floor finish in mechanical equipment rooms above basement floor. In other rooms, sleeves shall be flush with floor. b. Sleeves through floors and foundation walls shall be watertight. 4. Provide spring clamp plates(escutcheons)where pipes run through walls, floors, or ceilings and are exposed in finished locations of building. Plates shall be chrome plated heavy brass of plain pattern and shall be set tight on pipe and to building surface. 5. Remove dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from each length of piping before installation. a. After each section of piping used for movement of water or steam is installed, flush with clean water, except where specified otherwise. b. Arrange temporary flushing connections for each section of piping and arrange for flushing total piping system. c. Provide temporary cross connections and water supply for flushing and drainage and remove after completion of work. E. Penetration Firestops: Install Penetration Firestop System appropriate for penetration at HVAC system penetrations through walls, ceilings, roofs, and top plates of walls. F. Sealants: ' 1. Seal openings through building exterior caused by penetrations of elements of HVAC systems. 2. Furnish and install acoustical sealant to seal penetrations through acoustically insulated walls and ceilings. 3.5 REPAIR I RESTORATION A. Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault, error, tardiness, or because of damage done by it. 1. Patch and repair walls, floors, ceilings, and roofs with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown. 2. Surface finishes shall exactly match existing finishes of same materials. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Perform tests on HVAC piping systems. Furnish devices required for testing purposes. B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Replace material or workmanship proven defective with sound material at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Repeat tests on new material, if requested. 3.7 SYSTEM START-UP A. Off-Season Start-up: 1. If Substantial Completion inspection occurs during heating season, schedule spring start-up of cooling systems. If inspection occurs during cooling season, schedule autumn start-up for heating systems. 2. Notify Owner seven days minimum before scheduled start-up. 3. Time will be allowed to completely service, test, check, and off-season start systems. During allowed time, train Owner's representatives in operation and maintenance of system. 4. At end of off-season start-up, furnish Owner with letter confirming that above work has been satisfactorily completed. Common HVAC Requirements -6- 23 0501 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Preparations that are to be completed before start up and operation include, but are not limited to, ' following: 1. Dry out electric motors and other equipment to develop and properly maintain constant insulation resistance. ' 2. Make adjustments to insure that: a. Equipment alignments and clearances are adjusted to allowable tolerances. b. Nuts and bolts and other types of anchors and fasteners are properly and securely fastened. c. Packed, gasketed, and other types of joints are properly made up and are tight and free from leakage. d. Miscellaneous alignings, tightenings, and adjustings are completed so systems are tight and free from leakage and equipment performs as intended. 3. Motors and accessories are completely operable. 4. Inspect and test electrical circuitry, connections, and voltages to be properly connected and free from shorts. 5. Adjust drives for proper alignment and tension. ' 6. Make certain filters in equipment for moving air are new and of specified type. 7. Properly lubricate and run-in bearings in accordance with Manufacturer's directions and recommendations. 3.8 CLEANING t A. Clean exposed piping, ductwork, and equipment. B. No more than one week before Final Inspection, flush out bearings and clean other lubricated surfaces with flushing oil. Provide best quality and grade of lubricant specified by Equipment Manufacturer. ' C. Replace filters in equipment for moving air with new filters of specified type no more than one week before Final Inspection. 3.9 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Instruction Of Owner: 1. Instruct building maintenance personnel and Stake Physical Facilities Representative in operation and maintenance of mechanical systems utilizing Operation And Maintenance Manual when so doing: ' a. Minimum Instruction Periods: 1) HVAC: Eight(8) hours. 2) Temperature Control: Six (6)hours. ' 3) Refrigeration: Four(4) hours. b. Conduct instruction periods after Substantial Completion inspection when systems are properly working and before final payment is made. None of these instructional periods shall overlap another. 1 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. Cap or plug open ends of pipes and equipment to keep dirt and other foreign materials out of system. Do not use plugs of rags,wool, cotton waste, or ' similar materials. B. Do not operate pieces of equipment used for moving supply air without proper air filters installed properly in system. C. After start-up, continue necessary lubrication and be responsible for damage to bearings while equipment is being operated up to Substantial Completion. Common HVAC Requirements -7- 23 0501 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC END OF SECTION I 1 t I 1 I 1 I I Common HVAC Requirements -8- 23 0501 t511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98t''Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 23 0529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Common hanger and support requirements and procedures for HVAC systems. B. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 05 0523: 'Metal Fastening'for quality and requirements for welding. 2. Section 07 8400: 'Firestopping'for quality of Penetration Firestop Systems to be used on Project and submittal requirements. ' 3. Slots and openings through floors, walls, ceilings, and roofs provided under other Divisions in their respective materials. C. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: t1. Stencils and band colors of gas piping used in HVAC equipment. D. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9124: 'Interior Painted Metal'for providing field painting of identification of piping used ' with HVAC equipment. 2. Section 23 0553: 'Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment'for HVAC piping and equipment identification signage requirements. 3. Sections Under 09 9000 Heading: Painting of mechanical items requiring field painting. 1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Coordination: 1. Section 09 9124 to coordinate with Section 23 0529 for location of identification of HVAC piping and equipment to be field painted and Section 23 0553 for painting requirements of HVAC piping and equipment. 2. Section 23 0529 to coordinate with Section 23 0553 for stencil and band color locations and identification requirements of HVAC piping and equipment for field application. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog data for each manufactured item. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Class Two Quality Standard Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200: a. Anvil International, Portsmouth, NH www.anvilintl.com. b. Cooper B-Line, Highland, IL www.cooperbline.com. ' C. Erico International, Solon, OH www.erico.com. Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment - 1 - 23 0529 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC d. Hilti Inc, Tulsa, OK www.hilti.com. , e. Minerallac, Hampshire, IL www.minerallac.com. f. Thomas & Betts, Memphis, TN www.superstrut.com. g. Unistrut, Wayne, MI www.unistrut.com. ' B. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Support rods for single pipe shall be in accordance with following table: ' Rod Diameter Pipe Size Rod Diameter Pipe Size 3/8 inch 2 inches and smaller 10 mm 50 mm and smaller 1/2 inch 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches 13 mm 63 mm to 88 mm 5/8 inch 4 to 5 inches 16 mm 100 mm to 125 mm 3/4 inch 6 inches 19 mm 150 mm 7/8 inch 8 to 12 inches 22 mm 200 mm to 300 mm b. Support rods for multiple pipes supported on steel angle trapeze hangers shall be in ' accordance with following table: Rods Number of Pipes per Hanger for Each Pipe Size No. Diameter 2 Inch 2.5 Inch 3 Inch 4 Inch 5 Inch 6 Inch 8 Inch ' 2 3/8 Inch Two 0 0 0 0 0 2 1/2 Inch Three Three Two 0 0 0 0 2 5/8 Inch Six Four Three Two 0 0 0 2 5/8 Inch Nine Seven Five Three Two Two 0 ' 2 5/8 Inch Twelve Nine Seven Five Three Two Two Rods Number of Pipes per Hanger for Each Pipe Size , No. Diameter 50mm 63mm 75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm 200mm 2 10 mm Two 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 13 mm Three Three Two 0 0 0 0 2 16 mm Six Four Three Two 0 0 0 ' 2 19 mm Nine Seven Five Three Two Two 0 2 22 mm Twelve Nine Seven Five Three Two Two 1) Size trapeze angles so bending stress is less than 10,000 psi (69 Mpa). ' C. Materials: 1. Hangers, Rods, Channels, Attachments, And Inserts: a. Galvanized and UL approved for service intended. , b. Support horizontal piping from clevis hangers or on roller assemblies with channel supports, except where trapeze type hangers are explicitly shown on Drawings. Hangers shall have double nuts. c. Class Two Quality Standards: ' 1) Support insulated pipes with clevis hanger equal to Anvil Fig 260 or roller assembly equal to Anvil Fig 171 with an insulation protection shield equal to Anvil Fig 167. Gauge and length of shield shall be in accordance with Anvil design data. ' 2) Except uninsulated copper pipes, support uninsulated pipes from clevis hanger equal to Anvil Fig 260. Support uninsulated copper pipe from hanger equal to Anvil Fig CT-65 copper plated hangers and otherwise fully suitable for use with copper tubing. d. Riser Clamps For Vertical Piping: ' 1) Class Two Quality Standard: Anvil Figure 261. e. Furnace/Fan Coil Support Channel: 1) Class One Quality Standard: Unistrut P1000. ' 2) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas& Betts. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. f. Swivel Attachment: 1) Class One Quality Standard: Unistrut EM3127. ' 2) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas & Betts. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. Hangers And Supports For HVAC 1 Piping And Equipment -2- 23 0529 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC EXECUTION ' 2.2 INSTALLATION A. Piping: 1. Properly support piping and make adequate provisions for expansion, contraction, slope, and ' anchorage. a. Except for underground pipe, suspend piping from roof trusses or clamp to vertical walls using support channels and clamps. Do not hang pipe from other pipe, equipment, or ' ductwork. Laying of piping on any building element is not allowed. b. Supports For Horizontal Piping: 1) Support metal piping at 96 inches (2 400) mm on center maximum for pipe 1-1/4 inches 332 mm; or larger and 72 inches (1 800 mm) on center maximum for pipe 1-1/8 inch (28 mm) or less. 2) Support thermoplastic pipe at 48 inches (1 200 mm)on center maximum. 3) Provide support at each elbow. Install additional support as required. c. Supports for Vertical Piping: ' 1) Place riser clamps at each floor or ceiling level. 2) Securely support clamps by structural members, which in turn are supported directly from building structure. ' 3) Provide clamps as necessary to brace pipe to wall. d. Insulate hangers for copper pipe from piping by means of at least two layers of Scotch 33 plastic tape. e. Expansion of Thermoplastic Pipe: 1) Provide for expansion in every SC feet (9 meters) of straight run. 2) Provide 12. r 0 n I offset below roof line in each vent line penetrating roof. END OF SECTION t I I Hangers And Supports For HVAC Piping And Equipment -3- 23 0529 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I I Hangers And Supports For HVAC I Piping And Equipment -4- 23 0529 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 0553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY t A. Products Furnished But not Installed Under This Section: 1. Identification of HVAC piping and equipment as described in Contract Documents including: a. Paint identification for gas piping used in HVAC equipment. b. Stencils and band colors for gas piping used in HVAC equipment. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9124: 'Interior Painted Metal'for providing field painting of identification of piping used ' with HVAC equipment. 2. Section 22 0529: 'Hangers And Supports For Plumbing'for field installation of pipe stencils and band colors for identification for piping used with HVAC equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Materials: 1. Category Four Approved Products and Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Products listed in edition of MPI Approved Product List current at time of bidding and later are approved, providing they meet VOC requirements in force where Project is located. ' 2. Description: a. Ferrous Metal: 1) New Surfaces: Use MPI(a) INT 5.1 B Waterborne Light Industrial Finish system. ' 3. Performance Requirements: a. New Surfaces: MPI Premium Grade finish requirements. b. Maintain specified colors, shades, and contrasts. 4. Paint (one coat): a. Primer: 1) Ferrous Metal: a) MPI 107, 'Primer, Rust-Inhibitive, Water Based'. (1) Color: white. ' b. Finish Coat(two coats): 1) Ferrous Metal: a) MPI 153, 'Light Industrial Coating, Interior, Water Based, Semi-Gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5)'.' 5. Labels: a. Equipment Identification: 1) Black Formica, with white reveal when engraved. 2) Lettering to be high minimum. Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment - 1 - 23 0553 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Labels: 1. Identify following items with specified labels fastened to equipment with screws (unless noted otherwise): a. Thermostats and control panels in mechanical spaces (attach label to wall directly above or below thermostats). b. Furnaces. c. Condensing units. d. Air handling units and fan coil units. e. Rooftop Units. B. Painting: 1. New Surfaces: a. Remove rust spots by sanding and immediately spot prime. If all traces of rust cannot be removed, apply rust blocker recommended by Paint Manufacturer before applying full primer 111 coat. 2. Leave equipment in like-new appearance. 3. Only painted legends, directional arrows, and color bands are acceptable. 4. Locate identifying legends, directional arrows, and color bands at following points on exposed piping of each piping system: a. Adjacent to each item of equipment. b. At point of entry and exit where piping goes through wall. c. On each riser and junction. d. Every E `het ?-020 ml on long continuous lines. e. Stenciled symbols shall be one inch (25 mm) high and black. END OF SECTION 1 1 Identification For HVAC Piping And Equipment -2 - 23 0553 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 0713 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install thermal wrap duct insulation as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 23 3114: 'Low-Pressure Metal Ducts'. 2. Section 23 3300: 'Acoustic Duct Accessories'for duct liner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer Contact List: 1. Certainteed St Gobain, Valley Forge, PA www.certainteed.com. ' 2. Johns-Manville, Denver, CO www.jm.com. 3. Knauf Fiber Glass, Shelbyville, IN www.knauffiberglass.com or Toronto, ON (416) 593-4322. 4. Manson Insulation Inc, Brossard, QB www.isolationmanson.com. ' 5. Owens-Corning, Toledo, OH or Owens-Corning Canada Inc, Willowdale, ON www.owenscorning.com. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Thermal Wrap Duct Insulation: 1 ' r, ' or ; (7u nm, thick fiberglass with factory-laminated, reinforced aluminum foil scrim kraft facing and density of ", r,F ft (12 kg I per cu m). 2. Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 BTU in/HR SF deg F at 75 deg F (24 deg C) maximum. 3. Type One Acceptable Products: ' a. Type 75 standard duct insulation by Certainteed St Gobain. b. Microlite FSK by Johns-Manville. c. Duct Wrap FSK by Knauf Fiber Glass. d. Alley Wrap FSK by Manson Insulation Inc. e. FRK by Owens-Corning. f. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Thermal Wrap Duct Insulation: ' 1. Install insulation as follows: a. Within Building Insulation Envelope: 1) 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)thick on rectangular outside air ducts and combustion air ducts. 2) 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)thick on all round ducts. b. Outside Building Insulation Envelope: Duct Insulation - 1 - 23 0713 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1) 3 inch (76 mm)thick on round supply and return air ducts. 2) 1-1/2 inch (38 mm)thick on rectangular, acoustically lined, supply and return air ducts. 2. Wrap insulation tightly on ductwork with circumferential joints butted and longitudinal joints overlapped minimum 2 inches (50 mm). a. Do not compress insulation except in areas of structural interference. Minimum thickness at corners shall be one inch (25 mm)thick. b. Remove insulation from lap before stapling. c. Staple seams at approximately `6 inches (400 mm)on center with outward clenching staples. d. Seal seams with foil vapor barrier tape or vapor barrier mastic. Seal penetrations of facing to provide vapor tight system. B. Insulate outside of ceiling diffusers, diffuser drops, and duct silencers same as ductwork. i END OF SECTION I 1 I I I Duct Insulation -2- 23 0713 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 0933 ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC PART I -GENERAL i1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install modification to the existing automatic temperature control system as described in Contract Documents. 2. Furnish and install conductors and make connections to new control devices, motors, and ' associated equipment. 3. Assist in air test and balance procedure. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4546: Duct testing, adjusting, and balancing of ductwork. 2. Section 23 0501: Common HVAC Requirements. 3. Section 23 3300: Furnishing and installing of temperature control dampers. ' 4. Division 26: a. Furnishing and installing of raceway, conduit, and junction boxes, including pull wires,for temperature control system except as noted above. b. Power wiring to magnetic starters, disconnect switches, and motors. c. Motor starters and disconnect switches, unless integral with packaged equipment. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Installer to provide product literature or cut sheets for all products specified in Project. b. Installer to provide questions of control equipment locations to Mechanical Engineer prior to installation. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Certificates: a. Installer must provide 'Certificate of Sponsorship' signed from Approved Distributor with bid Iconfirming Installer sponsorship. C. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1) Leave with O&M Manual specified in Section 23 0501. b. Record Documentation: 1) Installer's'Certificate of Sponsorship'. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Installer: a. Before bidding, obtain sponsorship from a local, Approved Distributor specified under PART 2 PRODUCTS of this specification. Initial requirements for sponsorship are: 1) Receive LCBS Connect product training from Approved Distributor. I Certificate of Sponsorship - LCBS Connect - 1 - 23 0933 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8", 2020 Tigard 98° Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2) Installer to provide Distributor sponsorship by submitting `Certificate of Sponsorship' as Informational Submittal with bid. Certificate available as Attachment in this Specification. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS i A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Air Products &Controls Ltd, Pontiac, MI www.ap-c.com. b. Fire-Lite Alarms, Northford, CT www.firelite.com. c. Honeywell Inc, Minneapolis, MN www.honeywell.com. 1) Primary Contact: Chris Brinkerhoff, (801) 550-3344, chris.brinkerhoff@honeywell.com. d. ICCA Firex, Carol Stream, IL www.icca.invensys.com. e. Insul_Guard, Salt Lake City, UT: 1) Primary Contact: Dan Craner, (801)518-3733, insul_guard@comcast.net. f. System Sensor, St Charles, IL www.systemsensor.com. g. Zimmerman Technologies, Renton, WA: 1) Primary Contact: Tracy Zimmerman, (425) 255-1906, zimmtech@yahoo.com. B. Distributors: Obtain LCBS Connect control devices, RP panels, sensors, actuators and other control equipment from following Sponsoring Approved Distributors. See Section 01 4301: 1. Oregon: a. MI Controls: (206) 767-0140 seattlesales@micontrols.com Steve Roe. C. Components: 1. Conductors: a. Color-coded and No. 16 and No. 12 AWG Type TWN, TFN, or THHN, stranded. b. Controller Cable: 12, 8, or 4 conductor, 18AWG solid copper wire, insulated with high- density polyethylene. Conductors parallel enclosed in brown PVC jacket(22 AWG cable not allowed). D. Operation Sequences: 1. Sequence of Operations remains the same for systems currently with cooling. 2. Adjustable heating and cooling set points shall control space temperature by activating either heating or cooling equipment. Programmable controller provides automatic change over between heating and cooling. PART 3 - EXECUTION I 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Calibrate room controllers as required during air test and balance. Insulate sensor J-box with fiberglass insulation; expandable/foam insulation is NOT acceptable. 2. Instruct air test and balance personnel in proper use and setting of control system components. 3. Install low voltage electrical wiring in accordance with Division 26 of these Specifications. B. Safety Controls: Interlock duct smoke detectors to keep heating, cooling, and system fan from operating when detector is energized. I C. Paste copy of record control wiring diagram with modification on back of relay panel door cover for each multiple furnace system. Certificate of Sponsorship - LCBS Connect - 2- 23 0933 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: ' 1. Calibrate, adjust, and set controls for proper operation, operate systems, and be prepared to prove operation of any part of control system. This work is to be completed before pre- substantial completion inspection. 2. Test each individual heating, cooling, and damper control for proper operation using control system. ' 3.3 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Instruction Of Owner include as part of training required in Section 23 0501. Training shall be by personnel of installing company and utilize operator's manuals and as-built documentation. ' END OF SECTION 1 Certificate of Sponsorship- LCBS Connect -3- 23 0933 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I BLANK PAGE I I I I I I I I I Certificate of Sponsorship- LCBS Connect -4- 23 0933 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 23 2300 REFRIGERANT PIPING 1 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install piping and specialties for refrigeration systems as described in Contract Documents. ' B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. 2. Section 23 0719: 'Refrigerant Piping Insulation'. 3. Section 23 6214: 'Compressor Units: Air Conditioning. 4. Section 23 8216.1: 'Air Coils: DX'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Association Publications: 1. Federal Emergency Management Agency(FEMA)/Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control Manufacturers Association (VISCMA)/American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE): a. FEMA 412, 'Installing Seismic Restraints For Mechanical Equipment' (December 2002). 2. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Control Manufacturers Association (VISCMA): ' a. VISCMA 101-15, 'Seismic Restraint Specification Guidelines for Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Systems'. b. VISCMA 102-12, 'Vibration Isolation Specification Guidelines for Mechanical, Electrical, and Plumbing Systems'. B. Definitions: 1. Refrigerant: Absorbs heat by a change of state (evaporation)from liquid to a gas, and releases heat by a change of state (condenses)from gas back to a liquid. 2. Vibration Isolation: Vibration reduction in which an isolation system is placed between the source of unwanted vibration and an item which needs to be shielded from the vibration. C. Reference Standards: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2016 and 34-2016, 'Safety Standard and Designation and Classification ' of Refrigerants'. 2. American National Standards Institute/American Welding Society: a. ANSI/AWS A5.8M/A5.8-2011, 'Specification for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding'. ' 3. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): a. 2011 ASHRAE Handbook- HVAC Applications. 1) Chapter 48, 'Noise and Vibration Control'. 4. ASTM International: a. ASTM A36/A36M-14, 'Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel'. b. ASTM B280-18, 'Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service'. 5. Canadian Standards Association: a. CSA B52-18, 'Mechanical Refrigeration Code'. 6. National Fire Protection Association/American National Standards Institute: a. NFPA 90A: 'Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems'(2018 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ). Refrigerant Piping - 1 - 23 2300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 7. Underwriters Laboratories: a. UL 2182, 'Refrigerants'(April 2006). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: Show each individual equipment and piping support. B. Informational Submittals: 1. Qualification Statements: Technician certificate for use of HFC and HCFC refrigerants. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Refrigerants: a. Underwriters Laboratories/ Underwriters Laboratories of Canada: 1) Comply with requirements of UL 2182. , B. Qualifications. Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Installer: Refrigerant piping shall be installed by refrigeration contractor licensed by State and by technicians certified in use of HFC and HCFC refrigerants. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Airtec, Fall River, MA, www.noventcaps.com. b. Cooper Industries, Houston, TX www.cooperindustries.com. c. Cush-A-Clamp by ZSI Manufacturing, Canton, MI www.cushaclamp.com. d. Elkhart Products Corp, Elkhart, IN www.elkhartproducts.com. e. Emerson Climate Technologies, St Louis, MO www.emersonflowcontrols.com. f. Handy & Harman Products Division, Fairfield, CT www.handy-1.com. g. Harris Products Group, Cincinnati, OH www.harrisproductsgroup.com. h. Henry Valve Co, Melrose Park, IL www.henrytech.com. i. Hilti Inc, Tulsa, OK www.hilti.com. j. Hydra-Zorb Co, Auburn Hills, MI www.hydra-zorb.com. k. JB Industries, Aurora, IL www.jbind.com. I. Mueller Steam Specialty, St Pauls, NC www.muellersteam.com. m. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN www.nibco.com. n. Packless Industries, Waco, TX www.packless.com. o. Parker Corp, Cleveland, OH www.parker.com. p. Sporlan Valve Co, Washington, MO www.sporlan.com. q. Sherwood Valves, Washington, PA www.sherwoodvalve.com. r. Thomas & Betts, Memphis, TN www.superstrut.com. s. Unistrut, Div of Atkore International, Inc., Harvey, IL www.unistrut.com. t. Universal Metal Hose, Chicago, IL www.universalmetalhose.com. u. Vibration Mountings &Controls, Bloomingdale, NJ www.vmc-kdc.com. v. Virginia KMP Corp, Dallas, TX www.virginiakmp.com. B. Materials: , 1. Refrigerant Piping: Refrigerant Piping -2- 23 2300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Meet requirements of ASTM B280, hard drawn straight lengths. Soft copper tubing not permitted. b. Do not use pre-charged refrigerant lines. ' 2. Refrigerant Fittings: a. Wrought copper with long radius elbows. b. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Mueller Streamline. 2) Nibco Inc. 3) Elkhart. 3. Suction Line Traps: a. Manufactured standard one-piece traps. 1 b. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Mueller Streamline. 2) Nibco Inc. ' 3) Elkhart. 4. Tee Access: a. Brass: 1) Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) JB Industries: Part#A3 Series with Factory Cap and Valve Core. 5. Connection Material: a. Brazing Rods in accordance with ANSI/AWS A5.8M/A5.8: 1) Copper to Copper Connections: a) Classification BCuP-4 Copper Phosphorus (6 percent silver). b) Classification BCuP-5 Copper Phosphorus (15 percent silver). 2) Copper to Brass or Copper to Steel Connections: Classification BAg-5 Silver (45 percent silver). 3) Do not use rods containing Cadmium. b. Flux: t 1) Type Two Acceptable Products: a) Stay-Silv White Brazing Flux by Harris Products Group. b) High quality silver solder flux by Handy& Harmon. ' c) Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01 6200. 6. Valves: a. Manual Refrigerant Shut-Off Valves: 1) Ball valves designed for refrigeration service and full line size. ' 2) Valve shall have cap seals. 3) Valves with hand wheels are not acceptable. 4) Provide service valve on each liquid and suction line at compressor. 5) If service valves come as integral part of condensing unit, additional service valves shall ' not be required. 6) Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: ' a) Henry. b) Mueller. c) Sherwood. d) Virginia. ' 7. Filter-Drier: a. On lines 3:4 'noh (19 mm outside diameter and larger, filter-drier shall be replaceable core type with Schraeder type valve. b. On lines smaller than 3 4 inch (19 ,gym) outside diameter, filter-drier shall be sealed type with ' brazed end connections. c. Size shall be full line size. d. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: ' 1) Emerson Climate Technologies. 2) Mueller. 3) Parker. 4) Sporlan. 5) Virginia. Refrigerant Piping - 3- 23 2300 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8't', 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 8. Sight Glass: a. Combination moisture and liquid indicator with protection cap. b. Sight glass shall be full line size. c. Sight glass connections and sight glass body shall be solid copper or brass, no copper- coated steel sight glasses allowed. d. Category Four Approved Product. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) HMI by Emerson Climate Technologies. 9. Flexible Connectors: a. Designed for refrigerant service with bronze seamless corrugated hose and bronze braiding. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Vibration Absorber Model VAF by Packless Industries. 2) Vibration Absorbers by Virginia KMP Corp. 3) Anaconda 'Vibration Eliminators'by Universal Metal Hose. 4) Style 'BF Spring-flex freon connectors by Vibration Mountings. 10. Refrigerant Piping Supports: a. Base, Angles, And Uprights: Steel meeting requirements of ASTM A36. b. Securing Channels: 1) At Free-Standing Pipe Support: a) Class One Quality Standard: P-1000 channels by Unistrut. b) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas & Betts. c) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 2) At Wall Support: a) Class One Quality Standard: P-3300 channels by Unistrut. b) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas & Betts. c) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 3) At Suspended Support: a) Class One Quality Standard: P-1001 channels by Unistrut. b) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas & Betts. c) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 4) Angle Fittings: a) Class One Quality Standard: P-2626 90 degree angle by Unistrut. b) Acceptable Manufacturers: Hilti, Thomas & Betts. c) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. 5) Low-Slope Roof Base Support: a) Class One Quality Standard: Dura-Blok DBE or DB-DS by Cooper B-Line. b) Acceptable Manufacturers: Unistrut, Mirror, and Mifab. c) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. c. Pipe Clamps: 1) Type Two Acceptable Manufacturers: a) Hydra-Zorb. b) ZSI Cush-A-Clamp. c) Hilti Cush-A-Clamp. d) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. d. Protective Cover: 16 r,a (1.2 i steel, hot-dipped galvanized. 11. Locking Refrigerant Cap: a. Provide and install on charging valves: 1) Class One Quality Standard: 'No Vent' locking refrigerant cap. 2) Acceptable Manufacturers: Airtec. 3) Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01 6200. PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Refrigerant Lines: 1. Install as high in upper mechanical areas as possible. Do not install underground or in tunnels. Refrigerant Piping -4- 23 2300 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Slope suction lines down toward compressor one inch/10 feet (25 mm in 3 meters). Locate traps at vertical rises against flow in suction lines. 3. Refer to manufacture's installation guide for all installations. Complete installation when line lengths exceed standard lengths per long refrigerant pipe guide. B. Connections: 1. Refrigeration system connections shall be copper-to-copper, copper-to-brass, or copper-to-steel ' type properly cleaned and brazed with specified rods. Use flux only where necessary. No soft solder(tin, lead, antimony)connections will be allowed in system. 2. Braze manual refrigerant shut-off valve, sight glass, and flexible connections. 3. Circulate dry nitrogen through tubes being brazed to eliminate formation of copper oxide during brazing operation. C. Specialties: 1. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations. Install refrigeration distributors and suction outlet at same end of coil. 2. Install thermostatic bulb as close to cooling coil as possible. Do not install on vertical lines. 3. Install equalizing line in straight section of suction line, downstream of and reasonably close to thermostatic bulb. Do not install on vertical lines. 4. Provide flexible connectors in each liquid line and suction line at both condensing unit and evaporator on systems larger than five tons. Anchor pipe near each flexible connector. D. Refrigerant Supports: 1. Support Spacing: a. Piping -- 4 inch (32 mm And Larger: 8 feet (2.450 m)on center maximum. b. Piping `-" !.7 Inch (28.5 mm)And Smaller: 6 feet(1.80 m) on center maximum. c. Support each elbow. 2. Isolate pipe from supports and clamps with Hydrozorb or Cush-A-Clamp systems. 3. Run protective cover continuous from condensing units to risers or penetrations at building wall. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Tests: 1. Make evacuation and leak tests in presence of Architect's Engineer after completing refrigeration piping systems. Positive pressure test will not suffice for procedure outlined below. ' a. Draw vacuum on each entire system with two stage vacuum pump. Draw vacuum to 300 microns using micron vacuum gauge capable of reading from atmosphere to 10 microns. Do not use cooling compressor to evacuate system nor operate it while system is under high vacuum. b. Break vacuum with nitrogen and re-establish vacuum test. Vacuum shall hold for 30 minutes at 300 microns without vacuum pump running. c. Conduct tests at 7 oe:; i21 dea ) ambient temperature minimum. d. Do not run systems until above tests have been made and systems started up as specified. Inform Owner's Representative of status of systems at time of final inspection and schedule start-up and testing if prevented by outdoor conditions before this time. e. After testing, fully charge system with refrigerant and conduct test with Halide Leak Detector. f. Recover all refrigerant in accordance with applicable codes. Do not allow any refrigerant to escape to atmosphere. ' B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. If it is observed that refrigerant lines are being or have been brazed without proper circulation of nitrogen through lines, all refrigerant lines installed up to that point in time shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to Owner. END OF SECTION I Refrigerant Piping -5- 23 2300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I I I BLANK PAGE I I 1 I I I I Refrigerant Piping -6- 23 2300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC tSECTION 23 2600 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Requirements: 1. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Materials: 1. Condensate Drains: a. Schedule 40 PVC for condensate drains from cooling coils. Where lines are installed across ' access pathway install in Type L copper with soldered joints. b. Schedule 40 PVC for condensate drains from gas furnaces. 2. Solvent Cement and Adhesive Primer: a. Use PVC solvent cement that has a VOC content of 510 g/L or less if required by local AHJ if required. b. Use adhesive primer that has a VOC content of 550 g/L or less if required by local AHJ if required. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Condensate Drains: 1. Support piping and protect from damage. 2. Do not combine PVC condensate drain piping from furnace combustion chamber with copper condensate drain piping from cooling coil. END OF SECTION 1 I Condensate Drain Piping - 1 - 23 2600 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I I I I I I I Condensate Drain Piping -2- 23 2600 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 3001 COMMON DUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. General procedures and requirements for ductwork. 2. Repair leaks in ductwork, as identified by duct testing, at no additional cost to Owner. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4546: 'Duct Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing'for ductwork. 2. Section 07 9219: 'Acoustical Joint Sealants'for quality of acoustic sealant. 3. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. Sheet Metal And Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association/American National Standards Institute: a. SMACNA, 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible' (4th Edition). ' 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: Schedule conference immediately before installation of ductwork. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: Specification data on sealer and gauze proposed for sealing ductwork. 2. Samples: Sealer and gauze proposed for sealing ductwork. ' B. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Instructions: a. Installation manuals providing detailed instructions on assembly,joint sealing, and system pressure testing for leaks. I PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Standard Ducts: Construction details not specifically called out in Contract Documents shall conform to applicable requirements of SMACNA, `HVAC Duct Construction Standards - IMetal and Flexible'. B. Materials: 1. Duct Hangers: Common Duct Requirements - 1 - 23 3001 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. One inch (25 mm) by 18 ga (1.27 mm)galvanized steel straps or steel rods as shown on Drawings, and spaced not more than 96 inches (2 400 mm)apart. Do not use wire hangers. b. Attaching screws at trusses shall be 2 inch (50 mm) No. 10 round head wood screws. Nails not allowed. PART 3 - EXECUTION I 3.1 INSTALLATION A. During installation, protect open ends of ducts by covering with plastic sheet tied in place to prevent entrance of debris and dirt. B. Make necessary allowances and provisions in installation of sheet metal ducts for structural conditions of building. Revisions in layout and configuration may be allowed, with prior written approval of Architect. Maintain required airflows in suggesting revisions. C. Hangers And Supports: 1. Install pair of hangers as required by spacing indicated in table on Drawings. 2. Install upper ends of hanger securely to floor or roof construction above by method shown on Drawings. 3. Attach strap hangers to ducts with cadmium-plated screws. Use of pop rivets or other means will not be accepted. 4. Secure vertical ducts passing through floors by extending bracing angles to rest firmly on floors without loose blocking or shimming. Support vertical ducts,which do not pass through floors, by using bands bolted to walls, columns, etc. Size, spacing, and method of attachment to vertical ducts shall be same as specified for hanger bands on horizontal ducts. END OF SECTION I I I t Common Duct Requirements -2- 23 3001 t 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 23 3114 LOW-PRESSURE METAL DUCTS PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install above-grade low-pressure steel ducts and related items as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Installed But Not Furnished Under This Section: 1. Duct smoke detectors. 2. Air Coils: Water'. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 4546: 'Duct Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing'for duct test, balance, and adjust air duct systems services provided by Owner. 2. Section 23 0713: 'Duct Insulation'for thermal Insulation for ducts, plenum chambers, and casings. 3. Section 23 3001: 'Common Duct Requirements'. 4. Section 23 0933: 'Electric And Electronic Control System For HVAC': a. Temperature control damper actuators and actuator linkages. b. Furnishing of duct smoke detectors. 5. Section 23 8216.02: 'Air Coils: Water'. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Association Publications: 1. Sheet Metal And Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association/American National Standards Institute: 2. SMACNA, 'HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible' (4th edition). B. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: a. ASTM A653/A653M-18, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process'. b. ASTM E84-18b, 'Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'. ' 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.: a. UL 723: 'Standard for Safety Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials'; (11th Edition-2018). 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Duct Sealer: a. Meet Class A flame spread rating in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING tA. Storage and Handling Requirements: Low-Pressure Metal Ducts - 1 - 23 3114 r 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Duct Sealer: a. Handle, store, and apply materials in compliance with applicable regulations and material 111 safety data sheets (MSDS). b. Handle to prevent inclusion of foreign matter, damage by water, or breakage. c. Store in a cool dry location, but never under 35 deg F (1 7 deg C)or subjected to sustained temperatures exceeding "7 deg F i4,3 deg C) or as per Manufacturer's written recommendations. d. Do use sealants that have exceeded shelf life of product. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Ambient Conditions: 1. Duct Sealer: a. Do not apply under 35 deg F (1.7 deg C) or subjected to sustained temperatures exceeding dec F (43 deg C) or as per Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Do not apply when rain or freezing temperatures will occur within seventy two(72) hours. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM I A. Materials: 1. Sheet Metal: a. Fabricate ducts, plenum chambers and casings of zinc-coated, lock-forming quality steel sheets meeting requirements A653/A653M, with G 60 coating. 2. Duct Sealer For Interior Ducts: a. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Duct Butter or ButterTak by Cain Manufacturing Co Inc, Pelham, AL www.cainmfg.com. 2) DP 1010, DP 1030 or DP 1015 by Design Polymerics, Fountain Valley, CA www.designpoly.com. 3) PROseal, FIBERseal, EVERseal, or EZ-seal by Ductmate Industries, Inc., Charleroi, PA www.ductmate.com. 4) SAS by Duro Dyne, Bay Shore, NY or Duro Dyne Canada, Lachine, QB www.durodyne.com. 5) Iron Grip 601 by Hardcast Inc, Wylie, TX www.hardcast.com. 6) MTS100 or MTS 200 by Hercules Mighty Tough, Denver CO, www.herculesindustries.com. 7) 15-325 by Miracle/Kingco, Div ITW TACC, Rockland, MA www.taccint.com. 8) 44-39 by Mon-Eco Industries Inc, East Brunswick, NJ www.mon-ecoindustries.com. 9) Airseal Zero by Polymer Adhesive Sealant Systems Inc, Weatherford, TX www.polymeradhesives.com. 10) Airseal#22 Water Base Duct Sealer by Polymer Adhesive Sealant Systems Inc, Weatherford, TX www.polymeradhesives.com. 3. Duct Sealer For Exterior Ducts: a. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Two Part II Sealing System including RTA-50 liquid adhesive and DT-5300 for 3 (76 mm) and DT 5400 for 4 inch (100 mm)tape by Hardcast Inc, Wylie, TX www.carlislehvac.com. B. Fabrication: 1. General: a. Straight and smooth on inside with joints neatly finished. b. Duct drops to diffusers shall be round, square, or rectangular to accommodate diffuser neck. Drops shall be same gauge as branch duct. Seal joints air tight. Low-Pressure Metal Ducts -2- 23 3114 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Standard Ducts: a. General: 1) Ducts shall be large enough to accommodate inside acoustic duct liner. Dimensions 111 shown on Drawings are net clear inside dimensions after duct liner has been installed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 PREPARATION ' A. Metal duct surface must be clean and free of moisture, contamination and foreign matter before applying duct sealer for interior and exterior ducts. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install internal ends of slip joints in direction of flow. Seal transverse and longitudinal joints air tight using specified duct sealer as per Manufacturer's written instructions. Cover horizontal and longitudinal joints on exterior ducts with two layers of specified tape installed with specified adhesive. ' B. Securely anchor ducts and plenums to building structure with specified duct hangers attached with screws. Do not hang more than one duct from a duct hanger. Brace and install ducts so they shall be free of vibration under all conditions of operation. C. Ducts shall not bear on top of structural members. D. Paint ductwork visible through registers, grilles, and diffusers flat black. E. Properly flash where ducts protrude above roof. F. Under no conditions will pipes, rods, or wires be allowed to penetrate ducts. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field Tests: 1. Air Test and Balance Testing as specified in Section 01 4546: 'Duct Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing'. B. Non-Conforming Work: 1. Reseal transverse joint duct leaks and seal longitudinal duct joint leaks discovered during air test and balance procedures at no additional cost to Owner. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 Low-Pressure Metal Ducts - 3- 23 3114 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I BLANK PAGE ' I I I I I I I I I I Low-Pressure Metal Ducts -4- 23 3114 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 23 3300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install duct accessories in specified ductwork as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 23 3001: 'Common Duct Requirements'. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. ASTM International: ' a. ASTM A653/A653M-18, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process'. b. ASTM C1071-16, 'Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material)'. c. ASTM C1338-14, 'Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings'. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. AGM Industries, Brockton, MA www.agmind.com. b. Air Balance Inc, Holland, OH www.airbalance.com. c. Air Filters Inc, Baltimore, MD www.afinc.com. ' d. Air-Rite Manufacturing, Bountiful, UT (801)295-2529. e. American Warming &Ventilating, Holland, OH www.american-warming.com. f. Arrow United Industries, Wyalusing, PA www.arrowunited.com. g. Cain Manufacturing Company Inc, Pelham, AL www.cainmfg.com. 1 h. C & S Air Products, Fort Worth, TX www.csairproducts.com. i. CertainTeed Corp, Valley Forge, PA www.certainteed.com. j. Cesco Products, Florence, KY www.cescoproducts.com. 1 k. Daniel Manufacturing, Ogden, UT (801)622-5924. I. Design Polymerics, Fountain Valley, CA www.designpoly.com. m. Ductmate Industries Inc, East Charleroi, PA www.ductmate.com. n. Duro Dyne, Bay Shore, NY www.durodyne.com. o. Dyn Air Inc. Lachine, QB www.dynair.ca p. Elgen Manufacturing Company, Inc. East Rutherford, NJ www.elgenmfg.com q. Flexmaster USA Inc, Houston, TX www.flexmasterusa.com. r. Greenheck Corp, Schofield, WI www.greenheck.com. s. Gripnail Corp, East Providence, RI www.gripnail.com. t. Hardcast Inc, Wylie, TX www.hardcast.com. u. Hercules Industries, Denver, CO, www.herculesindustries.com. v. Honeywell Inc, Minneapolis, MN www.honeywell.com. Air Duct Accessories - 1 - 23 3300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC w. Industrial Acoustics Co, Bronx, NY www.industrialacoustics.com. x. Johns-Manville, Denver, CO www.jm.com. y. Kees Inc, Elkhart Lake, WI www.kees.com. z. Knauf Fiber Glass, Shelbyville, IN www.knauffiberglass.com. aa. Manson Insulation Inc, Brossard, QB www.isolationmanson.com. bb. Metco Inc, Salt Lake City, UT (801)467-1572 www.metcospiral.com. cc. Miracle! Kingco, Rockland, MA www.taccint.com. dd. Mon-Eco Industries Inc, East Brunswick, NJ www.mon-ecoindustries.com. ee. Nailor Industries Inc, Houston, TX www.nailor.com. ff. Owens Corning, Toledo, OH www.owenscorning.com. gg. Polymer Adhesive Sealant Systems Inc, Irving, TX www.polymeradhesives.com. hh. Pottorff Company, Fort Worth, TX www.pottorff.com. ii. Ruskin Manufacturing, Kansas City, MO www.ruskin.com. jj. Sheet Metal Connectors Inc, Minneapolis, MN www.smconnectors.com. kk. Tamco, Stittsville, ON www.tamco.ca. II. Techno Adhesive, Cincinnati, OH www.technoadhesives.com. mm.Titus, Richardson, TX (972)699-1030. www.titus-hvac.com nn. McGill AirSeal, Columbus, OH www.mcgillairseal.com. oo. United Enertech Corp, Chattanooga, TN www.unitedenertech.com. pp. Utemp Inc, Salt Lake City, UT (801)978-9265. qq. Ventfabrics Inc, Chicago, IL www.ventfabrics.com. rr. Ward Industries, Grand Rapids MI www.wardind.com. ss. Young Regulator Co, Cleveland, OH www.youngregulator.com. I B. Materials: 1. Acoustical Liner System: a. Duct Liner: 1) One ;25 ;mm'thick, Po (0.58 kg) density fiberglass conforming to requirements of ASTM C1071. Liner will not support microbial growth when tested in accordance with ASTM C1338. 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) ToughGard by CertainTeed. b) Duct Liner E-M by Knauf Fiber Glass. c) Akousti-Liner by Manson Insulation. d) Quiet R by Owens Corning. e) Linacoustic RC by Johns-Manville. b. Adhesive: 1) Category Four Approved Water-Based Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Cain: Hydrotak. b) Design Polymerics: DP2501 or DP2502 (CMCL-2501). c) Duro Dyne: WSA. d) Elgen: A-410-WB. e) Hardcast: Coil-Tack. f) Hercules: Mighty Tough Adhesives MTA500 or MTA600. g) Miracle/ Kingco: PF-101. h) Mon-Eco: 22-67 or 22-76. i) Polymer Adhesive: Glasstack#35. j) Techno Adhesive: 133. k) McGill AirSeal: Uni-tack. 2) Category Four Approved Solvent-Based (non-flammable) Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Cain: Safetak. b) Duro Dyne: FPG. c) Hardcast: Glas-Grip 648-NFSE. d) Miracle/ Kingco: PF-91. e) Mon-Eco: 22-24. f) Polymer Adhesive: Q-Tack. g) Techno Adhesive: 'Non-Flam' 106. Air Duct Accessories -2- 23 3300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 3) Category Four Approved Solvent-Based (flammable) Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Cain: HV200. ' b) Duro Dyne: MPG. c) Hardcast: Glas-Grip 636-SE. d) Miracle/ Kingco: PF-96. e) Mon-Eco: 22-22. ' f) Polymer Adhesive: R-Tack. g) Techno Adhesive: 'Flammable' 106. c. Fasteners: 1) Adhesively secured fasteners not allowed. ' 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) AGM Industries: 'DynaPoint'Series RP-9 pin. b) Cain. ' c) Duro Dyne. d) Gripnail: May be used if each nail is installed by'Grip Nail Air Hammer' or by 'Automatic Fastener Equipment' in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. ' 2. Flexible Equipment Connections: a. 30 oz closely woven UL approved glass fabric double coated with neoprene. b. Fire retardant, waterproof, air-tight, resistant to acids and grease, and withstand constant temperatures of 23 ce r i93 deg C . ' c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cain: N-100. 2) Duro Dyne: MFN. ' 3) Dyn Air: CPN with G-90 galvanized off-set seam. 4) Elgen: ZLN /SDN. 5) Ventfabrics: Ventglas. 6) Ductmate: ProFlex. ' 3. Duct Access Doors: a. General: 1) Factory built insulated access door with hinges and sash locks, as necessary. Construction shall be galvanized sheet metal, i^ C 235 v,i minimum. 2) Fire and smoke damper access doors shall have minimum clear opening of ' !PO 300 g- square or larger as shown on Drawings. b. Rectangular Ducts: 1) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Air Balance: Fire/Seal FSA 100. b) Air-Rite: Model HAD-2. c) Cesco: HDD. ' d) Elgen: TAB Type/ Hinge and Cam. e) Flexmaster: Spin Door. f) Kees: ADH-D. ' g) Nailor: 08SH. h) Pottorff: 60-HAD. i) Ruskin: ADH-24. j) United Enertech: L-95. 1 c. Round Ducts: 1) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Ductmate: 'Sandwich'Access Door. b) Elgen: Sandwich Access Door. 1 c) Kees: ADL-R. d) Nailor: 0809. e) Pottorff: RAD. 1 f) Ruskin: ADR. g) Ward: DSA. 4. Air Turns: a. Single thickness vanes. Double thickness vanes not acceptable. b. 4-1/2 inch (115 mm)wide vane rail. Junior vane rail not acceptable. Air Duct Accessories - 3- 23 3300 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98"Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC C. Fabrication: 1. Duct Liner: a. Install mat finish surface on airstream side. Secure insulation to cleaned sheet metal duct with continuous 100 percent coat of adhesive and with 3,4 inch (<9 mm) long mechanical fasteners 12 inches (300 mm)on center maximum unless detailed otherwise on Drawings. 111 Pin all duct liner. b. Accurately cut liner and thoroughly coat ends with adhesive. Butt joints tightly. Top and bottom sections of insulation shall overlap sides. If liner is all one piece, folded corners shall be tight against metal. Ends shall butt tightly together. c. Coat longitudinal and transverse edges of liner with adhesive. 2. Air Turns: a. Permanently install vanes arranged to permit air to make abrupt turn without appreciable ' turbulence, in 90 degree elbows of above ground supply and return ductwork. b. Quiet and free from vibration when system is in operation. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION , A. Duct Liner: 1. Furnish and install acoustic lining in following types of rectangular ducts unless noted otherwise on Contract Documents: a. Supply air. b. Return air. c. Elbows, fittings, and diffuser drops greater than 12 inches (300 mm) in length. 2. Do not install acoustic lining in round ducts. B. Flexible Connections: Install flexible inlet and outlet duct connections to each furnace. I C. Access Doors In Ducts: 1. Install at each manual outside air damper and at each motorized damper. Locate doors within 3 cher )1(50 mm) of installed dampers. 2. Install within 6 mnes ( 50 mrn)of fire dampers and in Mechanical Room if possible. Install on side of duct that allows easiest access to damper. I END OF SECTION 1 1 1 Air Duct Accessories -4- 23 3300 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 23 5417 GAS-FIRED FURNACES I PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY I A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install horizontal/vertical gas-fired condensing furnaces as described in Contract Documents. IB. Related Sections: 1. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. 2. Section 23 2300: 'Refrigerant Piping'. I 3. Section 23 4100: 'Air Filters'. 4. Section 23 6214: 'Compressor Units: Air Conditioning for DX Cooling. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: I1. Manufacturer Reports: Equipment check-out sheets. B. Special Procedure Submittals: ' 1. Installer must register with Manufacturer before submitting Manufacturer Warranty: a. Installer to contact Owner's Representative (FM Group or Project Manager)for following MANDATORY information to be given to Manufacturer before Manufacturer will issue Manufacturer's 'Special LDS Warranty' included with Closing Submittal: I 1) This must be given to Manufacturer: a) Name of Owner(name of FM Group) b) Mailing Address (FM office address) c) Building Property ID (unique 7 digit identifier) I d) Project site address: e) Model Number of each Unit f) Serial Number of each Unit g) Date of Installation/Startup I b. Product Data for Prerequisite EQ 1: 1) Documentation indicating that units comply with ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5- 'Systems and Equipment'. I C. Product Data for Credit EQ 4.1: 1) For solvent cements and adhesive primers, including printed statement of VOC content. C. Closeout Submittals: I 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of Manufacturer's 'Special LDS Warranty' including required I Owner/Manufacturer mandatory information. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Equipment checkout sheet: Complete and sign all items for each unit. I I Gas-Fired Furnaces - 1 - 23 5417 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1.3 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1. Provide Manufacturer's 'Special LDS Warranty' for the following: a. Provide fifteen (15)year minimum limited warranty of heat exchanger. b. Provide five (5)year limited warranty on parts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Carrier Corporation: 1) Carrier National: Bradley Brunner(270)282-1241 Bradley.M.Brunner@Carrier.utc.com. 2) Carrier Utah: Bret Adams (Contractors HVAC Supply) (801)224-1020 ext. 2527 bret.adams@chcsut.com. b. Lennox Industries: 1) For pricing and information contact: Lennox National Account @ 1-800-367-6285. 2) Lennox National Contact: Cody Jackson (801) 736-8904 Cody.Jackson@Lennoxlnd.com. c. York International: 1) Brian Michael (405)419-6230 brian.k.michael@jci.com. B. Design Criteria: 1. Rated at 92 percent minimum AFUE (Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency)calculated in accordance with DOE test procedures. C. Manufactured Units: 1. Furnaces: a. Factory assembled units certified by AGA complete with blower section, furnace section, steel casing, piped, and wired. b. Blower section shall consist of cabinet, blower, and motor. 1) Cabinet shall be of 22 ,qa C 8 mm= minimum cold rolled steel and have finish coat of baked-on enamel. 2) Blower shall be Class 1, full DIDW, statically and dynamically balanced. c. Automatic controls shall consist of: 1) Manual gas shut-off valve. 2) Operating automatic gas valve. 3) Solid-state type fan and thermal limit controls. 4) 24-volt transformer. 5) Hot surface ignition system. d. Blower shall be driven by multi-speed direct driven motor. e. Furnace section shall be enclosed in 22 a ;0.8 rmtmmn; minimum enameled steel casing lined with foil covered insulation. f. Heat Exchanger: Aluminized steel. g. Gas Burners: Aluminized steel. h. PVC intake of outside air and PVC combustion product exhaust, with sealed combustion, direct vent system. i. Concentric roof termination kit for roof mounting. j. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Standard Furnaces: a) Carrier: 59SC5A. b) Lennox: ML195. c) York: TG9S. I Gas-Fired Furnaces -2- 23 5417 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Filter Frame: 1. Build filter frame external to furnace as detailed on Contract Drawings. B. Vibration Isolators: 1. Vertical Installation: 4 inches (100 mm)square by 1r2 a < mm thick minimum neoprene type vibration isolation pads. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Vibration Isolators: 1. Install vibration isolator on each hanger rod supporting horizontal furnace and under each corner of vertical furnace. ' 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer Services: 1. Furnace installer shall: ' a. Verify proper gas orifice size. b. Clock gas meter for rated input. c. Verify and set gas pressure at furnace. d. Check and measure temperature rise. e. Check safety controls for proper operation. f. Check combustion vent sizes and combustion air sizes. 2. In addition, furnace installer shall start up, check out, and adjust furnaces using equipment check- out sheet provided by Manufacturer. Complete and sign all items on sheet. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 Gas-Fired Furnaces - 3- 23 5417 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I t BLANK PAGE 1 1 I 1 r Gas-Fired Furnaces -4- 23 5417 t ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 23 6214 COMPRESSOR UNITS: Air Conditioning PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install compressor units and roof mounted compressor unit curbs as described in Contract Documents. ' B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06 2001: 'Common Finish Carpentry Requirements'for blocking at roof mounted compressor unit curb locations. 2. Sections under Heading 07 5000 Membrane Roofing. 3. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. 4. Section 23 2300: 'Refrigerant Piping'. 5. Section 23 5417: 'Gas Fired Furnaces'. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. Definitions: 1. Compressor: Pump that increases vapor(refrigerant or air) pressure from one level to a higher level of pressure. 2. Compressor Unit: Outside section of an air conditioning system which pumps vaporized refrigerant from the evaporator, compresses it, liquefies it in the condenser and returns it to the evaporator coil. The outdoor portion of a split system air conditioner contains the compressor and outdoor coil. 3. Condenser: Device used to condense refrigerant in a cooling system. 4. Condenser Coils: In a compressor unit, the coil dissipates heat from the refrigerant, changing the refrigerant from vapor to liquid. 5. Refrigerant: Absorbs heat by a change of state (evaporation)from liquid to a gas, and releases t heat by a change of state (condenses)from gas back to a liquid. 6. SEER (Seasonal Energy Efficiency Ratio): Measure of cooling efficiency for air conditioners and heat pumps. A ratio of total cooling in comparison to electrical energy input in watts per hour. ' Higher the seer, the more energy efficient the unit. Since 2006, the minimum SEER required by the Department of Energy is 13.00 and 15.00+ SEER is considered high efficiency. 7. Split System: Combination of an outdoor unit(air conditioner or heat pump)with an indoor unit (furnace or air handler). Split systems must be matched for optimum efficiency. B. Reference Standards: 1. Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute: a. AHRI Standard 210/240-2017, 'Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning &Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment (formerly ARI Standard 210/240). 2. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers: ' a. ANSI/ASHRAE 15-2016 and 34-2016, 'Safety Standard and Designation and Classification of Refrigerants'. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Tests and Evaluation Reports: Compressor Units: Air Conditioning - 1 - 23 6214 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC a. Manufacturer Reports: Equipment check-out sheets. i B. Special Procedure Submittals: 1. Installer must register with Manufacturer before submitting Manufacturer Warranty: a. Installer to contact Owner's Representative (FM Group or Project Manager)for following MANDATORY information to be given to Manufacturer before Manufacturer will issue Manufacturer's 'Special Church Warranty' included with Closing Submittal: 1) This must be given to Manufacturer: a) Name of Owner(name of FM Group) b) Mailing Address (FM office address) c) Building Property ID (unique 7 digit identifier) d) Project site address: e) Model Number of each Unit f) Serial Number of each Unit g) Date of Installation/Startup 2. Qualification Statements: a. Technician certificate for use in HFC and HCFC refrigerants. C. Closeout Submittals: ' 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Warranty Documentation: 1) Final, executed copy of Manufacturer's 'Special Church Warranty' including required Owner/Manufacturer mandatory information. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Equipment checkout sheet: Complete and sign all items for each unit. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: ' 1. Each unit shall be UL/ ULC or ETL labeled. 2. Comply with ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240. 3. Refrigeration compressor, coils, and specialties shall be designed to operate with CFC-free refrigerants. B. Qualifications. Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to the following: 1. Installer: Refrigerant piping shall be installed by refrigeration contractor licensed by State and by technicians certified in use of HFC and HCFC refrigerants. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1. Provide Manufacturer's 'Special Church Warranty'for the following: a. Provide ten (10)year limited warranty on compressor. b. Provide five(5) year limited warranty on parts from date of'start-up'. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Air-Rite Manufacturing, Bountiful, UT www.air-ritemfg.com. 1) Blair Halverson (801)295-2529. Compressor Units: Air Conditioning -2- 23 6214 I511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I b. Carrier Corporation: 1) Carrier National: Bradley Brunner (270)282-1241 Bradley.M.Brunner@Carrier.utc.com. 2) Carrier Utah: Bret Adams(Contractors HVAC Supply)(801)224-1020 ext. 2527 ' bret.adams@chcsut.com. c. Lennox Industries: 1) For pricing and information call Lennox National Account at(800) 367-6285. 2) Lennox National Contact: Cody Jackson (801)736-8904 I Cody.Jackson@Lennoxlnd.com. d. York International: 1) Brian Michael (405)419-6230 brian.k.michael@jci.com. I B. Performance: 1. Capacities: SEER rating as defined by AHRI shall be 13.0 or greater. I C. Manufactured Units: 1. Compressor Units: a. General: 1) Units shall be operable down to 45° deg F minimum outdoor temperature. 2) Use R-410a refrigerant. 3) Only one liquid line, one suction line per circuit, and one power connection shall be made to each condensing unit. Provide charging valves. I b. Condenser Coils: 1) Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes or'Spine Fin' trade mark system which has aluminum fins epoxy bonded to aluminum tubes or micro- channel. I 2) Provide stamped louver coil guard for unit. c. Fans: 1) Direct driven propeller type. 2) Fan motor shall be multi-stage, thermostatically controlled, permanently lubricated, and I designed with permanent protection. 3) Motors shall be resiliently mounted. 4) Each fan shall have a safety guard. d. Compressor: 1) Copeland Scroll. 2) Design with following features: a) Externally mounted brass service valves with charging connections. I b) Crankcase heater. c) Resilient rubber mounts. d) Compressor motor-overload protection. e) Single speed. I e. Controls: 1) Factory wired and located in separate enclosure. 2) Following 5 paragraphs may not be factory installed and will therefore have to be field installed. I 3) Safety devices: a) High and low pressure cutout. b) Condenser fan motor-overload devices. I 4) Anti-cycle timers to prevent units from starting up again for five minutes after any power interruption. 5) Head pressure type low ambient kit. 6) Hard start assist. I 7) Liquid line solenoid per circuit. f. Casing: 1) Fully weatherproof for outdoor installation. Finish shall be weather resistant. I g. Openings shall be provided for power and refrigerant connections. h. Panels shall be removable for servicing. i. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) North Region: ' a) Carrier Compressor Units: Air Conditioning - 3- 23 6214 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC b) Lennox c) York 2) See Drawings for Basis of Design. D. Manufactured Units: 1. Compressor Units (5 Tons or Less). a. General: 1) Units shall be operable down to 45°deg F minimum outdoor temperature. 2) Use R-410a refrigerant. 3) Only one liquid line, one suction line, and one power connection shall be made to each compressor. Provide charging valves. b. Condenser Coils: 1) Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes or'Spine Fin' trade mark system which has aluminum fins epoxy bonded to aluminum tubes or micro- channel. 2) Provide stamped louver coil guard for unit. c. Fans: 1) Direct driven propeller type. 2) Fan motor shall be single or two speed, thermostatically controlled, permanently lubricated, and designed with permanent protection. 3) Motors shall be resiliently mounted. 4) Each fan shall have a safety guard. d. Compressor: 1) Each condensing unit shall have only one compressor. 2) Copeland Scroll. 3) Design with following features: a) Externally mounted brass service valves with charging connections. b) Crankcase heater. c) Resilient rubber mounts. d) Compressor motor-overload protection. e) Single speed. e. Controls: 1) Factory wired and located in separate enclosure. 2) Following 5 paragraphs may not be factory installed and will therefore have to be field installed. 3) Safety devices: a) High and low pressure cutout. b) Condenser fan motor-overload devices. 4) Anti-cycle timers to prevent units from starting up again for five minutes after any power interruption. 5) Head pressure type low ambient kit. 6) Hard start assist. 7) Liquid line solenoid per circuit. f. Casing: 1) Fully weatherproof for outdoor installation. Finish shall be weather resistant. g. Openings shall be provided for power and refrigerant connections. h. Panels shall be removable for servicing. i. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) North Region: a) Carrier: 24ABB3. b) Lennox: 13ACXN. c) York: YCD. 2) See Drawings for Basis of Design. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Vibration Isolators: 1 Compressor Units: Air Conditioning -4- 23 6214 I511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I 1. 4 inches (100 mm)square by 3/4 inch (19 mm: thick minimum neoprene type vibration isolation pads. 1 PART 3 -EXECUTION I3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Verify blocking installed under roof decking is in correct location to attach 'compressor unit curb'. 2. Notify Architect of unsuitable conditions in writing 3. Commencement of Work by Installer is considered acceptance of substrate. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Set compressor units level on concrete slab on vibration isolation pads located at each corner of unit. This does not apply to compressor units that have composite non-metal bottom. ' 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: I1. Coordinate with other trades affected by the Work of this section. B. Compressor Units: ' 1. Set compressor units level on vibration isolation pads located at each corner of unit. This does not apply to compressor units that have composite non-metal bottom. 2. Attach compressor units to exterior concrete pad'. 3. Do not use capillary tube and piston type refrigerant metering devices. I 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. Manufacturer Services: 1. Compressor units shall be started up, checked out, and adjusted by compressor unit Installer. 2. Use equipment checkout sheet provided by Manufacturer: ia. Complete and sign all items on sheet. END OF SECTION I I I I Compressor Units: Air Conditioning -5- 23 6214 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I I I I I I I Compressor Units: Air Conditioning -6- 23 6214 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 SECTION 23 8216 AIR COILS: DX PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. DX air coils as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 23 0501: 'Common HVAC Requirements'. 2. Section 23 2300: 'Refrigerant Piping'. 3. Section 23 5417: 'Gas Fired Furnaces'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. DX(Direct Expansion): Use of refrigerant directly expanded into evaporation coils in supply air stream of an air conditioning unit. 2. Refrigerant: Absorbs heat by a change of state (evaporation)from liquid to a gas, and releases ' heat by a change of state (condenses)from gas back to a liquid. B. Reference Standards: ' 1. Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute: a. AHRI Standard 210/240-2017, 'Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning &Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment' (formerly ARI Standard 210/240). 2. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers: a. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1-2016, 'Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality' (ANSI Approved). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Informational Submittals: 1. Manufacturer Reports: a. Equipment check-out sheets. ' B. Closeout Submittals: 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers Documentation: a) Equipment checkout sheet: Complete and sign all items for each unit. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. DX Coils: a. Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute(AHRI). 1) AHRI Certified. b. American National Standards Institute/Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute 1) Comply with requirements of ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240. Air Coils: DX - 1 - 23 8216 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' Reroof/Seismic/HVAC c. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE): 1) Comply with requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1, Section 5, 'Systems and Equipment'and Section 7, 'Construction and Startup'. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Carrier Corporation: 1) Carrier National: Bradley Brunner(270)282-1241 Bradley.M.Brunner@Carrier.utc.com. 2) Carrier Utah: Bret Adams (Contractors HVAC Supply) (801)224-1020 ext. 2527 bret.adams@chcsut.com. b. Lennox Industries: 1) For pricing and information call Lennox National Account at 1-800-367-6285. 2) Lennox National Contact: Cory Hickens (951) 332-3658 cory.hicken@Lennoxlnd.com. c. York International: David E. Carey 405-419-6536 david.e.carey@jci.com. 2. Match manufacturer' of condensing unit. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. DX Coils: (Larger than 5 Tons) 1. Coil shall have aluminum fins bonded to seamless copper tubing. 2. Comply with ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240. 3. Use thermal expansion valve with brazed joints In place of capillary tube metering device. Compression fittings not acceptable. B. DX Coils: (5 Tons or Less) 1. Cooling coil shall consist of heavy guage steel cabinet with baked-on-enamel finish to match air handler. a. Coil shall have aluminum fins bonded to seamless copper tubing. b. Comply with ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240. Provide drain pans with connections at one end. c. Use thermal expansion valve with brazed joints In place of capillary tube metering device. Compression fittings not acceptable. 2. Category Four approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. Horizontal: 1) Carrier: CNPHP. 2) Lennox: CH33. 3) York: MC. b. Vertical: 1) Carrier: CNPVP. 2) Lennox: CH34. 3) York: FC. ' PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install DX Coil to associated air handler per Manufacturer's recommendations. B. Provide drain pans with connections at one end. Air Coils: DX -2- 23 8216 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' C. Provide inverted trap at long line systems. END OF SECTION I I I t I 1 I I I I I Air Coils: DX - 3- 23 8216 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I i I i BLANK PAGE 1 1 1 1 I 1 I I I 1 1 I Air Coils: DX -4- 23 8216 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC DIVISION 26: ELECTRICAL I 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 0523 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CABLES 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 0613 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHT SCHEDULE 262000 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION 26 2417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS I I I I i I Table of Contents - 1 - Document 26 0000 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I I I I I I Table of Contents -2 - Document 26 0000 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 26 0501 COMMON ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. General electrical system requirements and procedures. 2. Perform excavating and backfilling work required by work of this Division as described in Contract Documents. 3. Make electrical connections to equipment provided under other Sections. 4. Furnish and install Penetration Firestop Systems at electrical system penetrations as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section: 1. Anchor bolts and templates for exterior lighting equipment bases. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 8400: 'Firestopping'for quality of Penetration Firestop Systems to be used on Project and submittal requirements. 2. Section 31 2316: 'Excavation'for criteria for performance of excavating. 3. Section 31 2323: 'Fill' for criteria for performance of backfilling. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association/American National Standards Institute: a. NFPA 70, 'National Electrical Code(NEC)' (2017 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ). 2. National Electrical Manufacturing Association Standards(NEMA): a. NEMA 250-2018, 'Enclosure for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum)'. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Action Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Provide following information for each item of equipment: 1) Catalog Sheets. 2) Assembly details or dimension drawings. 3) Installation instructions. 4) Manufacturer's name and catalog number. 5) Name of local supplier. b. Furnish such information for following equipment: 1) Section 26 2417: 'Circuit-Breaker Panelboards'. 2) Section 26 2726: 'Wiring Devices' for lighting control and dimmer equipment. 3) Section 26 2816: 'Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers'. c. Do not purchase equipment before approval of product data. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit on Panelboards: b. Indicate precise equipment to be used, including all options specified. Indicate wording and format of nameplates where applicable. Submit in three-ring binder with hard cover. B. Informational Submittals: Common Electrical Requirements - 1 - 26 0501 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98Th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1. Test And Evaluation Reports: a. Report of site tests, before Substantial Completion. 2. Qualification Statement: a. Electrical Subcontractor: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. b. Installer: 1) Provide Qualification documentation if requested by Architect or Owner. C. Closeout Submittals: f 1. Include following in Operations And Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01 7800: a. Operations and Maintenance Data: 1) Provide operating and maintenance instructions for each item of equipment submitted under Product Data. b. Record Documentation: 1) Manufacturers documentation: a) Manufacturer's literature. b) Include copy of approved shop drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. NEC and local ordinances and regulations shall govern unless more stringent requirements are specified. 2. Material and equipment provided shall meet standards of NEMA or UL and bear their label wherever standards have been established and label service is available. B. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but not limited to following: 1. Electrical Subcontractor: a. Company specializing in performing work of this section. 1) Minimum five (5)years experience in electrical installations. 2) Minimum five (5) satisfactorily completed installations in past three (3)years of projects similar in size, scope, and complexity required for this project before bidding. b. Upon request, submit documentation. 2. Installer: a. Licensed for area of Project. b. Designate one (1)individual as project foremen who shall be on site at all times during installation and experienced with installation procedures required for this project. c. Upon request, submit documentation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEMS ' A. Performance: 1. Design Criteria: a. Materials and equipment provided under following Sections shall be by same Manufacturer: 1) Section 26 2417: Panelboards. 2) Section 26 2816: Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers. I Common Electrical Requirements -2- 26 0501 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLERS A. Acceptable Installers: 1. Meet Quality Assurance Installer Qualifications as specified in Part 1 of this specification. I 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of equipment to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Locations of electrical equipment shown on Drawings are approximate only. Field verify actual locations for proper installation. 2. Coordinate electrical equipment locations and conduit runs with those providing equipment to be served before installation or rough in. a. Notify Architect of conflicts before beginning work. b. Coordinate locations of power and lighting outlets in mechanical rooms and other areas with mechanical equipment, piping, ductwork, cabinets, etc, so they will be readily accessible and functional. 3. Work related to other trades which is required under this Division, such as cutting and patching, ' trenching, and backfilling, shall be performed according to standards specified in applicable Sections. B. Install Penetration Firestop System appropriate for penetration at electrical system penetrations through walls, ceilings, and top plates of walls. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Field Tests: 1. Test systems and demonstrate equipment as working and operating properly. Notify Architect 1 before test. Rectify defects at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Measure current for each phase of each motor under actual final load operation, i.e. after air balance is completed for fan units, etc. Record this information along with full-load nameplate current rating and size of thermal overload unit installed for each motor. I 3.5 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Training: 1. Provide competent instructor for three (3)days to train Owner's maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of electrical equipment and systems. Factory representatives shall assist this instruction as necessary. Schedule instruction period at time of final inspection. ' END OF SECTION I Common Electrical Requirements - 3- 26 0501 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I I I I I I BLANK PAGE 1 I I I 1 1 1 I I 1 1 Common Electrical Requirements -4- 26 0501 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 26 0519 LINE-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of conductors used on Project except as excluded below. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 23 0933: 'Electric and Electronic Control System for HVAC'for conductors and cables for temperature control system. 2. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Line Voltage: Over 70 Volts. B. Reference Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 70, 'National Electric Code(NEC)' (2017 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ including all applicable amendments and supplements). 1) Article 334, "Nonmettalic-Sheathed Cable, Types NM, NMC And NMS'. PART 2 -PRODUCTS I 2.1 SYSTEMS A. Line Voltage Conductors: 1. Copper with AWG sizes as shown: a. Minimum size shall be No. 12 except where specified otherwise. b. Conductor size No. 8 and larger shall be stranded. 2. Insulation: a. Standard Conductor Size No. 10 And Smaller: 600V type THWN or XHHW(75 deg F (24 aeg C ). ' b. Standard Conductor Size No. 8 And Larger: 600V Type THW, THWN, or XHHW(75 deg F 24 deg C ). c. Higher temperature insulation as required by NFPA 70 or local codes. 3. Colors: a. 208Y/ 120 V System: 1) Black: Phase A. 2) Red: Phase B. 3) Blue: Phase C. 4) Green: Ground. 5) White: Neutral. b. 480Y/277 Volt System: 1) Brown: Phase A. 2) Orange: Phase B. 3) Yellow: Phase C. 4) Gray: Neutral. Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables - 1 - 26 0519 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 5) Green: Ground. c. Conductors size No. 10 and smaller shall be colored full length. Tagging or other methods for coding of conductors size No. 10 and smaller not allowed. d. For feeder conductors larger than No. 10 at pull boxes, gutters, and panels, use painted or taped band or color tag color-coded as specified above. B. Line Voltage Cables: 1. Non-Metallic Sheathed Cable (NM)and Metal Clad Cable (MC)may be used as restricted below: a. Copper conductors. b. Sizes#12 through#8. c. Use only in indoor dry locations where: 1) Not subject to damage. 2) Not in contact with earth. d. Not in concrete. e. Not where exposed or not concealed. f. Not over suspended ceilings. g. As restricted by NFPA 70 Article 334. C. Standard Connectors: 1. Conductors No. 8 And Smaller: Steel spring wire connectors. 2. Conductors Larger Than No. 8: Pressure type terminal lugs. 3. Connections Outside Building: Watertight steel spring wire connections with waterproof, non- hardening sealant. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Conductors and cables shall be continuous from outlet to outlet. 2. Do not use direct burial cable. B. Line Voltage Conductors: 1. Install conductors in raceway where indicated on Contract Drawings. Run conductors of different voltage systems in separate conduits. 2. Route circuits at own discretion, however, circuiting shall be as shown in Panel Schedules. Group circuit homeruns to panels as shown on Contract Drawings. 3. Neutrals: a. On three-phase, 4-wire systems, do not use common neutral for more than three circuits. b. On single-phase, 3-wire systems, do not use common neutral for more than two circuits. c. Run separate neutrals for each circuit where specifically noted on Contract Drawings. d. Where common neutral is run for two or three home run circuits, connect phase conductors to breakers in panel which are attached to separate phase legs: 1) Provide breaker tie so that all circuits that share common neutral are simultaneously disconnected. 2) Neutral conductors shall be of same size as phase conductors unless specifically noted otherwise. 4. Pulling Conductors: a. Do not pull conductors into conduit until raceway system is complete and cabinets and outlet boxes are free of foreign matter and moisture. b. Do not use heavy mechanical means for pulling conductors. c. Use only listed wire pulling lubricants. C. Line Voltage Cables: I 1. Route circuits at own discretion, however, circuiting and numbering shall be as shown in Panel Schedules. 1 Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables -2 - 26 0519 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. Support cables using approved staples, cable ties, straps, hangers, or similar fittings, spaced as required. 3. Where installing in framing, do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 inches(600 mmi of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. Holes shall be one inch diameter maximum. 4. Conceal cables within ceilings and walls of finished areas. Cables may be exposed in unfinished areas but not run on floors of mechanical equipment spaces or in such a way that they obstruct access to, operation of, or servicing of equipment. 5. Install exposed cables parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 6. Keep cables 6 inches !150 [Tim) minimum from hot water pipes. I 7. Do not support cables from mechanical ducts or duct supports without Architect's written approval. 8. Prohibited procedures: a. Boring holes for installation of cables in vertical truss members. b. Notching of structural members for installation of cables. END OF SECTION I I I 1 i 1 I 1 t r t Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables -3 - 26 0519 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'", 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1 I I 1 1 BLANK PAGE 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 I Line-Voltage Conductors And Cables -4- 26 0519 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 26 0523 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install control-voltage electrical cables as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 23 0933: 'Electric And Electronic Control System For HVAC'for cables for Temperature Control System cables. 2. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 3. Section 26 0924: 'Lighting Control System'. 4. Section 27 1116: 'Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures'. 5. Section 27 1501: 'Communications Horizontal Cabling'for voice and data system cables. 6. Section 27 4117: 'Video Systems'for cables. 7. Section 27 5117: 'Audio Systems'for cables. 8. Section 28 3101: 'Fire Detection And Alarm System'for cables. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Definitions: 1. Control Voltage: 70 Volts and under. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Cable Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: ' a. Alpha Wire Co, Elizabeth, NJ www.alphawire.com. b. Belden Wire &Cable Co, Richmond, IN www.belden.com. c. Liberty Wire & Cable, Colorado Springs, CO www.libertycable.com. d. West Penn Wire Corp, Washington, PA www.westpenn-cdt.com. B. Components: 1. Building Control System Cables. a. CAT 5E, 24 AWG, solid bare copper, four pair, UTP,white cable jacket. b. Sheath Colors: 1) Lighting Control: Yellow. c. Meet requirements of EIA/TIA 568 Standard. 2. Lighting Control Cables and Conductors: a. Provide cable per Lighting Control Panel Manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. b. Lighting Control Cables ran in same raceway as line voltage cables shall have same insulation voltage rating as line voltage conductors. c. Cable Jacket shall be yellow. r Control-Voltage Electrical Cables - 1 - 26 0523 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse I Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Cables shall be continuous and without splices from source to outlet. 2. Conceal cables within ceilings and walls of finished areas. Cables may be exposed in unfinished areas but not run on floors of mechanical equipment spaces or in such a way that they obstruct access to, operation of, or servicing of equipment unless otherwise indicated in Contract Drawings. 3. Run exposed cables parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 4. Keep cables (150 mm minimum from hot water pipes. 5. Support cables using approved staples, cable ties, straps, hangers, or similar fittings spaced every 3 feet i900 6. Where installing in framing, do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 inc?,es (600 m-1.of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. Holes shall be '_'2 i!?c 0.. t 13 [-rim, diameter maximum. 7. Bundle only cables of same systems together. 8. Do not run cables within 10 inches i255 mm. of line voltage conductors/raceways. 9. Extend cables 8 i=inches 1450 mm)from wall or ceiling at all outlet locations. Extend cables to twice vertical length of cabinet at each cabinet location. 10. Pulling cables into conduit: a. Do not pull cables until raceway system is complete and cabinets and outlet boxes are free of foreign matter and moisture. b. Do not use heavy mechanical means for pulling cables. c. Use only listed wire pulling lubricants. 11. Prohibited procedures: a. Boring holes for installation of cables in vertical truss members. b. Notching of structural members for installation of cables. B. Control Cables: 1. For cables not installed in raceway, do not run cables within 10 inches (255 min', of line voltage conductors/raceways. Also, maintain 1 hcm 2255 min) minimum between following exposed cable groups: a. Microphone cables. b. CAT-6, sound system control, telephone, video, or ATC cables. c. Loudspeaker cables. END OF SECTION I I I Control-Voltage Electrical Cables -2- 26 0523 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install grounding for electrical installation as described in Contract Documents except as excluded below. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 03 3111: 'Cast-In-Place Structural Concrete'. a. Pre-installation conference held jointly with other concrete related sections. 2. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 3. Section 26 4301: 'Surge Protection Devices'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. Institute of Electrical and. Electronics Engineers (IEEE): a. IEEE 837-2014, 'Standard for Qualifying Permanent Connections Used in Substation Grounding'. 2. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 70, 'National Electric Code (NEC)' (2017 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ including all applicable amendments and supplements). 3. Telecommunications Industry Association: a. TIA-942 A, 'Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers' (2014). 4. Section 27 1116: 'Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures'. 5. Section 27 1501: 'Communications Horizontal Cabling'for cables for Telephone and Data Systems. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Pre-Installation Conference: 1. Participate in pre-installation conference as specified in Section 03 3111. 2. In addition to agenda items specified in Section 01 3100 and 31 3111, review following: a. Review Architect's inspection of grounding conductor installation before placement of ' concrete. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals: 1. Requirements of Section 27 1501 applies, but is not limited to following: ' a. Cable assemblies shall be UL/CE Listed and CSA Certified. Cables shall be a distinctive green or green/yellow in color, and all jackets shall be UL, VW-1 flame rated. b. Grounding shall conform to all required Commercial Building Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, Electrical Codes, and Manufacturer's grounding requirements. 2. Systems shall be installed per NFPA 780 and NFPA 70. 3. All Bonds shall comply with most current version of IEEE 837 Standard. I Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems - 1 - 26 0526 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 98'h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Qualifications: Requirements of Section 01 4301 applies, but is not limited to following: 1. Installers Qualifications: a. Grounding and Bonding: 1) Licensed electrical contractor shall perform installation and termination of main bonding conductor to building service entrance ground. 111 2) Licensed in State that Work is to be performed. PART 2 -PRODUCTS r 2.1 SYSTEM I A. Manufacturers: 1. Type One Acceptable Products: a. 'Cadweld' by Erico International, Solon, OH www.erico.com. b. 'ThermOweld' by Continental Industries, Tulsa, NE www.conind.com. c. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01 6200. B. Performance: , 1. Design Criteria: a. Size materials as shown on Drawings and in accordance with applicable codes. b. Bonding System Workmanship: 1) The ground/earthing system shall be designed for high reliability and shall meet following criteria: a) Local electrical codes shall be adhered to. b) All grounding/earthing conductors shall be copper. c) Regulatory Agency Sustainability Approvals requirements are required. c. Rack and Cabinet Grounding/Earthing: 1) Equipment and racks shall be bonded in accordance with methods prescribed in TIA- 942. 2) All grounding backbone should be #6 AWG copper cable. 3) In telecommunications spaces with small number of racks or cabinets, rack/cabinet grounding/earthing jumper cable directly to telecommunications ground bus is permitted. Large spaces shall utilize mesh Common Bonding network, or overhead grounding backbone. 4) Equipment racks, housings, messenger cables, and raceways: a) Connect cabinets, racks, frames and terminal boards to single-point ground which is connected to building ground system proper sized, bonded and tested green insulated copper grounding conductor. C. Materials: 1. Grounding And Bonding Jumper Conductors: Bare copper or with green insulation. 2. Make grounding conductor connections to ground rods and foundation ground loop using approved bolted clamps listed for such use. 3. Service Grounding Connections And Cable Splices: Make by exothermic process. 4. Telecommunications ground bus bar(TGB): copper. a. Grounding bus bar: 1) Technology Room shall be provided with telecommunications ground bus bar(TGB). 2) Ground loop current potential is minimized between telecommunications equipment and electrical system to which it is attached. b. All racks, metallic backboards, cable sheaths, metallic strength members, splice cases, cable trays, etc. entering or residing in Technology Room shall be grounded to respective TGB using minimum#6 AWG stranded copper bonding conductor and compression connectors. I Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems -2 - 26 0526 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: Coordinate with Section 03 3111 in installing grounding conductor and placing concrete. Do not allow placement of concrete before Architect's inspection of grounding conductor installation. B. Grounding conductors and bonding jumper conductors shall be continuous from terminal to terminal 1 without splice. Provide grounding for following. 1. Electrical service, its equipment and enclosures. 2. Conduits and other conductor enclosures. 3. Neutral or identified conductor of interior wiring system. 4. Main panelboard, power and lighting panelboards. 5. Non-current-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment such as motors, starter and controller cabinets, instrument cases, and lighting fixtures. ' C. Provide concrete-encased electrode system by embedding 10 minimum of No. 2/0 bare copper conductor in concrete footing that is in direct contact with the earth, 55 mm) minimum below concrete surface. Extend No. 2/0 copper conductor to main panel as shown on Drawings. D. Ground identified common conductor of electrical system at secondary side of main transformer supplying building. Ground identified grounded (neutral)conductor of electrical system on supply side of main service disconnect. E. Pull grounding conductors in non-metallic raceways, in flexible steel conduit exceeding 72 r, rc: 00 :r.m:! in length, and in flexible conduit connecting to mechanical equipment. F. Provide grounding bushings on all feeder conduit entrances into panelboards and equipment enclosures. G. Bond conduit grounding bushings to enclosures with minimum #10 AWG conductor. H. Connect equipment grounds to building system ground. 1. Use same size equipment grounding conductors as Phased conductors up through#10 AWG. I2. Use NEC Table 250-95 for others unless noted otherwise in Drawings. I. Run separate insulated grounding cable from each equipment cabinet to electrical panel. Do not use intermediate connections or splices. Affix directly to cabinet. J. On motors, connect ground conductors to conduit with approved grounding bushing and to metal frame with bolted solderless lug. K. Ground cabinet of transformers to conduit and ground wires, if installed. Bond transformer secondary neutral conductor to cabinet. L. TGB shall be 4 m n 6i4 nm thick x 2 inches (50 mrn) high x 12 inches (305 mm) long installed with insulated standoffs at location directed. M. Ground rack to TGB using #6 copper conductor and compression connector. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field Inspections: 1. Notify Architect for inspection two(2)days minimum before placing concrete over grounding conductor. Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems - 3- 26 0526 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse 1 Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 2. Grounding Well integrity shall be tested separately and together with Lightning Protection System integrity. END OF SECTION 1 1 t t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 Grounding And Bonding For Electrical Systems -4- 26 0526 1 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 26 0533 ' RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL I 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Quality of material and installation procedures for raceway, boxes, and fittings used on Project but furnished under other Divisions. 2. Furnish and install raceway, conduit, and boxes used on Project not specified to be installed under other Divisions. 3. Furnish and install air-vapor barrier boxes as described in Contract Documents. 1 4. Furnish and install main electrical service raceway as described in Contract Documents and comply with electrical utility company requirements. 5. Furnish and install main telephone service raceway as described in Contract Documents and comply with telephone company requirements. ' 6. Furnish and install internet service raceway as described in Contract Documents and comply with internet service company requirements. B. Related Requirements: 1. See Section 07 8400: 'Firestopping'for raceways penetrating fire rated walls, ceilings, and barriers'. 2. Section 23 0933: 'Electric and Electronic Control System for HVAC'for concealed raceway and extensions for temperature control system. 3. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'for general electrical requirements'. 4. Section 26 0503: 'Electrical Utility Services'for electrical primary underground service requirements. ' 5. Section 27 1501: 'Communications Horizontal Cabling'for raceway for telephone and data systems. 6. Section 27 4117: 'Video Systems'for system wiring. 7. Section 27 5117: 'Audio Systems'for sound system wiring. M 8. Section 28 3101: 'Fire Detection And Alarm System'for clarification of raceway and conduit requirements for detection and alarm system. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 70, 'National Electric Code (NEC)' (2017 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ including all applicable amendments and supplements). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: 1 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Cooper B-Line, Highland, IL www.b-line.com. b. Hubbell Incorporated, Milford, CT www.hubbell-wiring.com or Hubbell Canada Inc, Pickering, ON (905)839-4332. Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems - 1 - 26 0533 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse t Reroof/Seismic/HVAC c. Square D, Palatine, IL www.squared.com. d. Thomas & Betts, Memphis, TN www.tnb.com or Thomas& Betts Ltd, Iberville, PQ (450)347- 5318. e. Walker Systems Inc, Williamstown, WV (800)240-2601 or Walker Systems Inc/Wiremold Canada Inc, Fergus, ON (519) 843-4332. f. Wiremold Co, West Hartford, CT www.wiremold.com. B. Materials: I 1. Raceway And Conduit: a. Sizes: 1) 3/4 inch (19 mm)for exterior use, unless indicated otherwise. 2) 1/2 inch (13 mm)for interior use, unless indicated otherwise. b. Types: Usage of each type is restricted as specified below by product. 1) Galvanized rigid steel or galvanized intermediate metal conduit (IMC)is allowed for use in all areas. Where in contact with earth or concrete, wrap buried galvanized rigid steel and galvanized IMC conduit and fittings completely with vinyl tape. 2) Galvanized Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), Flexible Steel Conduit, and Electrical Non- Metallic Tubing (ENT): a) Allowed for use only in indoor dry locations where it is: (1) Not subject to damage. (2) Not in contact with earth. (3) Not in concrete. b) For metal conduit systems, flexible steel conduit is required for final connections to indoor mechanical equipment. 3) Galvanized Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)and Flexible Steel Conduit: a) Allowed for use only in indoor dry locations where it is: (1) Not subject to damage. (2) Not in contact with earth. (3) Not in concrete. b) For metal conduit systems, flexible steel conduit is required for final connections to indoor mechanical equipment. 4) Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)Conduit: a) Allowed for use only underground or below concrete with galvanized rigid steel or IMC elbows and risers. 5) Listed, Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: a) Use in outdoor final connections to mechanical equipment, length not to exceed 36 inches 1900 mml. 6) Pre-wired 3'8 Inc:h (9 5 mm) Flexible Fixture Whips: Allowed only for connection to recessed lighting fixtures, lengths not to exceed 72 inches (1 800 mm). c. Prohibited Raceway Materials: 1) Aluminum conduit. 2) Armored cable type AC (BX)cable. 2. Raceway And Conduit Fittings: a. Rigid Steel Conduit And IMC: Threaded and designed for conduit use. b. EMT: 1) Compression type. 2) Steel set screw housing type. c. PVC Conduit: 1) PVC type. Use PVC adapters at all boxes. 2) PVC components, (conduit, fittings, cement)shall be from same Manufacturer. d. Flexible Steel Conduit: Screw-in type. e. Liquid-tight Flexible Metal Conduit: Sealtite type. f. Expansion fittings shall be equal to OZ Type AX sized to raceway and including bonding jumper. ' g. Prohibited Fitting Materials: 1) Crimp-on, tap-on, indenter type fittings. 2) Cast set-screw fittings for EMT. 3) Spray (aerosol) PVC cement. Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -2- 26 0533 r ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3. Outlet Boxes: a. Galvanized steel of proper size and shape are acceptable for all systems. Where metal ' boxes are used, provide following: 1) Provide metal supports and other accessories for installation of each box. 2) Equip ceiling and bracket fixture boxes with fixture studs where required. 3) Equip outlets in plastered, paneled, and furred finishes with plaster rings and extensions to bring box flush with finish surface. b. Non-metallic boxes may be used only for control voltage wiring systems. c. Telephone/data outlet boxes shall be single device outlet boxes. d. HVAC Instrumentation And Control: 1) Junction boxes in mechanical equipment areas shall be I square. 2) Boxes for remote temperature sensor devices shall be recessed single device. 3) Boxes for thermostats shall be 4 inches (100 mm)square with raised single device I cover. 4. Air-Vapor Barrier Boxes: a. Pre-molded polyethylene box installed in all exterior framing walls (thermal envelope)around recessed outlet boxes. b. Class Two Quality Standard: 1) Approved Manufacturer. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Classes. a) Lessco Low Energy Systems Supply Company, Inc., Campbellsport, WI www.lessco-airtight.com. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of materials to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work: 1. Coordinate with Divisions 22 and 23 for installation of raceway for control of plumbing and HVAC equipment. ' 2. Coordinate with Division 27 for installation of raceway for sound system. 3. Before rough-in, verify locations of boxes with work of other trades to insure that they are properly located for purpose intended. a. Coordinate location of outlet for water coolers with Division 22. b. Coordinate location of outlets adjacent to or in millwork with Division 06 before rough-in. Refer conflicts to Architect and locate outlets under his direction. 4. Install pull wires in raceways installed under this Section where conductors or cables are to be installed under other Divisions. B. General: 1. Sound system electrical components furnished by Division 27 and installed under this Section include following items: a. Speaker mounting rings. b. Speaker enclosures. ' C. Conduit And Raceway: 1. Conceal raceways within ceilings, walls, and floors, except at Contractor's option, conduit may be exposed on walls or ceilings of mechanical equipment areas and above acoustical panel I Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -3- 26 0533 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC suspension ceiling systems. Install exposed raceway runs parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 2. Seal all raceways penetrating fire rated walls, ceilings and barriers. See Section 07 8400. 3. Keep raceway runs 6 ,nche5 (150 mm) minimum from hot water pipes. 4. Make no more than four quarter bends, 360 degrees total, in any conduit run between outlet and outlet,fitting and fitting, or outlet and fitting. a. Make bends and offsets so conduit is not injured and internal diameter of conduit is not effectively reduced. b. Radius of curve shall be at least minimum indicated by NFPA 70. 5. Cut conduit smooth and square with run and ream to remove rough edges. Cap raceway ends during construction. Clean or replace raceway in which water or foreign matter have accumulated. 6. Install insulated bushings on each end of raceway i27 s 222 mm; in diameter and larger, and on all raceways where cables emerge. Install expansion fittings where raceways cross building expansion joints. 7. Run two spare conduits from each new panelboard to ceiling access area or other acceptable accessible area and cap for future use. 8. Bend PVC conduit by hot box bender and,for PVC 2 inc 52 :mm in diameter and larger, expanding plugs. Apply PVC adhesive only by brush. 9. Installation In Framing: a. Do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 'r,u,,es 65n mm of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. b. Holes shall be c e it Ch +25 n i 3 diameter maximum. 10. Underground Raceway And Conduit: a. Bury underground raceway installed outside building 24 inches (600 mm) deep minimum. b. Bury underground conduit in planting areas 24 600 mm)deep minimum. It is permissible to install conduit r 50 mm) below concrete sidewalks, however, conduit must be buried 24 Inches (500 mm deep at point of exit from planting areas. 11. Conduit And Raceway Support: 111 a. Securely support raceway with approved straps, clamps, or hangers, spaced as required. b. Do not support from mechanical ducts or duct supports without Architect's written approval. Securely mount raceway supports, boxes, and cabinets in an approved manner by: 1) Expansion shields in concrete or solid masonry. 2) Toggle bolts on hollow masonry units. 3) Wood screws on wood. 4) Metal screws on metal. 12. Prohibited Procedures: a. Use of wooden plugs inserted in concrete or masonry units for mounting raceway, supports, boxes, cabinets, or other equipment. b. Installation of raceway that has been crushed or deformed. c. Use of torches for bending PVC. d. Spray applied PVC cement. e. Boring holes in truss members. f. Notching of structural members. g. Supporting raceway from ceiling system support wires. h. Nail drive straps or tie wire for supporting raceway. D. Boxes: 1. Boxes shall be accessible and installed with approved cover. 2. Do not locate device boxes that are on opposite sides of framed walls in the same stud space. In other wall construction, do not install boxes back to back. 3. Locate boxes so pipes, ducts, or other items do not obstruct outlets. 4. Install outlets flush with finished surface and level and plumb. 5. Support switch boxes larger than two-gang with side brackets and steel bar hangers in framed walls. 6. At time of substantial completion, install blank plates on uncovered outlet boxes that are for future use. 1 Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -4- 26 0533 I ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 7. Install air-vapor barrier boxes. a. Follow Manufacturer's installation instructions. 8. Location: a. Install boxes at door locations on latch side of door, unless explicitly shown otherwise on Contract Drawings. Verify door swings shown on electrical drawings with architectural drawings, and report discrepancies to Architect before rough-in. Distance of box from jamb shall be 5: me'ies r 150 m'r-) from doorjamb. b. Properly center boxes located in walls with respect to doors, panels, furring, trim and consistent with architectural details. Where two or more outlets occur, space them uniformly and in straight lines with each other, if possible. c. Center ceramic tile boxes in tile. E. Support speaker enclosures and mounting rings from structure or ceiling suspension system. END OF SECTION r I 1 I r I I I I 1 1 t Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -5 - 26 0533 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I 1 BLANK PAGE 1 I r I r I I i I t t I Raceway And Boxes For Electrical Systems -6- 26 0533 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 26 0613 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHT SCHEDULE PART 1 -GENERAL: Not Used PART 2 -PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, mount center of outlets or boxes at following heights above finish floor. 1 Refer special conditions to Architect before rough-in and locate outlet under his direction. B. Mounting Heights: 1. HVAC: t a. Temperature Control Junction Boxes: As indicated on Drawings. b. Thermostats not mounted in occupied space: As indicated on Drawings. c. Remote Temperature Sensors and thermostats mounted in occupied space: 1) Wall-Mounted 50 inches (1 270 mm) to top. ' d. Indoor Motor Disconnects: 60 inches (1 525 mm). e. Outdoor Motor Disconnects: As indicated on Drawings. f. Motor Controls: 60 inches (1 525 mm). ' 2. Plumbing: a. Electric Water Cooler Outlets: Mount so outlet and cord are hidden by water cooler and outlet is accessible for resetting for GFCI trip. ' 3. Electrical: a. Receptacles: 18 inches (450 mm). b. Wall Switches: 42 inches (1 065 mm). END OF SECTION I 1 r Electrical Equipment Mounting Height Schedule - 1 - 26 0613 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC I BLANK PAGE , I 1 I 1 1 1 Electrical Equipment Mounting Height Schedule - 2 - 26 0613 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 26 2417 CIRCUIT-BREAKER PANELBOARDS PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install circuit-breaker panelboards as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 2. Section 26 4301: 'Surge Protection Devices'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: ' 1. National Fire Protection Association: a. NFPA 70E: 'Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace' (2018 or most recent edition adopted by AHJ). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Cutler-Hammer Inc, Pittsburgh, PA www.eatonelectric.com. b. General Electric Industrial Systems, Charlotte, NC www.geindustrial.com. c. Siemens Energy&Automation, Alphrata, GA www.sea.siemens.com. d. Square D Co, Palatine, IL www.us.squared.com. B. Performance: ' 1. Capacities: a. Panelboard: 1) Minimum integrated equipment short circuit rating of 22,000 amperes for 120/208 Volts. ' 2) Minimum integrated equipment short circuit rating of 50,000 amperes for 277/280 Volts. 3) Rated for use as service entrance equipment. ' b. Lighting And Appliance Panelboards: 1) Minimum integrated equipment short circuit rating of 10,000 amperes for 120/208 Volts. 2) Minimum integrated equipment short circuit rating of 14,000 amperes for 277/480 Volts. c. Load Centers: 1) 125 Amp main lugs, 120/208 Volt, three-phase. 2) Minimum integrated equipment short circuit rating of 10,000 Amps. ' C. Material: 1. Circuit-breaker type. 2. Galvanized steel cabinets Circuit-Breaker Panelboards - 1 - 26 2417 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 3. Bussing and lugs arranged as required. 4. Multi-pole circuit-breakers shall be common trip. 5. Circuit-breakers shall be molded case thermal magnetic type with inverse time characteristics. 6. Main Panelboard: a. Surface-mounted and front accessible. b. Enclosures: 1) Exterior of Building: a) NEMA/CEMA Type 3R with locking door. 2) Interior of Building: a) NEMA/CEMA Type 1. c. Minimum dimensions of 32 h,ches 800 mm)wide by 8 inches (200 mm) deep. d. Space designation on Drawings indicates bus hardware and panelboard capacity for future acceptance of one 100 Amp, three-pole circuit-breaker. e. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Type PRL4B by Cutler-Hammer. 2) Spectra Series by General Electric. 3) Type P4 by Siemens. 4) I-Line by Square D. 7. Lighting And Appliance Panelboards: a. Plug-on or bolt-on breakers. Multi-pole breakers shall be common trip. b. Factory installed or provided circuit number identification for each breaker and space. c. Cabinets shall be locking type with no exposed latches or screws when door is closed. Key panels alike and provide minimum of three keys. d. Minimum dimensions of 20 nohes (500 r-im)wide by (148 mm( deep. e. Space designation on Drawings indicates bus hardware and panelboard capacity for future acceptance of one 20 Amp, single-pole circuit-breaker. f. Breakers specified to be shunt trip and shall include shunt trip accessories to remotely trip breaker using separate 120 V power source. Trip coil shall include coil-clearing contact to break coil current when breaker opens. g. Use equipment from same manufacturer as main panelboard. h. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Type PRL1a by Cutler-Hammer. 2) Type AL or AQ by General Electric. 3) Type P1 by Siemens. 4) Type NQOD by Square D. 8. Load Centers: a. Surface-mounted, outdoor NEMA Type 3R enclosure with padlocking provisions. 12-1/2 ,nches (318 mm)wide by 4-112 inch (115 mm)deep minimum. b. HACR type circuit breakers. c. Use equipment from same manufacturer as main panelboard. d. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Type CH by Eaton. 2) Type PowerMark Plus by General Electric. 3) Type PL by Siemens. 4) Type QO by Square D. 9. Labels: a. All Switchboards shall be labeled with Arc-Flash Hazard Information per NFPA 70E 130.5 including: 1) Nominal system voltage. 2) Arc flash boundary. 3) Available incident energy. 4) Working distance. 5) Minimum arc rating of clothing. 6) Level of PPE. 1 Circuit-Breaker Panelboards -2 - 26 2417 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification Of Conditions: 1. Examine wall framing and verify framing for proper spacing for installation of panelboard(s). ' a. Notify Architect of improper spacing in writing. B. Contractor shall be responsible for performing required calculations to determine ARC Flash Hazards and providing all appropriate labeling per NFPA 70E. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Label panelboards, load centers, and each breaker in main panelboard with 16 r ' 6 mm thick laminated plastic composition material with contrasting color core. Engraved letters shall be 6 ,mm; high. B. Provide typewritten circuit schedules in lighting and distribution panelboards and load centers to identify panelboard and load served by each branch breaker. ' C. Arrange conductors neatly within panelboards and load centers. D. Secure to structure in accordance with requirements of Project seismic design category. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect panelboards, load centers, and interior components from paint, gypsum board compound, dirt, dust, and other foreign matter during construction. END OF SECTION I I Circuit-Breaker Panelboards - 3- 26 2417 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse RerooflSeismic/HVAC 1 I I BLANK PAGE , 1 1 1 1 1 i Circuit-Breaker Panelboards -4- 26 2417 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8'h, 2020 Tigard 980 Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' SECTION 26 2726 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install wiring devices complete with plates as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Requirements: ' 1. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. 2. Section 27 1116: 'Communications Cabinets, Racks, Frames, and Enclosures'. 3. Section 27 1501: 'Communications Horizontal Cabling'for cables for telephone and data ' systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 COMPONENTS ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Manufacturer Contact List: a. Cooper Wiring Devices, Peachtree City, GA www.cooperwiringdevices.com. ' b. General Electric Industrial Systems, Charlotte, NC www.geindustrial.com. c. Hubbell Building Automation, Austin, TX www.hubbell-automation.com. d. Hubbell Inc, Milford, CT www.hubbell-wiring.com or Hubbell Canada Inc, Pickering, ON (800)263-4622 or(905)839-4332. e. Hunt Control Systems Inc, Fort Collins, CO www.huntdimming.com. f. Intermatic Inc, Spring Grove, IL www.intermatic.com. g. IR-TEC America, Inc., Brea, CA www.irtec.com/en-ira/. h. Leviton Manufacturing Co, Little Neck, NY www.leviton.com or Leviton Manufacturing of Canada Ltd, Pointe-Claire, QB (800)461-2002 or(514)954-1840. i. Legrand, West Hartford, CT www.legrand.us.com or Vaughan, ON www.legrand.ca.com. j. Lutron Electronics Co Inc, Coopersburg, PA www.lutron.com. ' k. Ortronics, New London, CT www.ortronics.com. I. Paragon Electric Co Inc, Carol Stream, IL www.icca.invensys.com/paragon or Paragon Electric, Mississauga, ON (800)951-5526 or(905)890-5956. m. Pass& Seymour, Syracuse, NY www.passandseymour.com or Pass& Seymour Canada ' Inc, Concord, ON (905)738-9195. n. Philips Lighting Co, Somerset, NJ www.lighting.philips.com/nam or Philips Lighting Canada, Scarborough, ON (416)292-3000. ' o. Red Dot div of Thomas& Betts, Memphis, TN www.tnbcom. p. Schneider Electric North America, Palatine, IL www.schneider-electric.com (847) 397-2600. q. Sensorswitch, Wallingford, CT www.sensorswitch.com. r. Siemon Company, Watertown, CT www.siemon.com. s. Square D Co, Palatine, IL www.squared.com. t. Suttle, Hector, MN www.suttleonline.com. u. Tork Inc, Mount Vernon, NY www.tork.com. v. Watt Stopper Inc, Santa Clara, CA www.wattstopper.com. ' 2. Product Options: a. Faces shall be nylon where available. b. Devices of single type shall be from same Manufacturer. Wiring Devices - 1 - 26 2726 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse , Reroof/Seismic/HVAC c. Devices are listed as white. Use white devices on light colored walls, brown on dark colored walls, and black on black walls. B. Switches: 1. Furnace Disconnect: a. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) 20 AMP, single pole: a) Cooper: 2221 V. b) Hubbell: HBL1221-I. c) Pass & Seymour: 20AC1-I. d) Leviton: 1221-21. 2. Standard Style: a. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) 20 AMP, single pole: a) Cooper: 2221V. b) Hubbell: HBL1221-I. c) Pass & Seymour: 20AC1-I. d) Leviton: 1221-21. 3. Exhaust Fan Timer Switches: a. Custodian Room: 1) 24-hour, in-wall, multiple automatic ON-OFF settings. 2) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Intermatic: E1020. b) Tork: 701A. 4. Digital Time/Timer Switch: a. As shown in small Storage, Mechanical and Electrical Rooms. b. Automatic countdown type: 1) Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a) Leviton: LTT60-1 L. b) Hubbell: TD200. c) Pass & Seymour: RT1W. d) Tork: SSA100. e) Watt Stopper: TS-400-W. 5. Dimmer Switches: a. Vertical slide control with faceplate. b. Preset, ON-OFF switch, 1000VA. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Hubbell: AS101/AS11. 2) Hunt: DAP-10-IV. 3) Leviton: IPI10-I. 4) Lutron: N-1003P-IV. 5) Pass& Seymour: 91180-I. 6) Phillips: MP1000-I. 7) Watt Stopper: AD-1103-I. 6. Momentary Switches: a. 15 AMP, specification grade. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper: 1895W. 2) Hubbell: HBL1556W. 3) Legrand: 1250W. C. Receptacles: 1. Standard Style: a. 15 AMP, specification grade, back and side wired, self grounding,tamper resistant. b. Verified by UL to meet Fed Spec WC-596F. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper: TR5262. 2) Hubbell: BR20. 3) Leviton: TBR20. Wiring Devices -2- 26 2726 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 981h Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 4) Pass & Seymour: TR20. 2. Range Receptacle: a. Three pole, four wire grounding, 125/250 V, NEMA 14-50R, 50 AMP complete with plate. ' b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper: 1258. 2) Hubbell: HBL9450A. 3) Leviton: 279. ' 4) Pass &Seymour: 3894. 3. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter(GFCI): a. 15 AMP, specification grade. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper: GF15W. 2) Hubbell: GF5252WA. 3) Leviton: 8599-W. ' 4) Pass & Seymour: 1594-W. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper: CWL142OR. 2) Hubbell: HBL2410. ' 3) Leviton: 2410. 4) Pass& Seymour: L1420-R. D. Plates: 1. Standard Cover Plates: a. Office/Occupied Areas: 1) Nylon or high impact resistant thermoplastic. ' 2) Color shall match wiring device. b. All Other: Steel. c. Ganged switches shall have gang plates. d. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: ' 1) Cooper. 2) Hubbell. 3) Leviton. 4) Pass &Seymour. 2. Weatherproof In-Use Receptacle Covers: a. NEMA 3R rated. b. Cast aluminum. ' c. Compatible with GFCI receptacles. d. Complete with weather resistant gaskets and stainless steel screws. e. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Hubbell: WP26MH, horizontal; WP26M, vertical. 2) Intermatic: WP1010HMC, horizontal; WP1010MC, vertical. 3) Red Dot: CKMG, horizontal; CKMGV, vertical. E. Occupancy Sensors: 1. Ceiling, ultrasonic type. a. Complete with sensor and combined relay/control transformer. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper Controls: a) Sensor: OAC-U-0501-R. b) Relay/Transformer: SP20-MV. 2) IR-TEC America: a) Sensor: OS-361DT. b) Relay/Transformer: PPU-300. 3) Leviton: a) Sensor: OSC05-RUW. b) Relay/Transformer: OPP2O-D2. 4) Sensorswitch: a) Sensor: CMPDT9. b) Relay I Transformer: MP-20-SPODM. Wiring Devices -3 - 26 2726 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse ' RerooflSeismic/HVAC 5) Watt Stopper: a) Sensor: W-500A. b) Relay/Transformer: BZ-150. c. Provide manual ON and OFF momentary override switches. Refer to Contract Drawings for number of switches. 2. Ceiling, passive infrared type. a. Complete with sensor and relay/transformer. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper Controls: a) Sensor: OAC-P-1500-R. b) Relay/Transformer: SP20-MV. 2) IR-TEC America: a) Sensor: OS-361. b) Relay/Transformer: PPU-300. 3) Leviton: a) Sensor: OSC15-RIW. b) Relay/Transformer: OPP20-D2. 4) Sensorswitch: a) Sensor: CM10. b) Relay/Transformer: MP-20-SPODM. 5) Watt Stopper: a) Sensor: CI-205. b) Relay/Transformer: BZ-150. c) c. Provide manual ON and OFF momentary override switches. Refer to Contract Drawings for number of switches. 3. Ceiling, dual technology type. a. Complete with sensor and relay/transformer. b. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper Controls: a) Sensor: OAC-DT-0501-R. b) Relay/Transformer: SP20-MV. 2) IR-TEC America: a) Sensor: OS-361DT. b) Relay/Transformer: PPU-300. 3) Leviton: a) Sensor: OSC05-RMW. b) Relay/Transformer: OPP20-D2. 4) Sensorswitch: a) Sensor: CMPDT9. b) Relay/Transformer: MP-20-SPODM. 5) Watt Stopper: a) Sensor: DT-305. b) Relay/Transformer: BZ-150. , c. Provide manual ON and OFF momentary override switches. Refer to Contract Drawings for number of switches. 4. Wall switch, passive infrared type. a. Features include sensitivity and time delay adjustments. b. Manual ON/auto OFF capability. c. Category Four Approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: 1) Cooper Controls: OSW-P-1001-MV-W. 2) IR-TEC America: LbS-700NW. 3) Leviton: ODS10-IDW. 4) Sensorswitch: WSD-V-WH. 5) Watt Stopper: PW-100-W. F. Surge Protective Device (for landscape irrigation controller): 1. Type 3 as defined in UL 1449 and approved for exterior application. Wiring Devices -4- 26 2726 ' 511-4705-1903-0101 January 81h, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC ' 2. Parallel metal oxide varistors, MOV, from each line to ground: 120/240 VAC. UV resistant construction with epoxy encapsulation of electrical connections. 3. Include 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) mounting nipple and locknut. ' 4. Category Four approved Products. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories: a. ASZ175B1 by Cooper Power Systems. b. AG2401C by Intermatic. c. 54175-SSA by Leviton. d. TDS120XR50S by Square D. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install devices flush with walls, straight, and solid to box. B. Label dimmer switch groupings with 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)thick laminated plastic composition material with contrasting color core. Engraved letter shall be 1'4 inch (6 mm) high. C. Install surge protective device in knock-out of junction box installed on bottom of automatic sprinkler controller. END OF SECTION I I I I I Wiring Devices - 5- 26 2726 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC 1 1 t 1 I BLANK PAGE 1 I I t I Wiring Devices -6- 26 2726 I 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse Reroof/Seismic/HVAC SECTION 26 2816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install disconnects as described in Contract Documents, except those provided integral with equipment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 26 0501: 'Common Electrical Requirements'. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 ASSEMBLIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Category Four Approved Manufacturers. See Section 01 6200 for definitions of Categories. ' a. Disconnects: Same as Manufacturer of Project's main panelboard. b. Fuses. 1) Cooper Bussmann, Ellisville, IL www.cooperbussmann.com. 2) Edison Fuse, Ellisville, IL (314)391-3443. 3) Ferraz Shawmut, Newburyport, MA www.ferrazshawmut.com. 4) Littelfuse Inc, Des Plaines, IL www.littelfuse.com. ' B. Disconnects: 1. Heavy-duty quick-make, quick-break type, non-fused unless indicated otherwise. 2. Provide interlock to prevent opening of door when switch is in ON position. 3. Provide means to lock switch in OFF position with padlock. ' 4. Disconnects for motor circuits shall be horsepower rated. 5. Disconnects For Furnace Units And Unit Heaters: Provide manual starter with thermal overload relay. Provide overload relay to match motor full load amps. 6. Enclosures: a. Interior: NEMA/CEMA Type 1. b. Exterior: NEMA/CEMA Type 3R. 7. Fuses: ' a. Fuse fused disconnects with dual-element time delay fuses and equip with rejection type fuse holders. b. Fuses on Project shall be from single manufacturer. 111 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Label disconnects to indicate equipment served, such as Condensing Unit CU-1. Use 1116 inch (1.6 mm)thick laminated plastic composition material with contrasting color core. Engraved letters shall be 1/4 inch (6 mm high. Attach labels with screws. Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers - 1 - 26 2816 1 511-4705-1903-0101 January 8th, 2020 Tigard 98th Ave. Meetinghouse i Reroof/Seismic/HVAC B. Install furnace disconnects on furnace at location where it is accessible from front of unit and it does not interfere with unit's operation. END OF SECTION 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Enclosed Switches And Circuit Breakers -2 - 26 2816 i